UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 AT LOS ANGELES
 
 ^'^^ie^ ^' WQ-.'cltjjL^A^ L 
 
 
 e^/ 
 
 7'
 
 ANTARCTICA
 
 ANTARCTICA 
 
 BY 
 
 EDWIN SWIFT BALCH 
 
 A. B. (Harvard); Member Philadelphia Bar; Appalachian Mountain Club; 
 
 Franklin Institutk; American Philosophical Societv ; Cor. Mem. 
 
 SOCIEDAD Cientifica Antonio Alzate, Me.\ico ; WvOMINli 
 
 Historical and Geological Society, Wilkes-Barre; 
 
 Author of " Mountain Exploration," 
 "Glaci6res or Freezing Caverns," etc. 
 
 Philadelphia 
 
 PRESS OF ALLEN, LANE & SCOTT 
 
 1902
 
 Copyright, 1902, by 
 EUWIN SWIFT BALCH.
 
 <i3 
 
 CO 
 
 
 •J 
 
 
 ^ TO THE MEMORY OF 
 
 -^ CHARLES WILKES, NATHANIEL B. PALMER, 
 g THE AMERICAN SEALERS, 
 
 O AND THE 
 
 t-J 
 
 O 
 
 OFFICERS AND MEN OF THE UNITED STATES NAVY, 
 
 WHO EXPLORED THE ANTARCTIC. 
 
 t:49318
 
 "The ship drove fast, loud roared the blast 
 And southward aye we fled. 
 
 "And now there came both mist and snow, 
 And it grew wondrous cold : 
 And ice, mast high, came floating by. 
 As green as emerald. 
 
 "And through the drifts the snowy clifts 
 Did send a dismal sheen : 
 Nor shapes of men nor beasts we ken — 
 The ice was all between. 
 
 ' ' The ice was here, the ice was there, 
 The ice was all around : 
 
 It cracked and growled, and roared and howled, 
 Like noises in a swound ! " 
 
 Coleridge.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 -4«»— 
 
 PAGB. 
 
 Introduction 9 
 
 I. The legendary "Terra Australis Incognita" 
 
 AND VOYAGES LEADING FROM A BELIEF TO A 
 DISBELIEF IN IT II 
 
 II. Voyages up to and including the discovery 
 
 OF THE continent OF ANTARCTICA 73 
 
 iii. v'oyages subsequent to the discovery of 
 
 the continent of antarctica i67 
 
 Index 215 
 
 MAPS. 
 
 Reproduction of a portion of "chart of South 
 Shetland" by George Powell . . . Facing page 96 
 
 Reproduction of a portion of the charts pub- 
 lished BY Lieutenant Wilkes and Sir J. C. 
 Ross Facing page 184 
 
 Chart of Antarctica At end of volume.
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 This monograph orig-inated in a letter — asserting 
 the discovery by Americans of the South Polar conti- 
 nent — which I wrote to The Nation, New York, and 
 which was published in that paper and also in The 
 Evening Post, New York, on May loth, 1900. The 
 difficulty of obtaining accurate information about the 
 Antarctic induced further research, the results of 
 which were embodied in a paper " Antarctica, a his- 
 tory' of Antarctic Discovery." This, through the 
 kindness of Mr. F. Lynwood Garrison and Dr. Will- 
 iam H. Wahl, was published in The Jorirnal of the 
 Frayiklin Institute, 1901, Vol. CLI., pages 241-262, 
 321-341, 413-428, Vol. CLII., pages 26-45; and of 
 this paper the present book is an enlargement, con- 
 taining a number of changes and corrections and 
 much additional material collected in some of the 
 more important European libraries. 
 
 Nevertheless, it is impossible that this work should 
 be complete or more than approximately accurate. 
 The records of the Antarctic are lamentably imper- 
 fect, except in the case of the few national expedi- 
 tions and of one or two of the sealing voyages. Of 
 some of the latter only brief notes were published ;
 
 of others, accounts possibly remain in the shape of 
 log books still in manuscript; while of others, doubt- 
 less all trace has disappeared. Then again the rarer 
 books and documents are not found in any one spot. 
 This prevents in many cases verifying the quotations 
 and data, jotted down in pencil from the originals 
 in various libraries, by referring anew to the origi- 
 nals, and a certain number of errors due to mistakes 
 in transcription are therefore unavoidable. It is 
 hoped, however, that this book is a step towards 
 clearing up the story of the Antarctic, and especially 
 that it may incite other geographers to make further 
 researches into the original records. 
 
 A number of gentlemen have helped me in one 
 way or another. I am especially indebted to Mr. 
 Henryk Arctowski, of Brussels; Mr. J. Bruggeman, 
 of the Hague ; Dr. Frederick A. Cook, of Brooklyn ; 
 Professor George Davidson, of San Francisco ; Mon- 
 sieur Graz, of Paris; Mr. George C. Hurlbut and 
 Mr. V. H. Paltsits, of New York City ; Mr. G. W. 
 Littlehales and Mr. P. Lee Phillips, of Washington, 
 D. C. ; Mr. J. T. Kiernan and Mr. P. H. Tufts, of 
 Cambridge, Mass. ; Dr. W. E. Peschel and Dr. Ar- 
 tluir Richter, of Dresden; Mr. J. P. de Sauvage, of 
 Leyden ; Captain C. C. Todd, of the United States 
 Navy; and Mr. A. J. Drexel-Biddle, Mr. Edward 
 Miles, Mr. Bunford Samuel, and Mr. Harvey M. 
 Watts, of Philadelphia.
 
 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 I. 
 
 THE LEGENDARY "TERRA AUSTRALIS INCOGNITA" AND 
 VOYAGES LEADING FROM A BELIEF TO A DISBELIEF 
 IN IT. 
 
 "Antarctica" is a term which is slowly coming into 
 use to designate the continent which probably extends 
 across the regions of the South Pole. The word itself 
 is an old one, since one of the letters of Amerigo 
 Vespucci was issued at Strasburg in 1505 under the 
 title of Be [De] Ora Antarctica. As a proper name, 
 "Antarctica" is recent, but it seems probable that it 
 will be adopted generally for the lands around the 
 South Pole; the expression "the Antarctic" con- 
 tinuing to be used as the appellation of the entire 
 region, including lands, islands, ice and ocean. While 
 both terms are still somewhat vague, the last one is 
 especially so, for geographers are not yet agreed as 
 to the limits of the Antarctic. It undoubtedly includes 
 everything south of 60° south latitude, but probably 
 an irregular line of demarcation would represent its 
 area more accurately : for it seems as if Bouvet and
 
 12 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Kerguelen Islands and South Georgia, for many rea- 
 sons, such as their fauna, their climate and their physi- 
 cal characteristics, belonged to the Antarctic proper. 
 However this may be, and whatever the limits event- 
 ually assigned to austral regions by geographers, 
 the term "the Antarctic" will be used in this mono- 
 graph to designate the south polar region, including 
 Bouvet and Kerguelen Islands and South Georgia, as 
 a whole, and the term "Antarctica" will be used to 
 designate the great mass or masses of land in the 
 nei<rhborhood of the South Pole itself 
 
 There is, however, a lacuna in antarctic nomencla- 
 ture which slowly forced itself to my notice while 
 attempting to unravel somewhat the tangled antl im- 
 perfect records of south polar exploration, and that 
 is that there is no generic name, either for the lands 
 south of Australia or for the lands south of South 
 America. For the name "Antarctic Continent" given 
 by Wilkes when he, first of all men, became aware 
 that there was a continent in the neighborhood of the 
 South Pole, must be held to include the lands south of 
 South America, as well as those south of Australia : 
 and moreover the name "Antarctic Continent" is 
 rapidly becoming superseded, as a generic term, by 
 the shorter "Antarctica." The want of a name for the 
 lands south of South America, however, is especially 
 troublesome, for all the names at present in use — 
 South Shetland, Louis Philippe Land, Palmer Land, 
 Foyn Land, Graham Land, Alexander Land — are
 
 EAST ANTARCTICA, WEST ANTARCTICA. 1 3 
 
 Strictly local. It is necessary, therefore, to find 
 some term in place of the cumbersome phrases "the 
 lands south of Australia" and "the lands south of 
 South America" and taking North America and 
 South America as models, it seems as if " East Ant- 
 arctica " and "West Antarctica" answered the neces- 
 sity satisfactorily. It remains to be seen whether 
 other geographers will see fit to adopt these terms, 
 but they will be used in this monograph for the sake 
 of convenience, brevity and clearness.' 
 
 ' Sir Clements R. Markham, the President of the Royal Geo- 
 graphical Society, proposed in 1 899 ( The Geographical Journal, 
 1899, Vol. XIV., pages 473-481 : " The Antarctic Expeditions,") 
 to divide the Antarctic into four quadrants, each covering ninety 
 degrees of longitude, and to bear Englisli names. On the score 
 of convenience, this proposal has nothing to recommend it : for 
 there is no way by which anyone can associate the positions of 
 these so called quadrants with the proposed names. On the score 
 of justice, this suggestion is even worse : for it is evidently abso- 
 utely unfair that only English names should be commemorated. 
 If any such arrangement were ever adopted, it should be so only 
 by an international agreement, and international courtesy would 
 certainly require that the names of Bellingshausen, D'Urville and 
 Wilkes should be remembered. It is inconceivable, however, that 
 geographers will adopt as it stands this unique proposition. 
 
 Edward Stanford, 12, 13 and 14, Long Acre, London, W. C. , 
 published a " Soutli Polar Chart" on 22nd July 1901, showing 
 Sir C. R. Markham' s quadrants. In refreshing contrast is the 
 map published in The Graphic, London, August 10, 1901, Vol. 
 LXIV, page 172, by Dr. J. Scott Keltie, the able Secretary of 
 the Royal Geographical Society. This gentleman marks Wilkes 
 Land and divides the Antarctic into ' ' German Sphere of Explora- 
 tion" and " British Sphere of E.xploration."
 
 14 ANTAKCTICA. 
 
 Of no part of the world is so little known as about 
 the Antarctic, and about none has there been so little 
 interest taken. This is probably due, partly to its dis- 
 tance from the centers of thought, and partly also to 
 its lack of life, both of animals and of men. The hu- 
 man interest is entirely absent in the desolate wastes 
 of the South Pole, and not the least curious fact con- 
 nected with them is that there is no apparent record 
 of any woman having passed beyond 60° south lati- 
 tude. How great a part of the world's surface still 
 remains unexplored may be gathered from the fact, 
 so well explained by Dr. Reiter,^ that the continent of 
 Antarctica may be about as large as the portion of 
 South America extending from Cape Hoorn to Manaos 
 and at its widest point from the Atlantic to the Pacific. 
 Dr. Supan^ also gives a clue as to tlie dimensions 
 of the unknown south, when he says that " the en- 
 tirely unknown Arctic is at least as big as European 
 Kussia, while the unknown Antarctic is twice as big 
 as Europe." 
 
 That this continent was bigger in former aeons 
 scarcely admits a doubt.' In all probability Ant- 
 
 '' Zeilschn/t fiir wissc?isckaft/icJte Geographic, Woimar, VI., 
 1888, pages 1-30: — Reitcr, Dr. Hans: " Die Siidpolaifiagc uiul 
 ihre Bedeutung fur die genetische Gliederung der Erdoberflache." 
 This paper is illustrated with a chart sliovving the probable outlines 
 of Antarctica. 
 
 ^ Dr. A. Pctcrvtami s Milleilungen, Gotha, 43 Band, 1897, 
 pages 15-18: — Siiijan, Alex. : "Unbekannte Polargebiete." 
 
 * This paragraph is founded on Mr. Forbes' interesting 
 paper : Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithson-
 
 SIZE AND FORMER EXTENSION OF ANTARCTICA. 1 5 
 
 arctica has been connected with South America, Aus- 
 tralia and New Zealand, and South Africa: most 
 likely not with all three at the same time. This is 
 evidenced by the living and fossil faunas and floras 
 of these lands. For instance, in the ostrich group, 
 there are living the ostrich in Africa, the rhea in South 
 America, the emu in Australia, the cassowary in New 
 Guinea ; and there are extinct the aepyornis in Mada- 
 gascar, the brontornis in Patagonia, the moa in New 
 Zealand, and the dromormis in Australia. The owl- 
 parrots and keas of New Zealand resemble the macaws 
 of South America. The southern salmon and south- 
 ern pikes are common to New Zealand, Patagonia 
 and the Falklands. Among plants " the genus cryto- 
 carya of the perseacece is common to New Zealand, 
 South Africa and South America, while among the 
 genera of other families we find some occurring in 
 Africa, or Madagascar and Australia, some in Tasma- 
 nia and South America only ; while others crop up in 
 South Africa and Australia, or New Zealand, or in 
 New Zealand and South America only." In fact it is 
 highly probable that many forms of terrestrial life had 
 
 ian Institution, to July 1894 ; Washington, Government Print- 
 ing Office, 1896, pages 297-316: — Forbes, Henry O. : "Ant- 
 arctica, a vanished austral land." Reprinted from the Fort- 
 nightly Review, February, 1894, Vol. LV., New Ser. , No. 126. 
 There is also a note on the similarity of some earth worms in 
 New Zealand, Patagonia, and South Georgfia in Nature, London 
 & New York, Vol. LIII., 1 895-1 896, page 129: — Beddard, Frank 
 E. : "The former northward extension of The Antarctic Conti- 
 nent."
 
 1 6 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 the original center of their development and dispersal 
 in Antarctica. 
 
 That some great land existed near the South Pole 
 seems to have been guessed at centuries ago. It is 
 hard to see on what the belief rested, but it lasted 
 until Captain Cook's second voyage. The ancients 
 surmised that land existed somewhere below the 
 Equator and this belief descended as a sort of legend 
 in books and maps.^ There is no apparent evidence, 
 however, to show that, before the third voyage of 
 Amerigo Vespucci, any ideas about the far southern 
 regions were based on anything but imagination. 
 
 It is possible that a Chaldaean, Seleukos, started the 
 idea of a southern continent. Dr. Ruge," a careful 
 student, tells us that Seleukos was an inhabitant of 
 the town of Seleukeia on the Tigris, and that he lived 
 between about 170 B. C. and 125 B. C. Dr. Ruge's 
 
 ' There are at least three vakiable bibliographies of papers and 
 books about the Antarctic : 
 
 Chavanne, Dr. Josef; Karpf, Dr. Alois; LeMonnier, Franz, 
 Ritter von : Die Literatur uber die Polar Rcgionen der Erde ; 
 Wien, 1878; Verlag der K. K. Geog. Ges. oder bci Ed. Holzel: 
 (Soc. de G6og. Paris). 
 
 Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. XIV., Edinburgh, 1898, 
 pages 563-570: — Bartholomew, J. G. , F. R. S. E., Hon. Sec. 
 R. S. G. S. : "Antarctic Bibliography." 
 
 The Antarctic Manual, London, Royal Geographical Society, 
 1901 ; pages 515-580: — Mill, Dr. Hugh Robert: "A Bibliography 
 of Antarctic E.xploration and Research." 
 
 * Ruge, Dr. Sophus : Der Chaldder Seleukos, Dresden, G. 
 Schijnfeld, 1865: (British Museum).
 
 BELIEFS OF THE ANCIENTS. 1 7 
 
 researches led him to the conclusion' "that the last 
 provable source for the hypothesis of Ilipparchus, 
 Marinus and Ptolemy is to be found in Seleukos. 
 The Babylonian is therefore the oldest savant, who 
 set forth a closed-in southern sea." 
 
 Hipparchus is supposed to have believed in a 
 southern continent. At least Vivien de Saint Mar- 
 tin^ published a map "Carte d'Hipparque vers 
 150 av. J. C." in which the African coast extends 
 east from Zanzibar, runs beyond Taprobane (India) 
 and then rejoins Asia, forming a closed Erythryan 
 Sea. 
 
 Aristotle" speaks of two segments of the habitable 
 earth, of which one is towards the north, and the other 
 towards the south. 
 
 Dr. Franz Wieser'" says that Krates, Eratosthenes, 
 in fact the Alexandrine philosophers, believed in 
 
 ' Der Chaldder, etc., page 22. 
 
 * Atlas dressB pour V Histoire de la Geographic, etc., Paris, 
 Hachette, 1874; Planche II., No. VI. 
 
 ^ Aristotelis Opera Onuiia, etc. * * * Authore Guilleimo 
 Du Val * * * Lutetiae * * =i= MDCXIX. : (Lib. Co. 
 Pliiladelphia) : " Meteorologicorum," Lib. II., Chap. V. : "Nam 
 cum terrae habitabilis segmenta duo sint, & altera ad sublimiorem 
 verticem qui apud nos est, altera ad alterum & meridiem posita 
 sit, atque tympani speciem praeferat, talem profecto terrae fig- 
 uram linea £l centro ipsius ductae dissecant, atque turbines duos 
 efficiunt : " etc. 
 
 '° Wieser, Dr. Franz : Magalhah Strasse iind Austral Conti- 
 nent an/ den Globen des Johannes Schbner, Innsbruck, Wagner' - 
 schen Universitaets-Buchhandlung, 1881, page 59.
 
 1 8 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 southern lands. Mr. R. H. Major" states that Aratus, 
 Strabo, and Geminus held opinions similar to Aris- 
 tode. 
 
 There is a paragraph in Pomponius Mela'* saying 
 that the earth is divided into five zones, of which the 
 middle one is burnt up with heat, those at the ends 
 are frigid with a terrific cold, and that of the remaining 
 two we inhabit one and our antipodes the other. 
 
 In Macrobius*^ also there is a passage which seems 
 to indicate that he held a similar belief. 
 
 " Major, R. H. : Early Voyages to Terra Aiistrah's, now called 
 Australia, London * * * Hakluyt Society, MDCCCLIX., 
 page xiii. 
 
 " Dionysii Alex, et Pomp. Melae Situs orbis descriptio. In 
 Melam annotationes Joannis Oliuarii, Henricus Stephanus, 
 MULXXVII.: and Pompoiiii 3Iclae, De Situ orbis Libri III. : 
 (Lib. Co. rhiladelphia). 
 
 Pompotiius Mela, traduit en Franjais, * * * par C. P. 
 Fradin, Paris, 1S04: (Lib. Co. Philadelphia): Lib. I., Chap. I. 
 " lluic medio terra sublimis cingitur undique mari : eodenique in 
 duo latera, quae Hemisphaeria nominantur, ab oriente divisa ad oc- 
 casuni, zonis quinque distinguitur. Mediam aestus infestat, frigus 
 ultimas : reliquae habitabilis paria agunt anni tempora, verum non 
 pariter. Antichthones alteram, nos alteram incolimus. Illius situ 
 ob ardorem intercedentis plagae incognito, hujus dicendus est." 
 
 " Macrobius : Franciscus Eysenhardt rccognovit ; Lipsiae, 
 B. G. Teubneri, MDCCCLXVIIL : " Ambrosii Theodosii Mac- 
 robii viri clarissimi et illustris comnientariorum in somnium 
 Scipionis" ; Libri II., 9. 
 
 Macrobii Ambrosii Aurelii, viri consularis & illustris, hi 
 Somnium, Scipionis, Lib. II., etc., Lugduni, apud Ant. 
 Gryphium, MDLXXXV. : (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). On page 
 91 is a map, which had been published already in earlier editions, 
 showing an antipodal frigid land.
 
 BELIEFS IN THE MIDDLE AGES. 1 9 
 
 Manilius" wrote that there is a southern habitable 
 land, and that it lies under our feet. 
 
 Dr. Werner"^ states that Baeda Venerabilis, who 
 was born probably in 672 and died May 26, 735, 
 believed apparently that the poles were regions of 
 eternal cold, because the sun never shone there. In 
 the north he thought there was an ocean, but in the 
 south a great land. 
 
 Professor Fellner'® says that Rhabanus Maurus was 
 born in 776 or 788, was chosen Abbot of Fulda in 
 822, and died in 856 at Mainz. His principal work 
 was Dc Univcrso. He mentioned three inhabited parts 
 of the world, Europe, Asia and Africa, and wrote 
 further:" "Besides the three named parts of the 
 
 ^^ M. Manili Astronomicon, Heidelberg, 1590; and the same, 
 Lugduno Batauae, 1600: (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). Liber I., line 
 234, et scq. : 
 
 ' ' Ex quo colligitur Terrarum forma rotunda, 
 Hanc circum variae gentes hominum atque ferarum, 
 Aeriaeque colunt volucres, pars eius ad Arctos 
 Eminet. Austrinis pars est habitabilis oris, 
 Sub pedibusque iacet nostris, supraque videtur 
 ipsa sibi fallente solo declinia longa, 
 Et pariter surgente via, pariterque cadente." 
 
 "Werner, Prof. Dr. Karl: Beda der Ehwilrdige und seine 
 Zeit^ Wien, Wilhelm Braumiiller, 1875, page no: (Kon. Oef. 
 Bib. Dresden). Dr. Werner drew his material from Bede's 
 works : De Natiira reruvt ; De temporibus ; De temponirn 
 ratio7ie ; De ratione computi. 
 
 "Fellner, Professor Stefan, Benediktiner des Stiftes Schotten 
 in Wien : Compendium der Naturwisscnschafteti aji der Sclmle 
 zu Fulda im JX. Jahrhtmdert ; Berlin, Theobald Grieben, 1879. 
 
 " Co7npendiutn, etc., page 104.
 
 20 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 earth, there lies a fourth on the other side of the 
 ocean in the south. According to fable it is inhabited 
 by the Antipodes : on account of the heat of the sun 
 it is unknown to us." 
 
 Dr. Werner'* says that Guillaume de Conches, a 
 philosopher and cosmographer of the first half of the 
 twelfth centur}^ believed that there were two conti- 
 nents on the unknown parts of the earth. He thought 
 that an ocean belted the world at the equator, and 
 that one of these continents was in the southern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 Professor Schmidt'^ states that Albertus Magnus 
 was perhaps a personal friend of Dante, and that in 
 his principal work, De Nat. loc. i, c. 7,-'* for various 
 reasons, Albertus considered that the western portion 
 of the earth must contain a great land reaching from 
 north to south. Guessing a little more, Albertus as- 
 sumed that the warmth of the sun would bring forth 
 living organisms, that therefore there must be por- 
 tions of the world benefiting by these conditions, and 
 
 ^* Sitziingsbcrichtc der Kaiserlichcn Akadcmie der Wissen- 
 schaftcn : Philosophisch-Hisiorischc Classc,'^\&\, 1873; LXXV. 
 Band, III. Heft, Jahrgang 1873, December; pag^es 309-403: — 
 Werner, Prof. Dr. Karl: "Die Kosniolojjie und Naturlehre des 
 Scholastichen Mitlelalters mit spezieller Beziehung auf Wilhelm 
 von Conches"; page 373 : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 ".Schmidt, Prof. Wilhelm : Ucbcr Dante' s Slc/hnijr in die Gc- 
 schichtedcr Kosmographic : " Erster Theil ; DieSchiift De Aqua 
 et Terra" ; Graz, K. K. zweiten Gymnasium zu Graz, 1876. 
 
 ^Ueber Dante' s, etc., page 25.
 
 BELIEFS IN Till; MIDDLE AGES. 2 1 
 
 thai ihc deserts alone stopped intercourse with the 
 peoples inhabiting these lands. 
 
 Dr. Werner*' writes that Roger Bacon held that the 
 greatest part of the southern hemisphere must be 
 land. 
 
 Dr. Peschel^ says that in early Christian times there 
 was an idea prevalent that there must be less water 
 than land on the earth, as it would have been to 
 doubt the wisdom of the Creator to think that there 
 was not as much habitable as uninhabitable space. 
 
 Some of the Arab geographers believed in a 
 southern land. LeleweF^ reconstructs the maps of 
 Abu Rihan, Birunensis, 1030. In the " Ouadrans 
 Habitabilis " a coast line stretches from about Zanzi- 
 bar, called Sofala, due east as far as the longitude of 
 the coast of China ; it then turns south again. 
 
 " Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserliclien Akademie der Wissen- 
 schaften : Philosophisch-Historische Classc ; Wien, 94 Band, 
 Jahrgang 1879; Heft I., II.:— Werner, Prof. Dr. Karl: "Die 
 Kosmologie und allgemeine Naturlehre des Roger Baco," pages 
 603, 604. 
 
 About the character and works of Bacon, see the address by- 
 Thomas Balch : Report on the Twenty Fourth Exhibition * * * 
 from November 14. to December 2, 1854, * * * (Jj/ the 
 Fratiklin Institute, * * * and the Address delivered at the 
 close- of the exhibition by Thomas Balch, Esq. ; pages 79-84 ; 
 Philadelphia, Barnard & Jones, 1855. 
 
 "Peschel, Oscar: Geschichte der Erdhinde, Miinchen, J. G. 
 Cottaschen Buchhandlung, 1865, pages 327-330. 
 
 "^ Lelewel, Joachim : Geographic du Moyen Age : Bruxelles, 
 V' et J. J. Pillet, 1852 ; also Epilogue, 1857 ; and Atlas, 1850, 
 Planche V. : (K6n. Oef. Bib. Dresden).
 
 22 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 There is a little map, said to be now in Copenhagen, 
 and which I have seen only in the facsimile of Jomard." 
 It is considered to be of the tenth century, and to be 
 Icelandic in origin. There are only four names on it: 
 Europe, Asia, Africa and " Synn Bygd." The latter 
 term has been assumed by some to mean a southern 
 land, but this necessitates a lively imagination. The 
 natural inference would seem to be that " Synn Bygd " 
 refers to the Norse discoveries in North America. 
 This also appears to be the opinion of Mr. Karl 
 Wilhelmi.^' Mr. John OTarrell, of Philadelphia, has 
 suggested a new explanation of this map, and that is 
 that it is Irish. He submitted the name "Synn Bygd" 
 to two Irish speaking persons, who pronounced it 
 "Shin begweed " and said it meant "this place is 
 unexplored " or " this place is not known." 
 
 There is an early map in the Biblioteca Reale 
 in Turin, which I have seen only in the facsimi- 
 les published by Santarem,-'^ Jomard" and Cortam- 
 
 " Jomard [Edme Franjois] : Les Momimcnts dc la Gcogra- 
 phie; Sheet XIII., Map No. 3 : (Pub. Lib. Boston). 
 
 " Wilhelnii, Karl : Island, Hvitmannaland, Gronland und 
 Vinland, oder der Normanner Leben auf Island und Gronland 
 und deren Fahrten nach Amerika : Heidelberg:, J- C. B. Mohr, 
 1842 : pages 227, 228 : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 " Vicomte de Santarem : Alias coviposi de mappemondes, de 
 porlulans, cl de cartes hydrographiques d historiqucs, etc. ; 
 public sous les auspices du gouvernoinent Porlugais ; Paris, E. 
 Thunot et Cie, MUCCCXLIX. The map is on the nth sheet. 
 
 "Jomard: Les Monuments dc la Gcographie ; Sheet XIII., 
 Map No. I.
 
 EARLY MAPS. 23 
 
 bert.^** It has been assigned to the tenth century, but 
 it is in a manuscript of the twelfth century. Three 
 parts of the world are indicated, Europe, Asia and 
 Africa. South of the latter is a broad band of water, 
 and below this is a space on which is an inscription'' 
 saying that besides the three parts of the world, there 
 is a fourth part beyond the ocean, which is unknown 
 to us on account of the heat of the sun, and which 
 our antipodes are supposed to inhabit. In Paris 
 also^" there is a medal of the fifteenth century, reign of 
 Charles VI. of France, on which is engraved a world 
 chart with a southern continent called " Brumae." 
 
 The earliest published maps showing southern 
 lands, which I have seen, are in some of the 
 Ptolemies."^ In the 1478 Ptolemy ^^ the general map 
 
 ^Bulletin de la Sociiti de Giographie, Paris, 1877, Sixi^me 
 S6rie, Tome XIIII., Annee 1877, pages 337-363 : — Cortambert, 
 E: "Quelques uns des plus ancients monuments g^ographiques 
 du moyen age conserves a la Bibliotheque Nationale." 
 
 "^ " Extra tres autem partes orbis, quarto pars trans oceanum 
 inferior est, que solis ardore incognita nobis est, cujus finibus 
 antipodes fabulosore inhabitare produntur." 
 
 '"Flammarion, Camille : Histoire du del, Paris, Hetzel & Cie, 
 1872. On page 369 is a reproduction of this medal which is said 
 to be in the Bibliotheque Nationale. 
 
 " A valuable contribution to the knowledge of the Ptolemies is : 
 Bibliographical Contributions , Libraiy of Harvard University^ 
 No. 18, Cambridge, Mass., 1884: — Winsor, Justin: " A biblio- 
 graphy of Ptolemy's Geography." 
 
 " Claudii Ptoleviei Alexandrini Philosophi Costnographta, 
 etc., Rome 1478 : (British Museum). This is supposed to be the 
 first book with maps engraved on copper.
 
 24 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 of the world gives "Indicum Mare" as a closed sea 
 with a " Terra Incognita " about twenty^ degrees south 
 of the Equator joining Asia beyond " Magnus Sinus " 
 which is a gulf just beyond " Aurea Chersonesus." In 
 the last map but one, of the eastern portion of India 
 and "Aurea Chersonesus," the Indian Ocean is 
 bounded on the east by a coast which descends 
 southward beyond the " Magnus sinus." 
 
 In the 1462 or 1482 Ptolemy^ the maps are rough 
 and roughly colored. The southern land is given on 
 the map of the world as in the 1478 Ptolemy, but 
 the legend " Terra Incognita " is placed south of 
 the sources of the Nile. In the map of the eastern 
 part of India and Siam, there is again a coast repre- 
 sented as the eastern boundary to the Indian Ocean. 
 
 In the facsimile of the Mount Athos Ptolemy,** 
 which is supposed to date from about the end of the 
 twelfth century, plate " CVII." appears to show the 
 beginning of the coast supposed to bound the Indian 
 Ocean on the east. There does not seem to be any 
 other southern land represented. The 1475 Ptolemy^'' 
 
 " Beatissimo fialri Alcxajidro quinio poiit. max. ans:cliis 
 D icpora Clattdii Ptolanci ui7-i Alexandrini, etc. : title page 
 missing: on binding " Ptolemaeus, Ed. Princeps, 1462": 
 (British Museum). 
 
 '' Geographic dc PlolCmce, reproduction plioioUthographiquc 
 du manuscril * * * au Mont Athos * * * d'apri^s les 
 clich(js * * * de M. Pierre de SCwastianoff * * * par 
 Victor Langlois ; Paris, Firmin Didot, 1867: (Harvard Univ. 
 Lijj.). 
 
 *'' Cosmographia, latinc reddita a Jac. Angela : (Harvard Univ. 
 \aU.).
 
 AMERIGO VESPUCCI. 25 
 
 has no maps. Martin Behaini's famous globe of 1492 
 shows no antarctic land.^" 
 
 At last we come to a positive discovery, and one 
 which must be looked on probably as the first dis- 
 covery of land in the Antarctic. Amerigo Vespucci, 
 in his letter to Pier Soderini, Gonfalonier of the Re- 
 public of Florence, narrates in his third voyage that, 
 after leaving the coast of South America either in 
 32° or 40° south latitude, his ship reached 52° south 
 latitude in April 1502 and that they sighted a new 
 and rough coast along which they sailed for twenty 
 leagues. His account is as follows :^^ "Having 
 taken in our stores from this land, we began our 
 voyage towards the southeast : and it was on the 
 
 '* The " Verwalter " of the Behaim estate told me that this 
 globe is in Baron Behaim's liouse, Niirnberg, and that two hun- 
 dred thousand marks had been offered for it. For Behaim's 
 life, see Dr. F. W. Ghillany's excellent book: Geschichte dcs 
 Sec/ahrer' s Ritter Marliti Behaim, Niirnberg, Bauer und Raspe, 
 1853: (Grossherz. Hof Bib. Darmstadt; Lib. Co., Philadelphia). 
 
 "(First page) Lettera di Amerigo Vespucci delle isole nuoua- 
 mente trojiate in quattro suoi viaggi : (Last page) Data in 
 Lisbona adi 4 di Septembre 1504, Seruitore Amerigo Vespucci 
 in Lisbo7ia. This book was published probably in Florence in 
 1505 ; it is in the British Museum, and a note in it says: " This is 
 supposed to be the first Italian edition of the four voyages." I 
 copied the account from the ' ' Terza Viaggio ' ' as accurately as I 
 could thus : ' ' Facto nostro pue dimento di qsta terra | com- 
 inciamo nostra nauicatione p eluen to sciloccho : & fu adi i 5 di 
 Febraio | quando gia elsole sandaua cercando alio equinoctio | & 
 tomaua uerso qsto nostro emisperio del settentrione & tanto nau- 
 igammo, per qsto uento | che ci trouamo tanto alti | chel polo
 
 26 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 15th of February when the sun was already nearing 
 the equinox, and turning towards this our northern 
 hemisphere : and so long did we sail by that wind, 
 that we found ourselves so high that the southern 
 
 del meridione cistaua alto fuora del nostro orizonte ben 52 gradi | 
 & piu no uedauamo le stelle ne dell orsa minore | ne della mag- 
 giore orsa : & di gia stauamo discosto del porro di done partimo 
 ben 500 leghe p sciloccho : & questo fu adi 3 daprile : & i qsto 
 giorno comincio una tormenta in mare tato forzosa | die cifece 
 amainare del tucto nostre uele : & corrauamo allarbero seco con 
 molto uento | che ere libeccio c6 grandissimi mari ] & laria molto 
 tormentosa : e tanta era la tormtta | che tutta la flocta staua 
 con gran timore : le nocte eron molto grand! : che nocte tenemo 
 adi septe daprile | che fu di 15 hore : pche elsole staua nel fine 
 di Aries : et in qsta regione ere lo inuerno | come ben puo cosid- 
 erare V. M. et andando i qSta tormenta adi septe daprile hauemo 
 uista di nuoua terra : della quale corremo circha di 20 leghe | 
 & la trouamo tucta costa braua : et n6 uedemo i epsa porta 
 alcuno I ne gente : credo pche era tato el freddo | che nessuno 
 della flocta so poteua rimediare | ne sopportarlo : di modo ch' 
 uistoci in tanto pericolo & i tanta tormeta | che apena potauamo 
 hauere uista luna naue dell altra | p cgran mari ch' faccuano | 
 & p la gran serrazon del tepo che accordamo con el capitano 
 maggiore fare segnale alia flocta che arriuassi | & la sciassimo 
 la terra : et cene tornassimo al camino di Portogallo :" etc. 
 
 This passage was republished in Ramusio, Gio. Baltista : 
 Dc/le Navigationi et Viaggi, Venetia, Stamperia de Giunti, 
 MDLXIII., Vol. I, page 126 [128]: " Di Amerigo Vespucci 
 Fiorcntino Lettera prima drizzata al Magnifico M. Pietro Sod- 
 erini Gonfaloniere perpetuo della Magnifica & excelsa Signoria 
 di Firenze": (Kib. Royalc, Bruxellcs). I have not seen the 
 earlier editions of Ramusio. 
 
 In the translation of this passage, I have availed myself, making 
 a few changes, of the translation of Mr. Quaritch : T/ic First Four 
 Voyages of Amerigo Vespucci, London, Jiomaril yuaritch, 
 1893: pages 38, 39: (Lib. Co., Piiiladelphia).
 
 AMERIGO VESPUCCI. 27 
 
 pole Stood quite 52 degrees above our horizon, and 
 we no longer beheld the stars either of Ursa Minor 
 or Ursa Major ; and we were already at a distance of 
 full 500 leagues southeast from the harbor whence 
 we had set out : and this was on the 3d of April : and 
 on that day there arose a tempest of such violence 
 on the sea that we were compelled to haul down all 
 our sails, and we scudded under bare poles before 
 the great wind, which was southwest with enormous 
 waves and a very stormy sky : and so fierce was the 
 tempest that all the fleet was in great dread : the 
 nights were very long : so that on the seventh of 
 April we had a night which was 1 5 hours long : for 
 the sun was at the end of Aries : and in that region 
 it was winter, as your Magnificence may well con- 
 sider : and while in this tempest on the seventh of 
 April, we had sight of a new land : along which we 
 ran for about 20 leagues, and found that it was 
 wholly a rough coast : and we beheld therein neither 
 any harbor nor any people, because, as I believe, of 
 the cold which was so intense that no one in our fleet 
 could fortify himself against it nor endure it : inso- 
 much that, finding ourselves in so great a danger and 
 in such a tempest that one ship could hardly see 
 another for the great billows that were running and 
 for the deep gloominess of the weather, we agreed 
 with the chief captain to signal to the fleet to 
 approach and that we should abandon this land : and 
 turn around on the road to Portugal," etc.
 
 2 8 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 In Vespucci's account of his voyages, which he ad- 
 dressed to Lorenzo di Medici, and which was pub- 
 hshed both in Latin and German,** Vespucci speaks 
 of having reached the fifty-second degree of south 
 latitude, but he does not mention seeing a new coast. 
 But his letter to Soderini is conclusive. 
 
 This discovery does not appear, however, to have 
 attracted much attention at the time. The first notice 
 of it appears to be one in Ruysch's Ptolemy of 1 508,^* 
 
 '^ I have seen three copies of this narrative of Vespucci : 
 
 1. (First leaf) Vo7i der Neu ge/unndS Region die ~wol cin 
 Welt gencnnt mag 7vcrdc?i : Durch den Christlichcn Kiinig 
 
 von Portiigall wunderbarlic/i erfunden : Albcriais Vcspuclius 
 Laurentii Petri Francisci Medicis 7nl gruess : (Last page) 
 Gedruckt iyi Niircmbog durch Wolffgang Heubcr [1505]: 
 (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). 
 
 2. (First leaf) Vo)i der neu gefunden Region die zuol ein 
 Welt gene^it mag tvcrden durch den Christlichcn Kiinig von 
 
 portigal wunderbarlich erfunden : Albericus Vcspuclius Laur- 
 e7itio Petri Francisci de Medici vil griiss : [1505]: (Kon. Oef. 
 Bib. Dresden). 
 
 3. Title page wanting. (First page) Quatuor Americi Vesputii 
 Navigationes : (Last page) Urbs Deodate Finitu iin KL : 
 Scptcbris Anno supra ses qtiimillcsiviu vij : (Kijn. Oef Bib. 
 Dresden). This copy was published by Martin Waldseenuillcr 
 or Hylacomylus. 
 
 About original editions of the writings of Amerigo Vesjiutius, see 
 the admirable bibliograjjhy by Henry Harrisse : Bibliotcca Ameri- 
 cana Veittstissima, New York, Geo. P. Philes, MDCCCLXVL 
 
 ''■" Ruysch : Claudii Plolcmaei Geographic, etc., Rome 
 MDVin. : (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). One map in this shows 
 Africa extending eastward, south of Mons Lunae, and joining 
 Asia beyond " Aurca Chcrsonesus " : this land is marked " Terra 
 Incognita." The next map shows no such land, but Africa with
 
 AMERIGO VESPUCCI, 29 
 
 where there is an inscription on one of the maps 
 which would seem to refer to the voyage of Vespucci. 
 There is also a short passage in a Spanish work of 
 1 5 ig'" which speaks of an austral land in 52° south lati- 
 tude. The first direct reference I have seen of Ves- 
 pucci's discover)' is on a chart published by Monsieur 
 Buache in 1757." He charts a land in about the 
 position of South Georgia, with the legend " Terre 
 vue par Americ Vespuce." 
 
 Several geographers in the nineteenth century ex- 
 amined into this matter. Captain Duperrey^^ wrote 
 
 the Cape of Good Hope, and the "Terra Sancte Crucis, sive 
 Mundus Novus" extending indefinitely towards the south : under 
 this is a legend : " Naute Lusitani partem hanc terre huuis 
 observariit et usque ad elevationem poll antartici (sic) 50 gradum 
 pervenerunt nondu tamen ad eius finem austrinCl." 
 
 *°Enciso, Martin Fernandez de : Suma dc Geograpkia, Seville, 
 1519: (British Museum). 
 
 *^ Histoire de F Academie Royale dcs Sciences, avec les Mem- 
 oires, etc., Ann^e MDCCLVII. : A Paris, de I'lmprimerie Royale, 
 M.DCCLXII. : Mbnoires, pages 190-203 : — M. Buache: "Ob- 
 servations g^ographiques et physiques, ou Ton donne une idee 
 de r existence de Terres Antarctiques," etc., with two charts : 
 (Bib. Nat. Paris). In addition to Vespucci's landfall. Monsieur 
 Buache marks the Cap de la Circoncision, and also in about the 
 same latitude, the place where he thinks Gonneville landed and 
 lived on a fertile inhabited land. He also charts a large island 
 " Islande" in about the position of the South Shetlands, but 
 without mentioning whom he thinks discovered this place. 
 
 " Duperrey, Capitaine L. I. : — Voyage autotir du Afonde 
 * * * sur la corvette de Sa Majestc La Coqnille, etc., Paris, 
 Arthus Bertrand, 1829, " Hydrographie," page loi : (Acad. 
 Nat. Sci. Philadelphia).
 
 30 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 that the land seen by Vespucci must be the one 
 seen by de "la Roche" in 1675, by Duclos Guyot in 
 1756, and called South Georgia by Cook. Alexander 
 von Humboldt,'*^ on the contrary, thought that Ves- 
 pucci must have been driven back by a storm and 
 seen part of the coast of Patagonia. Humboldt 
 knew and quoted Duperrey's remarks, and, on 
 account of Humboldt's great accuracy, his opinion 
 that Vespucci did not reach South Georgia carries 
 much weight. Finally M. de Varnhagen"*^ studied 
 the matter and basing his argument on the course 
 held, the distance run and the length of coast 
 sighted, he showed that most likely the land seen 
 by Vespucci was South Georgia. Dr. Fricker'^ fol- 
 lowed suit, and the writer also subscribes to the 
 opinion that Vespucci's antarctic, or semi antarctic 
 landfall, was probably South Georgia.^" 
 
 For a hundred years after Vespucci, there do not 
 appear to be any antarctic discoveries to chronicle. 
 The knowledge or beliefs respecting the south polar 
 
 " Examcn Critiqiic dc V Historic dc la Geographic du Nouvcau 
 Continent, Paris, Gide, 1839, Tome V, pages 23, 115, 116. 
 
 " \'arn!iagen, F. A. de : Amerigo Vespucci, son Caracttrc, ses 
 /Merits, etc., Lima, 1865, page 11 1 : (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). 
 
 " T/ic Antarctic Regions. 
 
 "A writer in T/te Scottish Geographical Magazine, Edin- 
 burgh, 1898, Vol. XIV., page 388, in a review of Dr. Frickcr's 
 Antarktis, says: "The discovery of the South Shctlands by 
 Dirk Gcrrits/, and of South Georgia by Amerigo Vespucci, 
 will not be generally accepted."
 
 EARLY MAPS. 3 1 
 
 regions, however, may be traced to a certain extent 
 from the maps and charts which have come down to 
 us. Among these, the globes of Johannes Schoner or 
 Schoner,'" a German geographer of the first half of 
 
 " Globe of 15 15 (examples are said to be in Weimar and Frank- 
 furt A. M.), reproduced by Jomard, XVII., and by Wieser. A 
 south land is shown with tlie name " Brasilie Regio." In 
 connection with this, Schoner published : Luculcntissitna quaedA 
 terra totius descriptio, etc., Noribergee, Joannis Stuchsen, 15 15: 
 (British Museum). On fol. 61 is a sentence, "Brasilia; regio. 
 A capite bonce Spei (quod Itali Capo de bona Speranza vocitant) 
 parum distat. CircOnauigarunt ita°,3 Portugalien, eam regionum : " 
 which raises a doubt whether some one had not sailed through the 
 Strait of Magalhaes before 1515. 
 
 Globe of 1520: (Germanisches Museum, Nuremberg). This is 
 a splendid piece of early cartography. The south land is shown 
 and is called " Brasilia Inferior." It is separated from the Cape 
 of Good Hope only by a wide strait, through which a ship is 
 sailing. 
 
 Globe of 1523. In connection with this, Schoner published: 
 DeNiipcr stcb Castilice ac PorhigalicB Regibus Screnissiviis reper- 
 lis Insiilis ac Regionibus, Joarmis Schoner Charolipolitani epislola 
 Globus Geographia(s,^X.z., " Vale Timiripa;, Anno Incarnationis 
 dominicte Millesimo quingentesimo uigesimotertis " : (British Mu- 
 seum). In another binding (British Museum, No. C. 32, m. 11) 
 are two charts in gores. An autograph letter bound with them 
 says they are Schijner's globe of 1523, and that they are pre- 
 sented to the British Museum by Ludwig Rosenthal, Antiquariat, 
 Miinchen, 1885. In the middle of each chart is written " R6im- 
 pression moderne," and I am inclined to think this statement is 
 correct. There is, however, an undoubted original of this map 
 in the Lenox Library in New York City. One of the parts shows 
 a fair representation of America with the Strait of Magalhaes 
 marked "Sing S. Juliani." The south land is given as lumps of 
 islands. In the other part also there is some land far south of 
 Africa and Asia. The route of Magalhaes is marked. This 
 map is reproduced in Henry Stevens' (of Vermont) : Johatin
 
 32 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 the sixteenth century, deserve more than a passing 
 notice, because several writers have stated that he was 
 responsible for starting the idea of the Terra Aus- 
 
 Schoner, professor of Mathematics at Nuremberg : A Reproduc- 
 tioti of his globe of 152 j, long lost: London, Henry Stevens, 
 MDCCCLXXXVIII. A. E. Nordenskjold {Facsimile Atlas, 
 page 80 b.) also reproduces these gores, but doubts their being 
 by Schoner. It seems to me impossible to say at present whether 
 these gores are Schoner' s globe of 1523 or not. 
 
 Globe of 1533: (Said to be in the Weimar Library: repro- 
 duced in Wieser's Magalhaes Strasse). The south land is 
 called Terra Australis. 
 
 The work of Schoner has been thoroughly examined in Dr. 
 Franz Wieser's excellent book : Magalhaes Strasse, etc. Wieser 
 thinks that the globe of 1 5 1 5 was largely based on the Copia dcr 
 Newen Zeytung aus Presillg Land (Kon.Oef. Bib. Dresden, 
 bound up with Bcschichtc Kiirtslich durch die von Portiigalicn i?i 
 India, Morenland, 7ind ander^i erdlricli), which little tract, the first 
 one known to bear the name Zeytung, Wieser reprints correctly. 
 F. A. deVarnhagen {Nouvelles Rechcrches sur les dertiiers voyages 
 du navigatcur Florcntiii, etc., Wien, 1869 : Kon. Oef Bib. Dres- 
 den) thinks the Copia refers to the ships of Gonjalo Coelho, 
 which were separated from the ship on which was Vespucius, and 
 that the Copia was published in 1507. Dr. Sopluis Ruge {fahtes- 
 bericht des VereinsfUr Erdkunde zu Dresden, \. Band, IV. and 
 V. Heft, Dresden, 1S68, pages 13-27) first thought the Copia 
 apocryphal, but later says {Deutsche Geographischc Blatter, 1895, 
 Band XVIII., pages 147-171) that Dr. Konrad Habler has dis- 
 covered in the " Fuggerschen Archiv " about the voyage described 
 in the Copia, which was printed in 1514. Wieser thinks that the 
 strait in Schoner' s 15 15 globe was the mouth of the Rio de la 
 Plata or more likely the gulf of Saint Mathias (See A. Peter- 
 mann's chart, Mitthcihingen, Krglmzungshcft , 39, Gotha, 1875, 
 " Mapa Original de la Republica Argentina") and this may 
 well be the case, judging from the remarks of the Chevr. 
 Pigafctta, {Premier Voyage auloiir dn monde * * * sur 
 I'cscadre de Magellan, Paris, H. J. Jansen, I'an IX, page 23)
 
 EARLY MAPS. 33 
 
 tralis.^ This, however, is certainly not the case. 
 Noteworthy as his maps are, especially about the 
 shape of South America and the marking of a strait 
 at the southern end before Magalhaes' voyage, yet 
 they furnish no clue that Schoner thought anything 
 about Vespucci's discovery of, probably, South 
 Georgia ; nor that his southern continent was drawn 
 from anything but the traditions of the past. 
 
 The earliest map known to give the name of Terra 
 Australis appears to be the one made by Orontius 
 Finaeus in 1531,'"' which charts "Terra Australis re- 
 center inventa, sed nondu plene cognlta." 
 
 From the beginning of the sixteenth century until 
 about the middle of the eighteenth century, maps and 
 
 who says of the river in 34° 40' south latitude (the Rio de la 
 Plata): " It was believed formedy that this water was not a river, 
 but a canal, through which one passed into the South Sea ; but 
 it was soon found that it was only a river, which is seventeen 
 leagues wide at the mouth." 
 
 *'Dr. Oscar Peschel : Geschichte dcr Erdkjinde, Miinchen, 
 1865, page 327. Dr. Fricker: The Ajitarclic Regions, page 16. 
 
 *' Published in Simon Grynaeus : Novus Orbis Regio7ium ac 
 Insidarum, etc., Paris, 1532 : (Two copies in Lenox Lib. New 
 York City). The map is entitled " Nova et integra universi orbis 
 descriptio " by " Orontius F. Delph : 1531, Mense Julio." On the 
 "Terra Australis" south of Asia is " Brasilie Regio" and in 
 about the position of Australia is " Regio Patalis." This map is 
 reproduced in John Boyd Thacher's The Continent of America, 
 New York, W. E. Benjamin, 1896 : (Lib. Co. Philadelphia): and in 
 A. E. Nordenskjold's Facsimile Atlas, Stockholm, MDCCCL- 
 XXXIX, Plate XLI.
 
 34 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 globes^" — in accordance almost surely with how nearly 
 the cartographer drew from the reported facts or de- 
 pended on the authority of the past — sometimes do 
 
 ^Juan de la Cosa, companion of Columbus : World Chart, 
 end of XV. century ; (Reproduced in Jomard, Plate XVI.). No 
 southern land. 
 
 ^'Hicnt-Lenox globe" (Lenox Lib. New York City). This 
 shows no trace of a southern land. 
 
 Bernardus Sylvanus : Claudii Ptolcmaei Alexandrini Liber 
 Gcographiae, etc., Venetiis, J. Pentium, MDXI. : (Har\'ard 
 Univ. Lib.; Pub. Lib. Boston). Rough maps, none of which 
 shows a southern land. 
 
 Angelo : Claudii Ptolemci, viri Alexandrini, Gcographie, etc., 
 [Strasburg] MDXIIL : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). Colored 
 maps : the ' ' Orbis Typus Universalis ' ' has no trace of a south- 
 ern continent. 
 
 Joannis Grieninger : Claudii Ptokfnaei * * * opus Geo- 
 graphia, etc., 1522 [Strasburg]: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 "Orbis Typus universalis" marks the name "America": there 
 is no southern land. 
 
 Bilibaldi Pirckheymer, translator : Claudii Ptolemaei Geo- 
 graphicae, etc., .Strasburg, MDXXV. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.; Pub. 
 Lib. Boston). In the " Uicfert situs orbis Ilydrographorum " no 
 southern land is charted. 
 
 Anonymous chart 1527: (Grossherz. Bib. Weimar). Diego 
 Ribero's chart, 1529: (Grossherz. Bib. Weimar). Both these 
 charts mark the Strait of MagalhaC's, but neither shows the 
 southern boundary of Tierra del Fuego, nor any antarctic land : 
 they are rejjroduced in J. G. Kolil's Die bciden Ulteslen General 
 Karlcn von Amcrika ausgcfiihrl in den faltren i^2j und i^zg 
 auf befehl Kaiser KarV s V., Weimar, Geographisches Institut, 
 i860: (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 Simon Grynaeus : Novus orbis Regionum etc., Basilaae, 
 MDXXXII. : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden; Harvard Univ. Lib.). 
 There is no southern land on the world chart. 
 
 Simon Grynaeus : Novus orbis Regionum, etc., Paris, 
 MDXXXII.: (I'ub. Lib. Boston). This copy has the Basel map 
 of 1532.
 
 EARLY MAI'S. 35 
 
 and sometimes do not show the great " Terra Aus- 
 traHs." On most of the earHest maps, until about the 
 time of Schoner, a southern land is outlined ; then for 
 
 Sen-etus : Claudii Plolemaci Akxandrini geographicae enar- 
 ra/tonts /i6n' odo, clc, Lugduni * * * Trechsel, MDXXXV. : 
 (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The "Tabula Totius Orbis" shows no 
 southern land. 
 
 Gerard Mercator : A world chart dated 1538, which was found 
 in one of the above mentioned copies of the Paris Grynacus of 
 1532 in the Leno.x Library, New York City. This map gives 
 much the same outline to the southland as the map of Finaeu.s, 
 but without tlie name : it is reproduced in John Boyd Thacher's 
 The Contiyicnt of America, New York, W. E. Benjamin, 1896. 
 
 Servetus : Claudii Ptolemaei, etc., Trechsel, Viennae [Dauphine] 
 MDXLL: (Harvard Univ. Lib.; Stadt Bib. Frankfurt A. M.). 
 No maps with southern lands. 
 
 Gerard Mercator: Sphere terrestre, published at Louvain 1541. 
 (Republished Bru.xelles, 1875: Harvard Univ. Lib.). This gives 
 the outline of Terra Australis, but without any name. 
 
 Alonzo de Santa Cruz's Chart of the world, 1542. (Repro- 
 duced in Stockholm, 1892 : Harvard Univ. Lib.). Shows Strait 
 of Magalhaes and north shore of Tierra del Fuego, but no ant- 
 arctic land. 
 
 World chart painted on parchment by order of Henri IL, 
 King of France, 1542. (Reproduced in Jomard, Plate XIX.). 
 Shows Tierra del Fuego stretching south as a continent extending 
 round the pole : legend " La Terre Australie, non du tout descou- 
 verte." 
 
 Sebastian Miinster : Geographia Universalis * * * Claudii 
 Ptolemaei, etc.. Bale, MDXLH.: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). Highly 
 colored rough maps : no southern land e.xcept Tierra del Fuego, 
 which is charted but unnamed in the " Typus Universalis" and 
 the " Novae Insulae XVO Nova Tabula." 
 
 Sebastian Cabot's Chart of the world of 1544: (Jomard, Plate 
 XX.). No antarctic land. 
 
 Sebastian Miinster: Geographia Universalis * * * Claudii 
 Ptolanaei, etc.. Bale, MDXLV.: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). No south- 
 ern land except Tierra del Fuego, which is charted but un-
 
 36 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 about fifty years there is a noticeable falling off in the 
 numbers of maps giving it; while, at the end of the six- 
 named in the " Typus Universalis " and in the "Novae Insulae 
 XXVI Nova Tabula." 
 
 Gcographia universalis * * * Claudii Ptotemaci * * * 
 Basileae, per Henrichum Petri, MDXLVII. : (Lib. Co. Phila- 
 delphia). The "Typus orbis" shows the southern continent 
 extending, according to the ideas of the ancients, from southeast 
 Africa around the Indian Ocean to Asia. 
 
 Jacopo Gastaldo : La Geoirrafia di Claudia Ptolcmco, etc., 
 Venetia, G. B. Pedrazano, MDXLVIII. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). 
 The maps ' ' Dell universale nove ' ' and ' ' Carta Marina nova 
 tabula" show no south polar continent; they mark an enlarged 
 Tierra del Fuego, the last of these two maps showing it as a big 
 island. 
 
 Demongenet, Franciscus : Gores of a world chart, 1552: 
 (Leno.x Lib. New York City). This shows the "Terra Australis 
 nondQ plen6 cognita " extending across the entire globe. 
 
 Simon Grynaeus : Nozms orbis Rcgionum ac insitlaruin, etc., 
 Basilaae, MDLV.: (Stadt Bib. Frankfurt A. M.). In the good map 
 "Typus Cosmographicus Universalis," the Antarctic is repre- 
 sented entirely as water. 
 
 Girolamo Ruscclli : La Gcografia di Claudio Toloinco, etc., 
 Venetia, MDLXI. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The "Carta Marina 
 Nuova Tabula ' ' .shows Tierra del Fuego as a big island : no south 
 polar continent. 
 
 Joseph Moletius : Geographia CI. Ptolcmaci, etc., Venetia, 
 MDLXII. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The "Orbis Descriptio" 
 shows no south polar continent: the "Carta Marina Nuova 
 Tabula" shows Tierra del Fuego as a big island. 
 
 Jeronomo Ruscelli : La Geografia di Claudio Tolomco, etc., 
 Venetia, MDLXIIII. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The "Carta Ma- 
 rina Nuova Tabula" shows Tierra del Fuego as a big island. 
 
 Johannes Praetorius : copper globe, Nuremberg, 1566: (Ger- 
 manisches Museum, Nuremberg). Southland marked as " Bra- 
 siliae Regio." 
 
 Gerard Mercator : " Mappeniondc," Duisbourg, 1569: rei)ro- 
 duced in Joniard, Plate XXI. Indicates southern continent, anil
 
 EARLY MAI'S. 37 
 
 teenth century and the beginning of the seventeenth 
 century Terra Australis once more reappears, to die 
 
 at one spot has a legend, about land in 42° south latitude, 450 
 leagues from Cape of Good Hope, and 600 from Cape Saint 
 Augustine, which says that the information is taken from Martin 
 Fernandez de Enciso's Suma de Geographia, Seville 15 19. 
 
 Gio. Malombra : La Geographia di C/audii Tolomeo, etc., 
 Venetia, G. Ziletti, MDLXXIIII. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 ' ' Carta Marina Nuova Tavola' ' shows Tierra del Fuego as a big 
 island. 
 
 Gerard Mercator : Tabtdae Geographicae Claudii Ptolemaei, 
 etc., MDLXXVin. : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). Colored maps ; none 
 showing a south polar land. 
 
 Abraham Ortelius Antvcrjiianus : Thcatrum Orbis Terrarum; 
 (1579) : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). In the " Typus Orbis Ter- 
 rarum" the " Terra Australis nondum cognita" stretches across 
 the entire southern regions : it includes Tierra del Fuego and 
 extends up to New Guinea and Java. In the " Americae sive novi 
 orbis" the shape of South America is less accurate than in 
 Schoner's maps and New Guinea is included in die southern con- 
 tinent. 
 
 Cornelius Wytfliet Louaniensis : Descriptioiiis Ptolemaicac 
 Augfne7ilum, etc., Louvain, J. Bogardus, MDXCVH. : (Harvard 
 Univ. Lib.). The " Utriusque Hemispherii Deliniatio" shows 
 ' ' Terra Australis' ' in both hemispheres : ' ' Golfo di San Sebas- 
 tiano " charted but unnamed. 
 
 Abraam Ortelius : II Thealro del Mo7idi, Brescia, MDXCVIII.: 
 (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The "Typus orbis Terrarum" shows the 
 great "Terra Australis nondum cognita." 
 
 W. Jansenius Blaew : Globe, 1599: (Germanisches Museum, 
 Nuremberg). A southern continent is delineated. 
 
 Pietro Montanus : Claudii Ptolemaei Alexandrini Geograpkiae, 
 etc., Fricofurti, 1605: (Stadt Bib., Frankfurt A. M.). None of 
 the maps shows a south polar continent. 
 
 Gerard Hesselius : Descriptio ac delineatio Geographica Detec- 
 tionis Freii, Amsterdam 1613: (Bib. Johannis Thysii, Leyden). 
 Southern continent inscribed ' ' Terra per Petrum Fernandez de 
 Quir recens detecta," etc. 
 
 ^49318
 
 38 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 away slowly in the eighteenth centur)-. It would 
 almost seem as though the recrudescence of charts 
 
 John Norton : A>i Epitome of Ortelius, London, [1616] : (Har- 
 vard Univ. Lib.). The " Typus Orbis Terrarum" shows the 
 great " Terra Australis nondum cognita," and " The Terrestrial 
 Globe" shows the "Terra Australis Incognita." 
 
 Peter Bertius : Theatri Geographiae veteris * * * C/. 
 Plol. Alexandrhii, etc., Lyons, 1618: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). No 
 map showing south polar lands. 
 
 Purchas, Samuel : Hakhiytus Posfkimius, etc., London, 1625: 
 (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). In the Third part, page 882, is a map 
 "America Meridionalis " taken from Hondius, which shows Tierra 
 del Fuego as part of " Terra Australis." 
 
 Francis Fletcher : The ivorld encompassed by Sir Francis 
 Drake, London 1628: (BriUsh Museum). The map has "The 
 Southerne unknowne Land" and " This south part of the world 
 (containing almost the third part of the Globe) is yet unknowne 
 certayne few coasts excepted : which rather shew there is a land 
 than discry eyther land, people or commodities." 
 
 Blaeu, Wilhelm andjohann: Tonneel der Aerdrich oste Nieuwe 
 Atlas, Amsterdam [About 1635]: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 "Nova totius Terrarum" shows the great "Terra Australis In- 
 cognita." 
 
 de Wit, Frederick: Atlas, Amsterdam [About 1666]: (Har- 
 vard Univ. Lib.). The "Nova Orbis Tabula" has no southern 
 land : inscribed at bottom "Australia Incognita." 
 
 du Val, P., geographe ordinaire du Roy: Cartes de Geogra- 
 phic, Paris, MD.C.LXXVIIIL: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 "Planisphere, 1676" shows great southern continent marked 
 " Terres Antarctiques" and " Terres Australes Inconnues." 
 
 Sanson, Dr.: Atlas Nouveau [About 1690]: (Harvard Univ. 
 Lib.). The " Ma[)pemonde" shows " Terre Australe et Inconnue," 
 but smaller than earlier maps. 
 
 de rislc, Guillaume : Atlas, Amsterdam, Jean Covens and Cor- 
 neille Mortier [About 1710] : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The " Hem- 
 isphere meridional " shows no south polar continent : this is the 
 first map specially of the Antarctic, which I have seen in an 
 atlas.
 
 EARLY MAPS. 39 
 
 about the year 1600, showing a great land extending 
 south of New Guinea, pointed towards early sight- 
 ings of the coast of Australia." It is almost certain 
 that a sailor, Juan Fernandez, in about 1563, reached 
 the island which bears his name ; and there is also a 
 sort of legend, that in about 1576, he may have 
 
 Moll, Herman : A new and correct map of the world, London 
 1719: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). No antarctic land. 
 
 Moll, Herman : A new and correct map of the world, London 
 [About 1735] : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). No antarctic land. 
 
 A Collection of Voyages and Travels, London, T. Osborne, 
 MDCCXLV., Vol. I. :— H. Moll: " A New Map of the World" 
 etc. : (Amer. Phil. Soc). No antarctic land. 
 
 Lowitz, M. G. M. : " Mappemonde, 1746": In an atlas: (Har- 
 vard Univ. Lib.). Taken from the ' ' Cartes gen^rales " of Professor 
 Hasius. No great antarctic land on this map, which gives the 
 " Cap de la Circoncision " and " L de la Roche," the latter in 
 about 45° south latitude. 
 
 Palairet, Jean : Atlas MHhodique, 1755 : (Harvard Univ. Lib.). 
 "36 mappemonde, 1755" shows no southern land except " C. 
 de la Circoncision." 
 
 Unknown author : Mappe- Monde divisee en ses guatre parties 
 ^759- (Amer. Phil. Soc). This marks " Terre vue par 
 F. Drak " in about 62° to 63° south latitude, somewhat west of 
 Cape Hoorn. 
 
 " Mr. R. H. Major (iiar/j' Voyages to Terra Australis, 71020 called 
 Australia, London * * * Hakluyt Society, MDCCCLIX.) 
 gives it as his opinion that some Portuguese mariners probably saw 
 a good deal of the coast of Australia between 1512 and 1542 ; and 
 he cites six maps, the latest drawn in 1555, in support of his view, 
 which is probably correct. 
 
 Professor Morris ( Transactions of the Royal Geographical 
 Society of Australasia, Victoria, Melbourne, Vol. XVL, 1S98, 
 pages 15-27: "Terra Australis Incognita") .seems inclined to 
 believe that the early maps showing land in the position of Aus- 
 tralia were drawn from imagination.
 
 40 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 reached the coast of New Zealand®^ and certainly the 
 maps of the succeeding period would seem to point to 
 some such discovery. Another noteworthy fact is that 
 several maps of the middle of the sixteenth century, 
 some thirty years before the voyage of Drake and 
 some sixty years before the voyage of LeMaire, show 
 Tierra del Fuego as an enlarged island.^^ 
 
 On the 27th of June, 1598, a squadron of five ships 
 sailed from Goree Harbor, Holland, for the West 
 Indies.^ They were " de Hoope," Admiral Jaques 
 Mahu, pilot William Adams ; " de Liefde," Vice 
 
 ^^ Burney, James, Captain in the Royal Navy : A Chronological 
 History of the Voyages and Discoveries in the South Sea or 
 Pacific Ocean, London, Vol. I., 1803, pages 274; 300-303: (Lib. 
 Co., Philadelphia). 
 
 " The early charts showing Tierra del Fuego as an island are 
 probably based on the voyage of Captain Francisco de Hoces, 
 who commanded the caravel " S. Lesmes " of 80 tons, in the ex- 
 pedition of Fr. Garcia Jofre de Loaysa or Loaisa (Navarrette, 
 Martin Fernandez de : Coleccion de los Viages y Descubrimicntos, 
 Tomo V, Madrid 1837, pages 27, 28, 404 : Amer. Phil. Soc). 
 In February, 1526, Hoccs ran down the east co;ist of South 
 America, and turned back after he had seen that the land finished 
 in 55° south latitude : he may have reached Cape Hoorn, but it 
 is more likely that his farthest point was the eastern end of Staaten 
 Land. 
 
 " Bry, Theodori de : Americae ; Nona & Postrema pars; 
 Francof, Apud Malth. Beckerum., 1602: "Vera et accurata 
 descriptio eorum omnium, quae acciderunt quinque navibus 
 Anno 1598, AmstredaiTii expeditis & ])cr fretum Magellanicum ad 
 Moluccanas insulas pcrrccturis : naui praecipue Fidci, Capitano 
 de VVeert addicta qui post infinitos labores & aerumnas biennio 
 intc);ro tf)1enites, t.indcni anno 1600, re infecta ad snos rediit " : 
 (Lib. Co. I'hiladelphia).
 
 GERRTTSZ, CASTTGIJO, CI.AESS. 4I 
 
 Admiral Simon de Cordes ; " het Gheloove," G. Van 
 Benningen ; " de Trouvve," J. van Bockholt ; and 
 "de Blijde Bootschap," Sebald de Wirt. 
 
 Jansz, Barent, Chirurj>^ijn : Ilislorisch ende Wijdlloopigh ver- 
 hacl van ' tghcne dc vijf schcpen {die ini Jaer i6()R [/f^i?] tot Rot- 
 terdam tot'gherust zijn om door de Straet Magcllana liarcn hatidel 
 te dryven) wedervarai is tot den 7 September 1^99, etc. ; Tot 
 Amstelredam by Michicl Colijn, etc., 1617: (Kon. Bib. The 
 Hague). There is an earlier edition of Jansz' narrative, and this 
 I have not seen. 
 
 Beschryvinghe van de Voyagie om den geheeleji IVerelt Cloot 
 ghcdacn door Olivier van Noort van Verecht, Gencracl over vier 
 Schepen, etc. ; Amstelredani, by Cornelis Claessz [1602] : (Univ. 
 Bib., Leyden). 
 
 Herrera, Antoine de, Grand Chroniqueur des Indes et Chroni- 
 queur de Castille : Description des Indes Occidcntales, qii on ap- 
 pelle aujourdhuy le Nouvcau Monde, Tra^islatce d' Espagnol en 
 Franfais ; A Amsterdam, chez Michel Colin, Anno M.D.C.XXII.: 
 pages 179-195, "Recueil des Navigations de I'Estroit de Magel- 
 lan," pages 189-193, " Voyages de cinq bateaux de Jaques Mahu 
 et Simon de Cordes, qui partirent de Rotterdam, I'an 1598, pour 
 I'Estroit de Magellan" : (Amer. Geog. Soc). 
 
 Herrera, Antonio de: Noviis Orbis, Sive Descriplio Indiae 
 Occidentalis ; Amstelodami, Apud Michaelem Bibliopolam, M. 
 D.C.XXH: (Lib. Co. Philadelphia.). 
 
 [A de Herrera] Nievve Welt, anders glienaempt West Indien ; 
 t' Amsterdam, Michiel Colijn, 1622 : (Kon. Bib. The Hague). 
 
 Brosses, Charles de : Histoire des Navigations aux Terres 
 Australes ; A Paris, chez Durand, M.D.CCLVI. : Tome Premier, 
 pages 274-294, ' ' Simon de Cordes et Sebald de Weert : En Ma- 
 gellanique" : (Amer. Geog. Soc. ; Pub. Lib. Boston). 
 
 Burney: A Chronological History, etc., London, 1S06 : Part 
 IL, Chapter XH., pages 1S6-204 : "Voyage of Five Ships of 
 Rotterdam, under the command of Jacob Mahu, and Simon de 
 Cordes, to the South Sea" : (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). 
 
 Wichmann, Dr. Arthur, Professor an der Universitilt Utrecht : 
 Dirck Gcrritsz, Ein Beitrag zur Entdeckungsgeschiclite des 16"" 
 und if" Jahrliunderts, Groningen, J. B. Wolters, 1899.
 
 42 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 The expedition met with trouble from the start and 
 was one of the most disastrous on record. The gen- 
 eral or admiral, Jaques Mahu, died on the 24th or 27th 
 of September, and this involved some changes among 
 the officers. Sebald de Wirt became commander of 
 " het Gheloove " and a pilot or boatswain, Dirck Ger- 
 ritsz,^^ was appointed commander of " de Blijde 
 Bootschap." The fleet entered the Strait of Magal- 
 haes^^ on April 6th, 1599, and spent most of the 
 southern winter in la Baye Verte^' or Cordes Bay^ 
 "where they were miserably lodged."''^ On the 4th 
 of September, 1599, the ships reached the Pacific, and 
 three days later, on account of a furious storm, the 
 ships parted company. " Het Gheloove " eventually 
 returned to Europe. " De Hoope " and " de Liefde " 
 reached Japan and are then lost sight of. The pilot 
 William Adams, was ordered by the Emperor to come 
 to Osaca. He did so and the Emperor never would 
 
 " Gcrritsz' s name is spelled in a variety of ways. In de Bry it 
 is given as " Dirrick Gcirilsz " and also " Dicrick Geeritsz." 
 Dr. Wichmann asserts that " Dirck Gerritsz " is the correct spell- 
 ing : he has also discovered that Gerritsz was the first Hollander 
 who, as early at least as 1585, reached China and Japan. 
 
 ^° I quite agree with Cajitain James Burney (A Chronological 
 Hisloiy, etc., Vol. I., page 13) in thinking it a "strange practice " 
 to alter and translate proper names. The correct orthography of 
 the name of P'crnao de MagalhaOs should be restored to the 
 strait so justly called after him. 
 
 " Herrera. 
 
 " Biirney. 
 
 '■' I lerrera.
 
 GERRITSZ, CASTIGLIO, CLAESS. 43 
 
 let him depart, and, after marrying a Japanese woman, 
 Adams lived the remainder of his days in Japan. 
 " De Trouvve " was captured by the Portuguese. 
 " De Blijde Bootschap," after having its name 
 changed to " het Vligend Hart," was surrendered 
 to the Spaniards.''" 
 
 Barent Jansz in his narrative mentions Gerritsz 
 several times. He also gives a description of the 
 "pinguins" of Tierra del Fuego" with a woodcut of 
 penguin hunting, and this is one of the earliest ac- 
 counts of this antarctic bird. In Van Noort's relation,''- 
 Gerritsz is reported to have missed the island of Santa 
 Maria, and then to have arrived at Valparaiso in a 
 miserable condition. None of these earliest accounts, 
 however — and this is an important fact — make any 
 mention of an antarctic discovery. 
 
 In 1622, however, Herrera's Description des Indes 
 Occidentales appeared at Amsterdam in French, Latin 
 and Dutch editions. In these reprints a passage was 
 intercalated, that does not seem to have appeared in 
 the earlier Spanish edition, and which was, therefore, 
 probably not due to Herrera himself. This paragraph"^ 
 says that the ship commanded by Dirck Gerritsz was 
 
 ■^This account ol the fate of the ships is taken from Burney and 
 Wichmann. 
 
 ^^ Historisck ende Wijdlloopigh, etc., pages 68-70. 
 
 ^^ Beschryvingke va?i de Voyagie, etc., page 37. 
 
 "The French edition of Herrera, page 193, says: " La Fuste 
 de Diric Gherrits qui s'estoit esgaree le 15 Septembre des autres, 
 scavoir de Wert & Cordes, fut portee par la tempeste jusques' a
 
 44 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 separated from the rest of the fleet on coming out of 
 the Strait of Magalhaes and that it was carried by 
 tempestuous weather to 64° south latitude, where they 
 discovered land, with high mountains, covered with 
 snow, resembling the land of Norway and stretching 
 away in the direction of the Solomon Islands. 
 
 Many subsequent writers gave more or less elab- 
 orate notices about Gerritsz, and among them may be 
 
 64. degr^s au Sud de 1' Estroit : ou ils descouvrivent un haut pays 
 avec des montagnes pleines de neige a la fa5on du pays de Norv- 
 veghen : d'icy ils firent voile vers Chile en intention d'aller trouver 
 leurs compagnons en 1' ile de 6". Marie : mais ils furent portes par 
 fortune au port de S. lago de Valparayso ; ou ils furent accabl6s 
 des ennemis." 
 
 The Latin version, folio 80, is as follows : " Liburnica que Theo- 
 dorum Gerardi vehebat, tempestatum vi versus Austruni jiroinilsa 
 fuit ad gradus usque 64. in qua altitudine posita ad Australem 
 plagam solum monto sum & nivibus opertum eminus conspexit, 
 qualis Norwegiae esse soletfacies. Versus insulas Salomonis ex- 
 porrigi videbatur. Hinc Chilam petijt & ab insula S. Mariae quo 
 loci socios se repertutum putabat, aberrans, in portum S. Jacobi 
 de val Parayso se recepit & cum liumanilatis ac benevolcntiae 
 officia omnia negarent indigcnae, itinere longo confectis vectoribus 
 & commeatus indiga, in hostium manus se dedit." 
 
 The Dutch edition, folio 82, gives the following account : 
 " Door alle dese contrarie windcn ist ai)parent dat Dirck Ger- 
 ritsz die ghebreck aen sijn Boech-Spriet en Fockemast hadde soo 
 verre suytwaerts is ghedrevcn, namclick op vier en tsestich graden 
 befundcn de Straet op die hoochte wesende sach int Suyden leg- 
 gen heel hooch Berchachtich landt vol Sneeus als het Landt van 
 Norvveghcn heel wit bedeckt, en strecktede hem als oj) het nae 
 de Kylanden van Salomon wilde loopen, van hier is hy nae Chili 
 gheloopen, ende het Eylant van St. Maria missende, al waer hy 
 sijn ghesellschap meynde te vinden is indc Haven van S. Jago, te 
 Val Parayso aengiiecomen, en ghcen vrientschap vindende mach- 
 teloos zijnde is in de handen van sijn vranden moeten vallen."
 
 GERRITSZ, CASTUILIO, CLAESS. 45 
 
 cited : Purchas ;*" De Brosses;^^ Dalrymplc ;''''' Burney ;" 
 Duperrey;""* John Barrow, F. R. S. and Vice President 
 of the Royal Geographical Society;"'-' Dr. Webster ; '" 
 Dumont-D'Urville ;'^ John Lothrop Motley ;" G. Neu- 
 mayer ;"^ A. Schiick ;"* Sir Clements R. Markhani i''' L. 
 Friederichsen ;'" the present writer himself;" and finally 
 
 "" Purchas, Samuol, B. D. : Hakhiyhis Posthuvms or Prirchas 
 His Pilgrimcs ; imprinted at London for Henry Fcatherston, 
 1625 ; Fourth Part, page 1391, note : (K6n. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 " Hisloirc dcs Navigations, etc., Vol. I., page 290. 
 
 ^ Dalrymple, Alexander : A Historical Collection of the sev- 
 eral voyages and discoveries in the South Pacific Ocean; Lon- 
 don, MDCCLXX., Vol. L, page 94; MDCCLXXL, Vol. IL, 
 page 19: (Bib. Nat. Paris; K6n. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 " A Chronological History, etc.. Vol. IL, pages 198, 204. 
 
 "* Duperrey, Capitaine L. L : Voyage autoiir dii Monde * * * 
 sur la corvette de Sa Majesty La Coquille, Paris, Bertrand, 1829, 
 " Hydrographie," page 102. 
 
 " The fournal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 
 for MDCCCXXX-XXXL ;' London, MDCCCXXXL, page 62. 
 
 " Narrative of a Voyage, etc.. Vol. L, page 136. 
 
 " Voyage au Pole Snd, etc.. Vol. II. , pages i, 2. 
 
 " The United Netherlands, Chapter XXXVI. 
 
 " Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zic Berlin, Sieb- 
 enter Band, 1872, page 124. 
 
 " Zeitschrift fiir rvissenschaftliche Geographic, Weimar, 18S8 ; 
 VI., pages 242-264 " Entwickelung unscrer Kenntniss der Lander 
 im Siiden von Amerika." 
 
 " Encyclopcedia Britannica, Ninth Edition ; Article ' ' Polar Re- 
 gions. ' ' 
 
 " Mittheilungen der Geographisclien Gesellschaft in Hainbtirg, 
 1891-92; Hamburg, 1895; pages 299-305, " Begleitworte zur 
 Karte des Dirck Gherritz Archipels." 
 
 " Journal of tlie Franklin Institute, 1901, Vol. CLI., pages 
 243-247-
 
 46 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 again Sir Clements R. Markham.'* Belief in Gerritsz's 
 discover)' may, therefore, be considered as having 
 been generally accepted, and in fact we find the name 
 "Gherritz Land " in use by Burney as early as 1806, 
 while in the last few years, the name " Gherritz Archi- 
 pelago " has been applied to the southern portion 
 of West Antarctica by A. Schiick, L. Friederichsen, 
 Petermann s Mitteilungen, Ant. Mensing,''^ Dr. Fricker 
 and others. 
 
 It turns out, however, that everything believed of 
 Gerritsz is more or less uncertain and incorrect. 
 Starting apparently from a reference in a book by 
 J. K. J. de Jonge,**" Dr. Sophus Ruge*^ probably v/as 
 the first to throw doubts on the discovery of Gerritsz, 
 and he was followed by Dr. Wichmann^- in his mas- 
 terly treatise. 
 
 In the " Rijksarchief " at the Hague there is amanu- 
 
 "^^ Geographical Journal, London, 1 901, Vol. XVIII., page 21. 
 
 " Caerte va^ide Reysen cnde Handel der Hollanders, Amster- 
 dam, Frederik Muller & Co. ; " Samengestekl door Ant. Men- 
 sing; Uytgegeven door de Commissie voor Oiidt-I lolkmdt te 
 Amstcldam 1895": (Harvard Univ. Lib.). This marks "Dirk 
 Gherritsz Archipel, 1599". 
 
 *°de Jonge, Jhr. Mr. J. K. J. : De Opkomst van hct ncdct- 
 la7tdisck Gczag in Oosl- Indie, s' Gravenhage, Amsterdam, 
 MDCCCLXIV. ; Vol. II., page 219: (Univ. Bib. Amster- 
 dam). 
 
 ''^Deutsche Geographische Blatter, Bremen, 1895, XVIII., 
 pages 147-171; "Das unbckannte Siidland " : (Univ. Bib. 
 Amsterdam). 
 
 "^ Dirck Gerritsz, etc.
 
 GERRITSZ, CASTIGLIO, CLAESS. 47 
 
 script^ which contains copies of the " Instructions " 
 prepared for Admiral Jacques I'Hermite and which 
 were not pubHshed in the account of his journey.**' 
 The manuscript is old and was written probably about 
 the end of the seventeenth century. Among the " In- 
 structions " are two documents of great importance 
 in the history of Antarctic discovery. The first is the 
 " Declaration of Jacob Dircxz of Purmerlant," a 
 companion of Gerritsz. The first paragraphs read 
 thus : 
 
 " Declaration of Jacob Dircxz of Purmerlant,*'' aged 
 30 years, made on the 17th of March 1603. 
 
 "The title of this manuscript is: Instructien en Jour7iaalcn 
 van Brasiliaanschc en Ooslindische Ryscn. Zaedert 21 April 
 162J tot 28 Augustus 16S1, beIwore7ide tot het archief der 
 Wcstindischc Compagnie. Part of this book consists of the 
 " Bijlagen tot de Instructie voor Jacques I'Hermijte." I was 
 able to see this book and have copies made of parts of it, through 
 the kindness of Mr. J. Bruggeman, "Adjunct Commis " in the 
 " Rijksarchief " at the Hague. 
 
 '* Journal van de Nassauschc Vloot, ofle Beschrijvhigh vafi de 
 
 Vqyagie om den ganischcn Aerdt- Cloot, ghcdann met elf Schip- 
 
 pen : on der" t beleyd van den Admirael /agues I' Heremite, ende 
 
 Vice Admirael Geen Huygcn Schapenhani, inde Jahren i62j, 
 
 1624, i62§ & 1626 ; T Amstelrcdam, by Hessel Gerritz ende 
 
 Jacob Pietersz wachten 1626 : (Bib. Johannis Thysii, Leyden). 
 
 Another edition : Journal van de Nassauschc Vloot, etc. , 
 
 Amstelredam, voor Joost Hartgertsz * * H: Anno 1648. 
 
 '''Instructien C7i Joiirnaalen, etc., "Bijlagen," etc., folio 43. 
 
 "Verclaringe van Jacob Dircxz van Purmerlant out zijnde 
 30 jaren, gedaen den 17'° Martii 1603. 
 
 ' ' Den deposant is geweest constapel op het Vliegende Hart, 
 ende op het laetste onderstierman.
 
 48 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 " The attester was gunner on the ' Vliegende Hart ' 
 and finally under-pilot. 
 
 " On the 4th of September 1599, they ran out of 
 the Strait of Magalhaes into the South Sea, on the 
 third day thereafter they were separated by a great 
 storm from the other ships, came three times to within 
 50 degrees, and were driven twice to 55 degrees and 
 once to 56 degrees. 
 
 " From there they came to the Island of Chiloe in 
 44 degrees, and then came to the Island of .St. Maria, 
 which is situated at the heigh th of 37 degrees, which 
 they considered was La Mocha, from there they came 
 to the heighth of 35 degrees, where they thought to 
 find the island of St. Maria, and all this on account of 
 the English sea charts. 
 
 "Den 4 September 1599 liepen uijt de Magallanische straet in 
 Mar del Zur, op den derden dach daer naer wicrden met een 
 grooten storm van d'ander schepen versteecken, quamen tot 
 driemalen toe binncn den 50 graet, ende wicrden tweemal op 55 
 graden, ende eenmal oj) 56 giaden gedreven. 
 
 " Van daer quamen zij bij het eylant van Chiliie op 44 graden, 
 ende daer quamen zij aent eylant van St. Maria, zijnde 
 gelegen op de hooch te van 37 graden, welcke zij meenden te 
 wesen La Moche, van daer zijn zij gecomen op de hoochte van 
 35 graden, alwaer zij mcijndcn het eylant van St. Maria te vin- 
 den, ende dat alles volgens hunne Engelsclie zcecacrtcn. 
 
 ' ' Van daer seijden zij in de haven van Valpareise, sijnde gele- 
 gen op 32 graden ende 36 minuten, alw.-icr zij te lande comende 
 soo wiert hun capitcijn Dirck (jerritsz, ende hij Jacob Dirc.xe, 
 ende de provoost gequetst van de Spaignaerden, aklaer wonende, 
 twelck gescliiede den 17 November 1599. Dirck Gerrit.sz hun 
 schipper zijnde Iialli' Ijrocdor van hun cajiilciju, starll in de 
 navolgende nacht, soo zij gecomen waren in Valpareise," etc.
 
 GERRITSZ, CASTIGLIO, CLAESS. 49 
 
 " From there they sailed to the harbor of Val- 
 paraiso, which lies in 32 degrees 36 minutes, where, 
 when they went ashore, their Captain, Dirck Gerritsz, 
 and himself, Jacob Dircxz, and the provost, were 
 wounded by the Spaniards, which happened on the 
 17th of November 1599. Dirck Gerritsz, their ship- 
 master and half brother of the captain, died in the 
 following night," etc. 
 
 The rest of the declaration is taken up with an 
 account of the stay of Dircxz among the Spaniards 
 and with notes about the country ; the quoted por- 
 tion, however, is almost conclusive evidence that 
 Gerritsz did not cross the 60th parallel of south lati- 
 tude, and, therefore, that he did not discover land in 
 the Antarctic. It may be well to add that this docu- 
 ment is the only account known by any member of the 
 crew of " de Blijde Bootschap " which has come down 
 to us and that there is no line of writing or print in 
 existence which can be attributed to Gerritsz himself. 
 
 The other document, however, states that a ship 
 did reach 64° south latitude. This is in the same 
 binding^ and the beginning reads as follows: 
 " Laurens Claess of Antwerp, aged about 40 years, 
 
 ** InstrucHen eti Jaumaalen, etc., " Bijlagen," etc., folio 23. 
 
 " Laurens Claess van Antwerpen, out ontrent 40 jaren, heb- 
 bende voor hoochbootsman op het Magellanische Schip, genaemt 
 De blijde bootschap, is neffens andere schepen uijt het Goeder- 
 esche Gadt gelopen op St. Jans avont 1598 onder den Admiral 
 Mahu, heeft gevaren onder den Adniirael Don Gabriel de Castig- 
 lio met drie schepen langs de custen van Gilo naer Valpariso,
 
 50 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 has served as boatswain on the Magalhaes ship, called 
 de Blijde bootschap, which sailed with other ships 
 from the harbor of Goree on Saint Johns day of the 
 year 1598 under Admiral Mahu, has served under the 
 Admiral Don Gabriel de Castiglio with three ships 
 along the coast of Chili towards Valparaiso, and from 
 there towards the Strait, and that in the year 1603, 
 and he went in March to 64 degrees where they had 
 much snow, in the following month of April they 
 returned to the coast of Chili," etc. 
 
 This appears to be the first direct record of a ship 
 crossing the sixtieth parallel of south latitude and it 
 seems that it was a Spanish ship. It is much to be 
 hoped that further records of this voyage and of Don 
 Gabriel de Castiglio may yet be found : perhaps there 
 are some still buried among the Spanish archives. 
 
 It will be noticed that Laurens Claess says nothing 
 of land nor of high mountains in the Antarctic. Dr. 
 Ruge and Dr. Wichmann both appear to think, there- 
 
 ende van daer naer Strate, ende dat in den jare 1603, ende is 
 geweest in Martio op 64 graden, aldaer hadden zij veel sneeiis, in 
 de volgende maent April zijn zij wedcr gckeert aen de custe van 
 Gilo, heefl met zijn heere den bisschop van Einto Don Fraij 
 Louis Lopes de Soles Augustini acnilcr, Don Pedro Sordes de 
 Ouleau, gevaren anno 1604 naer Isclos Cognilas, sijn drije int 
 getal, het eerste genaemt St. Nicolaes de Tolentine, het tweede 
 St. Veronica ende het derde St. Antonio de Padua, welcke zijn 
 gelegen op de zuijdelijcke hooclite van 4 graden 400 mijkn van 
 de custe van Peru naer de gissinge van de Spaignaerden, ende 
 naer zijn gissinge ontrcnt 300 S])aensche mijlen, leggen seer nae 
 bij oost ende west van malcanderen, van het eerste tot het 
 tweede zijn acht glasens seijlens. * * * " etc.
 
 GERRITSZ, CASTIGUO, CLAESS. 5 1 
 
 fore, that there was no land discovered, and of course 
 there may not have been on that particular journey. 
 But this only deepens the mystery. For although 
 the passage in Herrera is doubtless incorrect in 
 ascribing the discovery to Gerritsz, still there is no 
 getting round the fact that a statement was published 
 in Amsterdam in 1622 in three languages, saying that 
 there was land in 64° south latitude, about south of 
 Cape Hoorn, and that it was mountainous and re- 
 sembled the coast of Norway. And a mountain- 
 ous land is there and it does resemble the coast 
 of Norway : in fact the first thought suggested to 
 the writer on seeing Dr. Frederick A. Cook's pho- 
 tographs of Palmer Land and Danco Land was how 
 much those coasts resembled the northern coast of 
 Norway and the Lofoten Islands in the early spring 
 before the winter snow had all melted away from the 
 edge of the fiords. While we may never be sure of 
 the name of the discoverer, yet it seems as if it must 
 be accepted as true that some one sighted some of 
 the islands of West Antarctica before the year 1622. 
 
 There do not seem to be any maps of the seven- 
 teenth century marking any lands as discovered by 
 Gerritsz, Claess or Castiglio. On some old maps, 
 however, is charted,*' east and south of Tierra del 
 
 " Abraham Ortelius Antverpianus : Tkeatrum Orbis Terra- 
 rum, Antwerp, MDLXX. : (Amer. Phil. Soc. ; Pub. Lib. Bos- 
 ton). Maps colored. The "Typus orbis Terrarum" shows 
 "Terra Australis nondum cognita." The " Americae sive novi
 
 52 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Fuego, a land with a great gulf, the "Golfo de San 
 Sebastiano " and an island, the " Ysola de Cressalina." 
 
 orbis ' ' shows ' ' Golfo de S. Sebastiano ' ' about thirty degrees of 
 longitude east of the Strait of Magalhaes, and extending to 
 about 64° south latitude. An island there, in 59° south latitude, 
 is marked "Cressalina." 
 
 lo. Antonio Magini : Gcographiac univcrsae Uim veteris 
 :f: * * ci. Plohmae!, etc., 1597: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 ' ' Orbis Terrae Conipendiosa Descriptio ' ' shows ' ' Terra Austra- 
 lis ' ' in both hemispheres : the ' ' Y. de Cressalina ' ' is marked. 
 The " Universi Orbis Descriptio ad Usum Navigantium" gives 
 the "Terra Australis Nondum Cognita" and marks the "Golfo 
 de S. Sebastiano." 
 
 Gio. Antonio Magini: Geog)afia cioe' descriptione * * * 
 di CI. Tolomeo, etc., Venetia, MDXCVIII. : also La Scconda 
 Parte della Gcograjia di CI. Tolomco, Venetia, MDXCVII. : 
 (Harvard Univ. Lib. : Lib. Co., Philadelphia). The "Orbis 
 Terrae Conipendiosa Descriptio ' ' gives the great ' ' Terra Aus- 
 tralis," with the " Y. de Cressalina." 
 
 Joan Antonio Magini : Gcographiac univcrsae turn veteris 
 * * * CI. Pto/emaei Gic, 1608: (Harvard Univ. Lib.). The 
 "Orbis Terrae Conipendiosa Descriptio" gives the "Terra Aus- 
 tralis," with " Y. de Cressalina." 
 
 Gcrardi Mcrcatoris Atlas sivc Cosmographicac etc., Henrici 
 Hondij, Amsterodami, 1630: (Stadt Bib. Frankfurt A. M.). 
 The "America" shows the "Terra Australis Nondum Cognita." 
 The "Orbis Terrae," dated MDLXXXVU., also shows the 
 " Terra Australis " : on this, west of the Cape of Good Hope, 
 in about 48° south latitude, a place is marked " Proniontorii Terre 
 Australis distans 450 leucas a Capite Bone .Spei & 600 a pronion- 
 torio S. Augustini " : eastward of the Strait of " Magellanes " 
 a land in about 54° south latitude is marked "Ysola dc Cressa- 
 lina." 
 
 Dalrymple, Alexander : A Historical Collection * * * 
 South Pacific Ocean, London, Vol. L, MDCCLXX. : (Bib. Nat. 
 Paris). In the map of the Antarctic, there is charted, east and 
 south of Tierra del Fuego, a land with a great gulf.
 
 EARLY MAPS. 53 
 
 It has been sug^gested that they were either Sandwich 
 Land or South Shetland.'^'' Possibly this is true and 
 if so they must have been seen by some now entirely 
 forgotten mariner, as there is no known record show- 
 ing that they were drawn from anything but imagina- 
 tion. At any rate they have nothing to do with 
 Gerritsz, Claess or Castiglio, for they are charted at 
 least as early as 1570, and from then on to 1770. 
 
 We find Pedro Fernandez de Oueros next seek- 
 ing for a Tierra Austral in i6o5.'*''' His able second 
 in command, Luis Vaez de Torres, sighted in 1606, 
 an extended coast south of New Guinea. Tlie 
 same land was seen also that year by a Dutch vessel. 
 In 1 61 6, Theodoric Hertoge, in the Eendracht, also 
 sighted another part of this land ; and the voyage of 
 Abel Tasman^ may be looked on as the last step in 
 the discovery of the land, which was at first sup- 
 posed to be the one sought for, and which eventu- 
 ally received the name of Australia. 
 
 The belief that Tierra del Fuego extended without 
 interruption to the regions of eternal ice was settled 
 
 ^J. Miers : Journal dcs voyages, dicoitvcrtcs et navigations 
 tnoderncs, par J. T. Verneur, Tome Uixieme, Paris, Colnet, 1S21, 
 pages 5-24. 
 
 '"Bumey: A Chronological History, etc., Vol. II., pages 272, 
 313. 456. 
 
 *' Abel Jans zoon Tasman Jour7ial, Amsterdam, Frederik Muller 
 & Co., 1898 : (Lib. Co., Philadelplaia).
 
 54 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 by the voyage round the world of the Dutchmen, Le 
 Maire and Schouten, in 1616, when they sailed round 
 South America and christened Cape " Hoorn." "^ 
 Although not an antarctic voyage, yet it has a place 
 in the history of antarctic discovery because it nar- 
 rowed the limits of Terra Australis Incognita.^- 
 
 In 1643, Hendrick Brouwer's squadron sailed 
 around Staaten Land, because the wind was unfavor- 
 able to pass Strait Le Maire.^^ This voyage also 
 tended to a narrowing of the limits of Terra Australis 
 Incognita. 
 
 " Oost ende West-Indische Spieghcl waer in beschreven werden 
 de twee laetste Navigaticyi. * * * De eene door den vermacrden 
 Zeeheldt /oris van Spilbergen * * * Dc andcre ghcdacn by 
 Jaeob Le Maire; Amsterdam, Jan Janssz, MDCXXI. : (Kon. 
 Bib. The Hague). Another edition of this book, published at 
 Zutphen, M.D.C.XXI. : (Univ. Bib. Amsterdam). The "Nova 
 Totius Orbis Terrarum " in both these books shows Staaten Land 
 expanding into a great "Terra Australis Incognita." 
 
 Ilerrera: Description des Indes Occidcnlalcs, etc., Amsterdam, 
 M.D.C.XXIL, pages 105-174: "Journal & Miroir de la Naviga- 
 tion Australe du vaillant bien renomme Seigneur Jaques Le 
 Maire ; Chef et conducteur dc deux navires Concorde et 
 Home". 
 
 Burney: A Chronological History, etc., Vol. W., pages 354-452. 
 
 "'Three atlases of Mercator of this date show the change 
 brought about by Le Maire' s voyage: i, Gerardi Mercaloris et 
 J. Hondii Atlas, Amsterdam, Johan Jaimson and Henricus 
 Hondius, MDCXXXIH.: (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). 2, Gerardi 
 Mcrcatoris Atlantis Novi ; Henrici Hondij, Amstcrodami, 163.S : 
 (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). 3, Gerardi Mcrcatoris ct J. Hondii 
 Atlas Novus ; Amstelodami ; apud Hcnricum Ilondium et Joan- 
 nem Janssonium, 1638: (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). These all 
 have the great Terra Australis, with Staaten Land as jwrt of the 
 ant;irctic coast. 
 
 '^^wxw^y : A Chronological History , etc., Vol. III., pages 115, 145.
 
 LE MAIRE, LA ROCIlft, SHARP. 55 
 
 In 1675, Antonio de la Roche,*' an English mer- 
 chant, on a return voyage from Peru, was unable 
 to sail, on account of high winds and strong cur- 
 rents, through the Strait of Magalhaes or Strait 
 Le Maire. He was driven out to sea eastward of 
 Staaten Land and in April 1675, sighted a coast or 
 one or more islands, which the Spanish writer, Seixas 
 y Lovera, places in 55° south latitude. There is 
 little doubt that this was South Georgia. 
 
 Captain Bartholomew Sharp'^ commanded an expe- 
 dition of Buccaneers to the South Sea in the years 
 
 ** Seixas y Lovera, El Capitan Don Francisco de : Descripcion 
 Gcographica y Dcrrotcro de la Region Austral Magallanica ; 
 Madrid 1690; Capitulo WW., Tihilo XIX.: (British Museum). 
 Lovera says he drew his material from a pamphlet privately 
 printed in 1678. He mentions the unknown land several times: 
 " que desde 50. a 55. grados ponen la Costa Austral de la Tierra 
 Incognita, empe9an do desde la alture de 45. grados noste Sur, 
 CO el Cabo de Buena Esperanga, descayendo la Costa hasta la 
 Aumentacion de los dichos 55. grados azia el Polo Antartico." 
 
 Dalr}'mple, Alexander : A Collcciioii of Voyages chiefly in the 
 Southern Atlantick Ocean; London, 1775, pages S5-S8: "Ex- 
 tract from the Geographical Description of Terra Magallanica " 
 etc., " Of the discovery which Antonio de la Roch6 made of 
 another new passage from the No. Sea to the So. Sea." 
 
 Burney: A Chronological History, etc., Vol. III., pages 395-404. 
 
 " Hacke, Captain William : A Collection of Original Voyages, 
 London, James Knapton, 1699: " II, Captain Sharp's Journey 
 over the Isthmus of Darien, and expedition into the South Seas, 
 written by himself": (British Museum). 
 
 A Collection of Voyages, London, James and John Knapton, 
 M.DCC.XXIX. Vol. IV. ; " III, Captain Sharp's Journey of his 
 Expedition," page 82: (Univ. Bib. Leyden).
 
 56 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 1680 and 1681. On his return he sailed round Cape 
 Hoorn in January, 1681. All he says is: "To con- 
 clude therefore the whole, I shall only tell you, that 
 after I had sailed near 60 Deg. S. Lat, and as far, if 
 not farther, than any before me, I arrived on the 30th 
 of January at Nevis, from whence in some time I got 
 passage for England." 
 
 Captain Cowley"" sailed round the world in 1683- 
 1685, and passed outside of Staaten Land in Janu- 
 ary 1684. "Then haling away S. W. we came 
 abreast with Cape Horn the 14th Day of February, 
 where we chusing of Valentines, and discoursing of 
 the Intrigues of Women, there arose a prodigious 
 storm, which did continue till the last day of the 
 month, driving us into the Lat. of 60 Deg. and 30 
 min. South, which is further than ever any ship 
 hath sailed before South ; so that we concluded the 
 discoursing of women at sea was very unlucky and 
 caused the storm. 
 
 "Towards the beginning of the month of March, 
 the wind coming up at South, we were soon carried 
 into warm weather again ; for the weather in the lat. 
 of 60 Deg. was so extreme cold that we could bear 
 
 *" H;icke, Captain William : A CoUcdion of On'giyial Voyages, 
 London, James Knapton, 1699: "I, Capt. Cowley's voyage 
 round the globe": (British Museum). 
 
 A Collcdion of Voyages, London, James and John Knajitoii, 
 M.UCC.XXIX, Vol. IV.: "II, Captain Cowley's Voyage around 
 the Globe": (Univ. Bib. Leyden).
 
 COWLEY, DAVIS, ROGERS. 57 
 
 drinking 3 quarts of Brandy in 24 hours each man, and 
 be not at all the worse for it, provided it were burnt." 
 
 Captain Edward Davis and Lionel Wafer, ^' passed 
 around Cape Hoorn, sailing eastward, in December 
 1687 and January 1688. Wafer says they went to 62° 
 45' south latitude on Christmas day, 1687; that they 
 saw some tremendous ice islands and that "from 
 these Hills of Ice came very cold Blasts of Wind." 
 He adds that clouds kept " the Sun and Stars so 
 obscured that we could take no Observation of our 
 Lat. yet, by our Reckoning, we were in very near 63 
 Deg. S. Lat." This seems to have been well east of 
 Cape Hoorn, as when they returned further north, 
 they had to run four hundred and fifty leagues west- 
 ward, in order to reach South America. 
 
 Woode Rogers"** " left Bristol the 2d of August 
 1708. The loth of January of the next year, they 
 
 " Wafer, Lionel : A New Voyage and Description of the Isthmus 
 of America, London, James Knapton, 1699, pages 216-220: (Lib. 
 Co. Philadelphia). 
 
 B. [Behrens] Monsieur de : Hisloire de V expedition de trois 
 vaisseaux ; A la Haye, aux d^pens de la Compagnie, M.D.CC- 
 XXXIX. 
 
 DeBrosses, Charles : Histoire dcs navigations aux Terres 
 Aiistrales, A Paris, chez Durand, M.DCC.LVL, Tome IL, 
 " Lionel Waffer en Magellanique," pages 102-103. 
 
 * De Brosses, Charles : Histoire des navigations aux Terres 
 Australes, A Paris, chez Durand, MUCC.LVL, Tome IL, " Wodes 
 Roggers, en Polynesie," page 184. De Brosses says he got his 
 information from a book written by Rogers himself in English 
 and published at Amsterdam, by I'Honore, in 1725.
 
 58 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 were in the direction of the south pole at 6i° 53' 
 south latitude, [longitude not given] where there was 
 no night. * * * Like many other seamen Rogers 
 prides himself on having been nearer the south pole 
 than any one else." 
 
 La Barbinais^^ sailed round Cape Hoorn in 17 15, 
 going west. He says i^"" "The most southerly Cape 
 of these islands, is the one of which Captain Hoorn 
 made the discovery." A violent storm struck his 
 ship at this time : " Our sails were carried away by 
 the wind, and our vessel was for eight days the 
 plaything of the waves. We went to the latitude 
 of 61° 30' towards the South." 
 
 Captain George Shelvocke,'"^ in 17 19, on his journey 
 round the world, reached, while rounding Cape Hoorn, 
 61° 30' south latitude. An incident occurred then 
 which is memorable, because it suggested the Au- 
 cietit Mariner : "In short, one would think it impos- 
 sible that any thing living could subsist in so rigid a 
 climate; and indeed, we all observed, that we had not 
 had the sight of one fish of any kind, since we were 
 come to the southward of the Streights of le Mair, nor 
 
 " Le Gentil de La Barbinais : Nouvcau Voyage auiour dtc 
 monde, Paris, chez Briasson, MDCCXXVIII.: (British Museum). 
 
 "" Nouvcau Voyage, etc., Tome I, page 33. 
 
 '"' Shclvocke, George : A Voyage roimdthc world, by the way of 
 the Great South Sea, performed in the years 17 19, 20, 21, 22, etc., 
 London, MUCCXXVL, pages 69-74: (Bib. Nat. Paris).
 
 LA BARBINAIS, SIIELVOCKE, ROGGEVEEN. 59 
 
 one sea bird, except a disconsolate black albitross (sic) 
 who accompanied us for several days, hovering about 
 us as if he had lost himself, till Hatley (my second Cap- 
 tain) observing in one of his melancholy fits, that this 
 bird was always hovering near us, imagin'd, from his 
 colour, that it might be some ill omen. That which, I 
 suppose, induced him the more to encourage his super- 
 stition, was the continued series of contrary tempest- 
 uous winds, which had oppressed us ever since we had 
 got into this sea. But be that as it would, he, after 
 some fruidess attempts, at length, shot the Albitross, 
 not doubting (perhaps) that we should have a fair 
 wind after it." 
 
 Admiral Jacob Roggeveen,'"^ a Hollander, sailed 
 round the world in 1721-1722. His ships were the 
 "Arendt," Captain Jobon Koster, on which he was him- 
 self; the "Thienhoven," Captain Jacob Bauman ; and 
 the "Afrikaansche Galei," Captain Heinrich Rosenthal. 
 
 ""//I'euwe Werken van het Zceuwsch Genootschap dcr Wetcii- 
 schappen : " Dagverhaal der Ontdekkings-reis van Mr. Jacob 
 Roggeveen, met de Schepen den Arendt, Thienhoven, en De 
 Afrikaansche Galei, in de jaren 1721 en 1722 ;" Te Middelburg, 
 Gebroeders Abrahams, 1838: (Univ. Bib. Leyden). 
 
 Behrens, Carl Friedrich ; Dcr wohlversuchl S'ud Lander das ist 
 atisfiikrliche Rcise Deschrcibung tun die Well ; Leipzig, J. G. 
 Monath, 1738 : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 B. [Behrens] Monsieur de : Histoire de P expcditio7i de trois vais- 
 seaux; A la Haye, aux depens de la Compagnie, M.D.CC- 
 XXXIX. : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 Harris, John : Naviganlhtni atqice Itineranthim Bibliotcca, 
 London, MDCCXLIV. : " The Voyages of Commodore Rogge- 
 wein ": (British Museum).
 
 60 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 They sailed on the ist of August 1721 from Texel. In 
 the latitude of the Strait of Magalhaes, they discov- 
 ered an island, two hundred miles in circuit, which they 
 called " Belgia Australis" (Falklands). After passing 
 Strait Le Maire they rounded Cape Hoorn in January 
 1722, having stormy weather for three weeks. Rog- 
 geveen gives his highest latitude as 60° 44'. His 
 diary says : ^"^ 
 
 " 1722. January 12 ; We found ourselves at the 
 heighth of 60 degrees 30 minutes towards the South 
 Pole " * '■' * January 1 3 ; in the south latitude of 
 60 degrees i minute * * '" January 14; were in 
 the latitude of 60 degrees 9 minutes south * * * 
 January 15 ; found ourselves at the heighth of 60 de- 
 grees 44 minutes towards the South Pole * * '" 
 January 16; at 60 degrees 39 minutes south latitude." 
 
 Behrens, a member of the expedition, says they 
 reached 62° 30' south latitude and the map in the Ger- 
 man edition of his narrative places this spot several 
 degrees of longitude west of Cape Hoorn. Behrens' 
 theory of the formation of icebergs is ingenious ; it 
 is the earliest mention 1 have seen suggesting that 
 
 Dalrymple, Alexander : ^?i Historical *■ * * in the South 
 Pacific Occaji, London, J. Nourse, MDCCLXXI.; Vol. II., 
 pages 85-120, "The voyage of Jacob Roggewein ": (Kon. Oef. 
 Bib. Dresden). 
 
 Marchand, Etienne : Voyage aulotir dn »iondf pendant les 
 annees 1790, ijgi el 1792 : In Vol. III. i.s : " Un cxanien criti(|uc 
 du voyage de Roggewecn, par C. P. Claret Fleurieu ": (Kon. 
 Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 ^'^Dagverhaal, etc., pages 65-67.
 
 ROGGEVEEN, BOUVET. 6 1 
 
 icebergs are formed on land and not on the open 
 sea; and the same paragraph contanis also the first 
 suggestion I have seen giving definite reasons why 
 there must be lands of considerable dimensions near 
 the South Pole : ^*' " These icebergs, which one sees 
 here at the heighth of Cape Horn or in more south- 
 ern latitudes, show that the southern lands extend 
 towards the Pole, as do the lands towards the North 
 Pole ; for one can easily see, that the icebergs can- 
 not grow in the sea, nor would such monsters increase 
 from any greater distance than ice cotdd freeze^^ but 
 the ice springs from the force of the streams and 
 the strong winds from the gulfs and the lands. One 
 would also notice no currents in the great Ocean, if 
 these did not flow forth from the lands, as we our- 
 selves noticed here towards the south-west." ^"^ 
 
 Monsieur des Loziers (or Desloziers or de Lozier) 
 Bouvet,''" a French naval officer, in 1 738-1 739, made 
 
 "** Der Wohlversucht, etc. , page 50. 
 
 "** This sentence is not clear in the German : ' ' oder das ein solch 
 ungestummes mehr von einer solchen weite zugeben wurde, dass 
 es Eis frieren konnte." 
 
 '"John Harris in 1744 {Nav iff a7if turn etc., page 270) gives some 
 reasons why there must be a southern continent. One is "that 
 there is wanting to the eye a Southern Continent in order to give 
 one side of the globe a resemblance to the other, * * * 
 the ne.xt is, that experience confirms this notion ; the Fowls, 
 the Winds, the Currents, the Ice, beyond Cape Horn, all confirm 
 this opinion, that there is land towards the Southern Pole." 
 
 ^'" Mevioircs paur i hisloirc des Sciences ct des Beaux- Arts ; 
 Commenc6s d'Stre imprimis I'an 1701 a Tr^voux ; Paris,
 
 62 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 a search for the southern lands, seen by the Sieur 
 de Gonneville in 1503, and which were supposed 
 
 MDCCXL. ; F^vrier, 1740, pages 251-276: "Relation du voy- 
 age aux Terres Australes des Vaisseaux I'Aigle et la Marie ": 
 (British Museum). This is the original account of Bouvet's voy- 
 age and would appear to have been written by Bouvet himself. 
 
 Histoire Generate des Voyages, etc., Paris, Didot, M.DCC- 
 LIII. ; Tome Onzieme, pages 256-262: "Voyage de deux 
 Vaisseaux Francois, aux Terres Australes": (Acad. Nat. Sci. 
 Philadelphia). 
 
 De Brosses: Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes, 
 Vol. II., pages 255-259. In this book, is a "Carte G6n6rale," 
 by the Sr. Robert de Vaugondy, G6og. ord. du Roi. This 
 shows no antarctic lands except the "Cap de la Circoncision " and 
 in about 42° south latitude, south of Tristan island (?) a " Cap des 
 Terres Australes." 
 
 Dalrymple, Alexander : A Collection of Voyages chiefly in the 
 Southern Atlantick Ocean ; London, 1775: " Extrait du Voyage 
 fait aux Terres Australes, les annees 1738 cSc 1739, par Mr. des 
 Loziers Bouvet, commandant la Fregate I'Aigle, accompagn^e 
 de la Fregate la Marie " : (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). At page 
 I of the Preface is .said: "This narrative was copied by M. 
 d'Apres from the Archives of the French East India Company." 
 With the map there is j)ublishcd a small outline drawing of the 
 Cap de la Circoncision, and this is the earliest sketch I have seen 
 of an antarctic land. 
 
 Le Gentil : Voyage dans les Mers de I'lnde; Paris, de I'lm- 
 primerie Royale ; Tome Second, MDCCLXXXI. ; pages 482-498: 
 "Article XVIII; Sur les Terres Australes" contains " Extrait du 
 journal du voyage [du premier [lilote du vai.sseau I'Aigle] pour 
 les d(;couvertes des Terres Australes, dans le vaisseau I'Aigle, du 
 30 D^cemljrc 173S an 10 Janvier 1739": (Bib. Royale, Bruxelles ; 
 Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia). According to A. Rainaud {Le 
 Continent Austral, page 400) the pilot's name was Gallo. 
 M. Rainaud also says most of the original documents about the 
 expedition are at the Service Hyilrographiquc de la Marine, Paris. 
 
 Burney: A Clironological History, etc., 1817, Vol. V., pages 
 30-37-
 
 BOUVET. 63 
 
 to lie south of the Cape of Good Hope.'"' Bouvet 
 commanded the frigate "I'Aigle" and Monsieur Hays 
 the frigate "la Marie." They left Lorient on the 19th 
 or 29th of July, 1738. On December 15th, in 49° 
 south latitude, they began to see great bergs. On 
 January ist, 1739, (the pilot says the 2d) the first 
 pilot of the "Aigle" sighted, about 3 o'clock P. M., 
 a high land covered with snow, about eight leagues 
 distant, and which appeared to him to be a big 
 headland. Bouvet presented twenty piastres to the 
 pilot, and called the land "Cap de la Circoncision," 
 in memory of the day. The land seemed to be 
 four or five leagues long from north to south, and 
 Bouvet says they could not determine whether it was 
 a headland of a big land, or only an island. They 
 charted its position as 54° south latitude, and 26° 
 to 27° of longitude east of Teneriffe. 
 
 The ships beat about before this island for twelve 
 days, and got several times within three or four 
 leagues of the land, but they were never able to 
 reach it in their boats, on account of the ice. 
 Fogs also were heavy and persistent, and further 
 effort seeming useless, after the nth of January the 
 ships sailed back to between 51° and 52° south 
 latitude, and then followed this parallel eastward 
 
 '™ It has been suggested that de Gonneville reached Madagascar, 
 Bresil or even Australia ; it seems most probable, however, that 
 his landfall was on Madagascar. See Burney : A Chronological 
 History, etc.. Vol. I., pages zn~2>79-
 
 64 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 until January 25th, in between 51° and 55° longitude 
 east of Teneriffe. They were always on the edge 
 of the pack, and saw many birds, whales, and "sea 
 wolves." Bouvet then went north in search of the 
 place where Gonneville landed. 
 
 Bouvet's discovery was doubted, of course, by some 
 people. Monsieur Le Gentil, for instance, argues that 
 Bouvet did not see land at all, but only icebergs.-'"' 
 Nevertheless, Bouvet did see land and his voyage 
 was the first definite attempt at antarctic exploration, 
 the honor of which, therefore, belongs to France. 
 
 The Spanish ship "Lyon" or "Leon" left Lima for 
 Cadiz on February 8, 1 756. The Sieur Ducloz Guyot ^^° 
 of Saint Malo, who was on board, wrote an account 
 of the voyage. They sailed round Cape Hoorn. On 
 June 28th, they were in 55° 10' south latitude, 52° 10' 
 west longitude (?) and thought they saw land. On 
 
 ""In the Histoire de V Academic Royale dcs Sciences, Ann^e 
 MDCCLXXVI., Paris, M.DCCLXXIX., " M6moircs" etc., pages 
 665-666, and in the same Histoire, etc., AnnCe MDCCLXXIX., 
 Paris, MDCCLXXXII., pages 12-18, are three short memoirs by- 
 Monsieur Le Monnier, in which he shows the absurdity of the 
 attacks which were made on Bouvet. 
 
 "" Dalrymple, Alexander : A Collection of Voyages thicfly in 
 tlie Southern Atlantick Ocean, jiublishcd from original MSS. ; 
 London, 1775 : " E.xtrait d'un Journal de Navigation pour un 
 voyage de la mer du Sud, fait par le S. Ducloz Guyot de St. 
 Malo, dans le vaisscau cspagnol le Lyon en 1756" : (Kiin. Ocf. 
 Bib. Dresden). 
 
 Barney : A Chronological History, etc., Vol. V., pages 136-142.
 
 DUCLOZ GUYOT. 65 
 
 the 29th " at about 9 A. M., we sighted a continent 
 about twenty-five leagues long from northeast to 
 southwest, filled with steep mountains of a frightful 
 aspect, and of so extraordinary a height, that we 
 could hardly see the summits, altho more than six 
 leagues away." " Yesterday Don Domingo Dortiz, 
 Lieutenant General of the armies of His Catholic Ma- 
 jesty, Count of the Peoples {Pett-piades) and President 
 of Chily, died at four o'clock in the afternoon [apres 
 midy) aged eighty years ; and at ten o'clock this 
 morning, he was thrown into the sea, after the usual 
 ceremonies. The Spaniards saluted him with seven 
 'Long live the King' and wished him very respect- 
 fully a pleasant journey ; lat., estimated, 54° 48', long. 
 
 51° 30'." 
 
 On July I, " we steered to the eastward, to observe 
 whether the said land stretched further in that part. 
 About 8 o'clock A. M. we saw its most easterly point 
 by compass to the north 5° and about twelve leagues 
 off. At midday, continuing on the same course, we 
 were in 55° 23' lat. estimated, and 51° long." On 
 July 4, they again thought they saw land in 54° 10' 
 south latitude, but they were not sure. The rest 
 of the narrative tells of the voyage home, and how 
 they were in great danger from heavy storms and 
 were nearly lost, and at this time they vowed one 
 or two sails to " Our Lady of Sorrows." But the 
 narrative does not say that she ever got them. There 
 is no doubt that the land the " Lyon " sighted was
 
 66 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 South Georgia, and it is noteworthy how much the 
 account of Guyot resembles that of Vespucci. 
 
 Captain Marion du Fresne and the Chevalier Du- 
 clesmeur,"^ in the " Mascarin " and the " Marquis de 
 Castries," discovered on January' 13, 1772, and suc- 
 ceeding days, two groups of small islands in between 
 46° and 47° south latitude, and about 50° 30' and 59° 
 30' east longitude. They christened them Terre d'Es- 
 perance, He de la Caverne, He Froide, and He Aride, 
 but they are now known as the Marion Islands and 
 the Crozet Islands. 
 
 Captain Yves J. de Kerguelen Tremarec,"- a French 
 naval officer, made a voyage in 1 77 1 with xh^ flutes " La 
 Fortune" and "Le Gros Ventre." On February 12, 
 
 '" Nouveau Voyage d la Mer du Sud, commence sous les ordres 
 de M. Marion * * * et achev6 * * * sous ceux de M. 
 le Chevalier Duclesmeur * * * d'aprSs les Plans et Journaux 
 de M. Crozet; Paris, chez Barrois l'ain6, M.DCC.LXXXIII. : 
 (Amer. Geog. Soc.). 
 
 Rochon, Alexis, membre de I'lnstitut National de France: 
 Voyages d Madagascar^ A Maroc, et aux Indes Orientalcs ; Paris, 
 An X de la Republique ; Chez Prault et Levrault ; Tome III., 
 pages 325-327 : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 '" Kerguelen, M. de : Relation de deux voyages dans les mers 
 Australes et dcs Indes, fails en 177 1, 1772, 1773 & 1774 * * * 
 A Paris, chez Knapen & fils, M.DCC.LXXXIl. : (Amer. Geog. 
 Soc. and British Museum). 
 
 J/istoire de r Acadanie royale dcs Sciences, Annte 
 MDCCLXXXVIII., Paris, MDCCXCI. ; Mcmoires, etc., pages 
 487-503 : — Le Paute d'Agelet : " Observations fiiites dans un voy- 
 age aux Terres Australes, en 1773 & 1774": (Amer. Phil. Soc).
 
 MARION, KERGUELEN. 67 
 
 1772, he sighted a small island"^ in 50° 5' south lati- 
 tude, 60° west longitude (Paris). On February 13, he 
 discovered a much larger island, in 49° 40' south lati- 
 tude, 61° 10' west longitude (Paris); of this he saw at 
 least twenty-five leagues of coast. He was violently 
 abused on his return home, and some people said : ^'^ 
 "in short that I had seen no land, but only a cloud and 
 that I had ordered my entire crew to keep silence 
 under penalty of their life." 
 
 Kerguelen sailed again the following year with "le 
 Roland," "I'Oiseau," Captain Rosnevet, and "la Dau- 
 phine." On the 14th of December 1773, he resighted 
 these islands and stayed about them until January 18, 
 1774."^ They were examined more carefully, a rough 
 chart made, and the center charted as in 49° 30' south 
 latitude, 68° west longitude (Paris). The main island 
 was called Kerguelen Island. Some of the expedition 
 landed on it on January 6, 1775, and took possession 
 
 M. d'Agelet says they made a landing (nous atterdmes) on De- 
 cember 14th, and another on January 6th: the first on the west 
 coast, the second in the northwest in the Baye de I'Oiseau. He 
 blames Kerguelen, according to the usual habit of mankind, 
 for not doing more exploration. M. d'Agelet also mentions an- 
 other account, which I have not seen, of this journey: " M. de 
 Pages, dans ses Poyages, publics en 1782, donne une relation de 
 cette expedition." 
 
 Rochon, Alexis: Voyages & Madagascar, etc., Tome III., 
 pages 308-312. 
 
 "^Relation, etc., pages 21-24. 
 
 ^^^ Relation, etc., page 37. 
 
 "''Relation, etc., pages 61-82.
 
 68 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 of it in the name of the King of France : the shores 
 were ahve with antarctic animals and birds. Ker- 
 guelen's discovery is summed up in the following 
 words:"'' "There results at any rate from the labors 
 of M. de Kerguelen, the discovery of an island of 
 about two hundred leagues in circuit, with which he 
 has enriched geography, and which the poisoned breath 
 of envy will never be able to wipe off from the ball of 
 the earth." 
 
 Lieutenant James Cook, R. N., on a voyage round 
 the world in the ship " Endeavour," went, on January 
 30th, 1769, between the meridians of 74° and 75° west, 
 to just beyond 60° south latitude. When approaching 
 New Zealand, on October 7th, 1769, he wrote: "This 
 land became the subject of much eager conversation; 
 but the general opinion seemed to be that we had 
 found the Terra Australis Incognita." "' 
 
 Captain Cook, on his second voyage round the 
 world, searched for the antarctic continent, whose ex- 
 istence, north of 60° south latitude, was asserted by 
 Alexander Dalrymple."* Captain Cook conmianded 
 
 ^^^ Relation etc. : " Extrait des Services do M. de Kerguelen" 
 page 118. 
 
 '" Hawkesvvortli, John: An Account of the Voyages undertaken 
 by the order of his present majesty for making discoveries in t/ie 
 Southern Hemisphere, London, MDCCLXXIII. : (IJb. Co. 
 Philadelphia). 
 
 "" In the iiitiddiiciion to one of his books, Alexander Dalrymple 
 {A Historical Collection * * * South Pacific Ocean, London,
 
 COOK. 69 
 
 the "Resolution," and Captain Fiirneaux commanded 
 the "Adventure." "'•' At the Cape of Good Hope, they 
 found the Swedish naturalist, Dr. Andre Sparrman, 
 and invited him to join the expedition. From the 
 
 Vol. I., MDCCLXX. : Bil). Nat. Paris) wrote of the probability 
 of a continent extending from 30° south latitude to the pole, and 
 urged that e.xpeditions of discovery be sent. When Cook's ex- 
 jiedition was sent, Dalrymple ap[)ears to have been much disap- 
 pointed at not being chosen leader. But his services to geog- 
 raphy, in helping to bring about the search, deserve to be 
 remembered. 
 
 '" Cook, James : A Voyai^c ioivards the South Pole and Round 
 the World, performed in His Majesty's Ships the "Resolution" 
 and "Adventure," in the years 1772, 1773, 1774 and 1775: Second 
 Edition, London, W. Strahan and T. Cadell, MDCCLXXVII. : 
 (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). 
 
 Journal of the Resolution's Voyage, in 1772, 1773, 1774 and 
 1775, on Discovery of the Southern Hemisphere, by which the 
 non existence of an undiscovered Continent, between the Equator 
 and the 50th Degree of Southern Latitude, is demonstrably 
 proved: Also a Journal of tlie Adventure' s Voyage, in the years 
 1772, 1773, and 1774; Dublin, Caleb Jenkin, MDCCLXXVI. : 
 (Pub. Lib. New York City). 
 
 Forster, George, F. R. S. : A Voyage Round the World, in his 
 Britannic Majesty's Ship "Resolution," commanded by Captain 
 James Cook, during the years 1772, 3, 4 and 5 ; London, B. 
 White, J. Robson, P. Elmsley, G. Robinson, MDCCLXXVII. : 
 (Kon. Oef Bib. Dresden). There is a good "A Chart of the South- 
 ern Hemisphere" in the first volume of this book ; the only ant- 
 arctic lands marked are Kerguelen Island, the Marion Islands, 
 Sandwich Land and South Georgia. 
 
 Sparrman, Dr. Andr6 : Voyage au Cap de Bonne Esperance 
 et Autour du Monde, avec Ic Captaine Cook; Paris, chez Buisson, 
 MDCCLXXXVII. 
 
 Low, Lieutenant Charles R., (H. M. Indian Navy); Captain 
 Cook s Three Voyages Round the World; London, George 
 Routledge and Sons : (Public Lib. Tacoma).
 
 yo ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Cape, Cook proceeded south and east, and on January 
 17th, 1773, crossed the Antarctic Circle in 39° 35' 
 east longitude, and reached 67° 15' south latitude. 
 Here he was stopped by a pack composed of field 
 ice, with thirty-eight ice islands in sight. He turned 
 northward, and later southward. On the 23d of Feb- 
 ruar)', he reached 61° 52' south latitude, 95° 2' east 
 longitude. Here there were so many ice islands, that 
 he gave up attempting to cross the Antartic Circle, 
 and continued on an eastward course until, on March 
 17th, he reached 59'' 7' south latitude, 146° 53' east 
 longitude, when he bore away north. 
 
 In December 1773, Cook again went south, and on 
 December 22d, reached 67° 31' south latitude, 142° 
 54' west longitude, where he was stopped by the 
 pack. On January 30th, 1774, he reached 71° 10' 
 south latitude, 106° 54' west longitude, where a great 
 ice field, in which ninety-seven ice hills were in sight, 
 blocked further progress. Cook did not suggest that 
 any land was in sight, in fact he says : ™ "As we drew 
 near this ice some penguins were heard, but none 
 seen ; and but few other birds, or any other thing that 
 could induce us to think any land was near. And yet 
 I think there must be some land to the south behind 
 this ice." '-' He then went in search of the Terra 
 
 "" A Voyage, etc. , Vol. I. , page 268. 
 
 "1 Nevertheless two writers. Sir J. C. Ross and Mr. C. E. 
 Borchgreviiik, mention Captain Cook as having perhaps discov- 
 ered the Antarctic Continent at this time.
 
 COOK. 7 1 
 
 Australis Incognita that Juan Fernandez was said to 
 have discovered. 
 
 In January 1775, Cook went south from Staaten 
 Land, and Forster states '^^ that they steered in search 
 of the land reported by La Roche in 1675, and by 
 Ducloz Guyot in 1756. On January 14th, in 53° 56' 
 south latitude, 39° 24' west longitude, Cook arrived at 
 the land, which was discovered, perhaps by Amerigo 
 Vespucci, certainly by La Roche, and which was seen 
 by the Spanish ship "Lyon." It lies between 53° 57' 
 and 54° 57' south latitude, and 38° 13' and 35° 34' 
 west longitude. Cook spent several days there and at 
 the suggestion of the elder Forster,^^ re-named it the 
 Isle of Georgia. He then stood eastward again, and 
 on January 31st, discovered Sandwich Land in 59° 
 south latitude, 27° west longitude, and on the same 
 day another coast in 59° 13' south latitude, 27° 45' 
 west longitude, which was named Southern Thule. 
 On February ist, he sighted Cape Montagu, and on 
 the 3d, in 57° 11' south latitude, 27° 6' west longi- 
 tude, two islands, which he called the Candlemas Isles. 
 After a vain search for Bouvet Island, he returned to 
 the Cape. 
 
 This voyage of Cook was the first circumnavigation 
 of the south polar regions, and really closes the first 
 period of antarctic discovery, because it did away with 
 
 '"A Voyage, etc., Vol. II., page 524. 
 "'y4 Voyage, etc., Vol. II., page 525.
 
 72 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 the legendary belief in a great Terra Australia Incog- 
 nita north of 60° south latitude.^"* In a certain sense 
 the outcome was negative, in that Antarctica was not 
 discovered, a fact which would seem to rank the voy- 
 age of Cook as of much less importance than the 
 voyage of Wilkes. With that single exception, how- 
 ever, perhaps no one achieved such great geograph- 
 ical results in the south polar regions as Cook, and 
 it is possibly not going too far to assign him the 
 second place among antarctic explorers.^ 
 
 "*Capitaine, Ls. : Atlas El'ementaire, Paris, 1793: (Kon. Oef. 
 Bib. Dresden). Map No. i, " Mappemonde " shows no antarctic 
 land, except the Cap de la Circoncision, altho on both hemi- 
 spheres beyond 60° is marked " Terres Australes." 
 
 Many of the maps, however, from the time of Cook until re- 
 cently, mark ' ' Antarctic Ocean ' ' across the regions of the South 
 Pole. This is, for instance, the case in The Student's Atlas, by 
 William Hughes, London, about 1880. 
 
 '" Professor Gregory ( The Popular Science Monthly, New 
 York, 1902, Vol. LX., pages 209-217: — Professor J. W. Greg- 
 ory: "Antarctic Exploration") says: "Cook's voyage was 
 brilliantly successful and still ranks as tlie greatest of Antarctic 
 achievements."
 
 II. 
 
 VOYAGES UP TO AND INCLUDING THE DISCOVERY OF 
 THE CONTINENT OK ANTARCTICA. 
 
 The second period of antarctic discovery may be 
 looked on as beginning after the voyage which finally 
 did away with the belief in the legendary "Terra 
 Australis " north of 60° south latitude and as ending 
 with the discovery by Charles Wilkes, that after all 
 there is a great antarctic land, even if it is smaller 
 than the land of lecfend. 
 
 Captain James Cook'-" inaugurated the second 
 period on his thinl voyage round the world. On 
 December 12th, 1776, he sighted the Marion and the 
 Crozet Islands, and on December 24th, Kerguelen 
 Island, landing there on December 25th, in "Christ- 
 mas Harbor," and staying near the island until De- 
 cember 30th. 
 
 Captain Marchand touched 60° south latitude in his 
 voyage round the world. '^' 
 
 "* Cook, Captain James : y4 Voyage to Ihe Pacific Ocean * * * 
 in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780: London, 
 MDCCLXXXIV., Vol. I., pages 52-55: (Lib. Co., Phila- 
 delphia). 
 
 '" Marchand, Etienne : Voyage autoiir du Monde pendant les 
 annees ijgo, ijgr, el i'^g2 ; Paris, Imprimerie de la Republique, 
 An VI. : (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dresden). 
 
 (73)
 
 74 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 In 1794, the Spanish corvette " Atrevida " was sent to 
 survey the Aurora Islands, which were discovered, it 
 was said, in 1762, by the ship " Aurora." ^^ In 1769, the 
 ship " San Miguel " saw some islands, which it was sus- 
 pected were the Auroras. In 1774, the ship " Aurora" 
 again reported them. Three other vessels, the " Pearl " 
 in 1 779, and the "Dolores " and the " Princess" in 1 790, 
 also are said to have seen these islands. The " Atre- 
 vida " went purposely to situate them and reported that 
 the islands were three in number ; and that the south- 
 ernmost was in 53° 15' south latitude, 47° 57' west 
 longitude; the second in 53° 2' south latitude, 47° 55' 
 west longitude ; and the third in 52° 2,7' south lati- 
 tude, 47° 43' west longitude. The Spanish officers, 
 however, said that none of the circumstances con- 
 nected witli the islands which they saw, agreed with 
 those reported of the Auroras. ^-"•' 
 
 Captain Rhodes'-'" in 1799, commanding the ship 
 " Hillsborough," spent eiglit months on the north coast 
 of Kerguelen Island. 
 
 ""This account is compiled from Captain James Wcddell's 
 A Voyage towards the Soulh Pole, pages 61-67, '" wliicli Weddell 
 quotes the publications of the Koyat Hydrogmpliicat Society of 
 Madrid, 1809, Mevioria Segunda, iorno 1°, pa,y:cs 51, 52, and 
 appendix to same, Vol. I., page 213, Number IV. 
 
 ^'^'' ScG post, pages 100, 107, no. 
 
 "°Z>r. A. Pctcrmann's Mittlteitimgcn, etc., Gotha, 1858, pages 
 ly-^j: — A. Petermann : " Die Sogenannten ' Konig-Max-lnseln,' 
 Kerguelen, .St. Paul, Neu-Amsterdam, u. s. w.,".
 
 THE "ATREVIDA, SWAIN, MACY. 75 
 
 Captain Swain, in 1800, was the first American 
 to make an antarctic discovery:"' "Swain's Island, 
 latitude 59° 30' south, longitude icxD° west by calcula- 
 tion, discovered by Captain Swain, of Nantucket, in 
 iScxD. Resorted to by many seals." There is also 
 another account*''- of this event : " Captain Swain, 
 while passing from Sandwich Islands to Cape Horn, 
 ran farther south than usual for whale ships, and 
 discovered an island in latitude 59° south, and longi- 
 tude 90° west, covered with snow, and abounding with 
 sea-dogs and fowl. This must be the same island 
 discovered by Captain Macy, an account of which is 
 given before." The account of the discovery made 
 by Captain Richard Macy, of Nantucket, which ap- 
 pears to have taken place a few years after Swain's, 
 is as follows : '"■'' " Captain Macy discovered an island 
 four or five miles in extent, in south latitude 59°, and 
 west longitude 91°, his ship passing near enough to 
 see the breakers. The island abounded with sea 
 
 '" Fanning, Edmund : Voyages Round the World ; with selected 
 sketches of Voyages to the South Seas, North and South Pacific 
 Ocea7ts, China, etc., between the years 1792 and 1832: New York, 
 Collins & Hannay, MDCCCXXXIII., page 447: (Pub. Lib. 
 Boston ; Harvard Univ. Lib. ; Lib. Co. Philadelphia : Amer. 
 Geog. Soc). 
 
 '" Reynolds, J. N. : Address on the subject of a surveying and 
 exploring expedition to the Pacific Ocean arid South Seas ; de- 
 livered in the Hall of Representatives on the evening of April 3, 
 1836; New York, Harper and Brothers, 1836, page 224: (Har- 
 vard Univ. Lib. ; Amer. Phil. Soc. ; Geog. Soc. Philadelphia). 
 
 ^^ Address, etc., page 216.
 
 76 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 dogs, or seals, and the water was much coloured, and 
 thick with rock-weed."^** 
 
 This island does not appear to be charted. It is 
 perhaps the one now known as " Dougherty Island "^^ 
 as the latitudes correspond, and sealing captains, 
 owing to the lack of instruments, may easily have 
 made errors in their longitude. 
 
 Mr. James Lindsay,"^ master of the " Snow Swan," 
 and Mr. James Hopper, master of the "Otter," 
 English whaling vessels, sighted Bouvet Island in 
 1808, the former on October 6th, the latter on 
 October loth. They recognized the Cap de la Cir- 
 concision, but could not land, on account of fogs and 
 ice. The island was determined to be in 54° 15' 
 south latitude, 4° 15' east longitude. 
 
 In the spring of the year 181 2, Mr. Edmund Fan- 
 ning"^ was appointed commander of an American dis- 
 covery expedition, to consist of the ships "Volunteer" 
 
 "* See also : Executive Documents, 2jd Cotigress, 2d Session, 
 Doc. No. 5/ January 27, 1835 : "A report of J. N. Reynolds, 
 in relation to islands, reefs, and shoals in the Pacific Ocean" etc. 
 (dated) New York, September 24, 1828: (Lib. Co., Philadelphia). 
 
 ^^S^^ post, pages 185, 186. 
 
 "*Burncy: A Chronological History, etc., Vol. V., pages 
 35-37- 
 
 '" Voyages, etc., pages 492-494. 
 
 Executive Docnmenls, 26th Congress, ist .Session, 1S39-40, 
 Vol. II., Doc. No. 57 : " Memorial of Edmund hauning."
 
 LINDSAY, HOPPER, FANNING, SMITH. 77 
 
 and " Hope," intenderl for the exploration of the south- 
 ern hemisphere and a voyage round the world. The 
 expedition was on the point of sailing, when, owing 
 to the breaking out of war, it was given up. About 
 this time, however, it is barely possible that West 
 Antarctica was rediscovered. Dr. Fricker"^ says: "At 
 all events, probability points that way, and it is certain 
 that the English hydrographer, James Horsburgh,'^^ 
 told the German geographer, Heinrich Berghaus, that 
 the island group had been a station for American 
 seal hunters since 181 2. The motive for keeping its 
 existence secret was the desire to retain the sole use 
 of the station for their own profit." It would seem 
 probable that Mr. Horsburgh's information was in- 
 correct, since Fanning says nothing of the matter. 
 Still, further evidence may yet be found. 
 
 Mr. William Smith, "" master of the brig " Williams " 
 of Blythe, took an unusually southern course round 
 
 1S8 Pricker, Dr. Karl : The Aiitarctic Regions, London, Swan 
 Sonnenschein & Co. ; New York, The Macmillan Company, 
 1900, page 47. A translation of Antarktis, Bibliotliek der Lan- 
 dcrkimde, Berlin, Schall & Grund, 1898. 
 
 . '" Mr. Horsburgh does not mention this matter in what seems 
 to be his only paper about the Antarctic : Philosophical Trans- 
 actions of the Royal Society of Lotidon, MDCCCXXX, pages 
 1 17-120 : — Horsburgh, Captain James : " VII. Remarks on sev- 
 eral icebergs which have been met with in unusually low latitudes 
 in the southern hemisphere." 
 
 '"' The Edinburgh Philosophical fouryial. Vol. III., Edin- 
 burgh, 1820: pages 367-380, Art. xxi., " Account of the Dis-
 
 78 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Cape Hoorn in February 1819. Apparently by ac- 
 cident, on February 19th, he sighted some islands in 
 62° 17' south latitude, 60° 12' west longitude. On 
 October 15th following, he reached the same islands 
 and this time examined them more carefully, christen- 
 ing several of them and calling the whole group New 
 South Shetland. He thought he could distineuish 
 through the telescope trees similar to the Norway 
 pine. Mr. Smith appears to have gathered the 
 impression that the Shetlands were a more or less 
 connected mass of land, in fact he speaks of some 
 of them as the mainland. His chart, however, shows 
 that he was always north of the Shetlands. 
 
 Captain James P. Sheffield"^ and Supercargo Will- 
 iam A. Fanning sailed in the brip- "Hersilia" of Ston- 
 ington, in July 1819, on an exploring and sealing 
 voyage. This was due to the initiative of Mr. Ed- 
 mund Fanning. He had read the account of Ger- 
 ritsz's discovery of land at the south of Cape I loorn, 
 and liad seen also the breaking up of the winter ice 
 at Soutli Georgia and had noticed that ice islands 
 
 covery of New South Shetland, with observations on its import- 
 ance in a Geographical, Commercial and Political point of view ; 
 with two Plates:" by Mr. J. Miers : communicated by Mr. 
 Hodgskin: (Amer. Phil. Soc). 
 
 Neue Allgcmcine Gcographische EpJiemeridcn, Weimar, VIII., 
 1820; pages 81-83: "Das neue Antarktische Continent oder 
 New Schottland": (Bib. Nat. Paris). 
 
 "' Fanning, Edmund : Voyages Round the H'or/d, etc., pages 
 428-434.
 
 FANNING, SHEFFIELD. 79 
 
 came floating there after west-south-west gales : he 
 believed, therefore, that there was land in that quar- 
 ter, and this was the inducement for the search. On 
 the return of the " Hersilia," Sheffield and Fanning 
 reported that they had seen the Aurora Islands, and 
 then proceeded south, and that in about 63° south 
 latitude, in February 1820, they had found several 
 islands. One they called Mount Pisgah Island, others 
 Fanning's Islands, and another Ragged Island, on 
 which they effected a landing at Hersilia Cove, the 
 second recorded landing in Antarctica. They did not 
 rename the group, believing it was Gerritsz Land. 
 They captured many seals and this voyage was the 
 forerunner of those which resulted in the extermina- 
 tion of the antarctic fur seal. 
 
 Mr. Edward Bransfield, R. N.,"- sailed from Valpa- 
 raiso on December 20th, 1819, in the brig "Williams," 
 
 ^*' Journal des voyages, dicouveries et navigations modernes, 
 par J. T. Verneur, Tome Dixieme, Paris, Colnet, 1821, pages 
 5-24: " Relation de la decouverte de la nouvelle Shetland m6r- 
 idionale ; avec des remarques sur I'importance de cette d6couverte 
 sous les rapports g^ographiques, commerciaux et politiques ; Par 
 J. Miers; conimuniciue par H. Hodgskin": (Bib. Nat. Paris). This 
 paper, dated Valparaiso, January 1820, states that Dr. Young, who 
 accompanied Bransfield, and who apparently furnished the data 
 for the paper, was the second surgeon of the English sloop of war 
 "Slaney." The writer makes some remarks as to whether South 
 Shetland is a big i.sland or part of a continent and he concludes 
 (page 23): "Des recherches r6centes ont fait connaitre que les 
 montagnes de glace tirent toujours leur origine de terres limitrophes. 
 Entre les m6ridiens de 40° et 60° O., les montagnes de glace ne
 
 8o ANTARCTICA. 
 
 to examine Mr. Smith's newly found islands. He 
 reached the Shetlands on January i6th, 1820, in 62° 
 26' south latitude and 60° 54' west longitude. Three 
 days afterwards, about two degrees more to the east- 
 ward, he anchored in an extensive bay and was able 
 to land, apparently the first time any one did so in 
 Antarctica. He found also some stunted orrass, 
 and this seems to be the first time vegetation was 
 noticed in Antarctica. Like Mr. Smith, Bransfield 
 appears to have considered the Shetlands as a more 
 or less connected mass of land, for Dr. Young's (?) 
 involved account speaks of them as a line of coast 
 which "appeared high, bold and rugged." He says 
 
 paraissent partout qu'a un degr6 de latitude un peu inferieur, d'ou 
 nous pouvons coiiclure, qu'entre ces m^ridiens, il existe au sud, 
 une 6tendue de pays considerable ; et nous croyons, d'apres cela, 
 pouvoir regarder commc certain que la nouvelle Shetland m6ridi- 
 onale et le pays de Sandwich forment les avances d'un immense 
 continent." The paper is interesting, because it is one of the 
 first attempts to give reasonable grounds for the possible existence 
 of an Antarctic Continent. It would seem also to show that 
 Bransfield did not sight any part of the mainland of West Ant- 
 arctica, as otherwise the writer of this paper would have made 
 some mention, apparently, of seeing land near their most south- 
 em point. 
 
 The Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Vol. IV., Edinburgh, 
 1821, pages 345-348, Art. XVII., "Notice of the Voyage of 
 Edward Ikansfield, Master of His Majesty's Ship Andromache, to 
 New South .Shetland " : (Amer. Phil. Soc). This paper is signed 
 " H. M. S. Slaney " and I supposed at first that that was the 
 name of the writer, and used it thus in The Journal 0/ the Frank- 
 lin Institute, Vi:>\. CLI., 1901, page 255. Dr. Hugh Robert Mill 
 {T/i£ Antarctic Maiiual, London, 1901, page 529: "Bibli- 
 ography of Antarctic Exploration and Research ") made the
 
 BRANSFIELD. 8 1 
 
 further that the land was traced nine or ten degrees 
 east and west and about three degrees north and 
 south, and that they could not ascertain whether it 
 was part of a continent or only a group of islands. 
 " If it is insular, there must be some of an immense 
 extent, as we found a gulf nearly 1 50 miles in depth, 
 out of which we had some difficulty in finding our 
 way back again." 
 
 According to the English Admiralty charts, Nos. 
 1238 and 1240, Bransfield's course must have been 
 north of the Shetlands, then eastward, then south- 
 ward, along about the meridian of 52° 30' west longi- 
 tude, to about 64° 30' south latitude, and this cruise 
 is probably what Dr. Young refers to as a " gulf" 
 From his position, therefore, Bransfield may have 
 sighted Joinville Island, or even one of the peaks of 
 the mainland,'^'' but this at present is uncertain. The 
 broad strait between South Shetland and Palmer 
 Land or Archipelago is universally known as "Brans- 
 field Strait." I have found no record saying by whom 
 or when this name was given. 
 
 same mistake and atu-ibuted this paper to " [Slansy, H. M. S.] " 
 The paper published in the Journal des Voyages, etc., however, 
 shows that the author was Dr. Young, of "His Majesty's Ship 
 Slaney." It is certainly an original mode of publication to 
 sign a paper, without further explanation, by the name of a boat. 
 Neiu Allgenieijie Geograpkisc/ie Epkemeriden, Weimar, VIII., 
 1820, pages 490-493: "Weilere und neueste nachrichten von 
 dem neuentdeckten Antarktischen Lande." 
 
 "'From a statement in D'Urville's Voyage au Pole Sud, etc., 
 Vol. II., page II, it seems as if this inference may be correct.
 
 82 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Captain Fabian Gottlieb von Bellingshausen,'" in 
 the "Vostok" (the Orient), and Captain Lazarew, in 
 the "Mirny" (the Pacific), in 1819-1821, led a Rus- 
 sian expedition to the Antarctic, of which they made 
 the second circumnavigation. They left Kronstadt in 
 18 19, and in December sailed along the south coast of 
 South Georgia. On January 3d and 4th, 1820, they 
 discovered the Traversey Islands, in 56° 41' south 
 
 D'Urville says of Bransfield : " D'apres cette carte, il aurait 
 meme apergu, dans le sud de 1' lie Bridgman, une haute montagne 
 couverte de neige, par 63° 20' latitude S. et 59" 38' longitude O. 
 environ." The map here referred to I have not seen. D'Urville 
 says that it is one of New South Shetland by Laurie and that it 
 gives Bransfield' s route: it is therefore evidently not Powell's 
 chart. The date of this map is not given by D' Urville and it 
 may antedate Powell's chart, but it seems most probable that it 
 was published after 1824, since D'Urville speaks also (page 24) 
 of Laurie's map as giving indications about a Captain Hoseason 
 in 1824. 
 
 '"Bellingshausen's narrative has been published in full only in 
 Russian : Dwukratnya isiskania tju Jujnovi Lcdoivilom Okcanje 
 i plawayiie woknig swjcla, &c. ; St. Petersburg, 1831 : (Justus 
 Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt, Gotha). In the atlas are wood- 
 cuts of Peter L Island, and Alexander Land. 
 
 Simonow, Iwan : Beschrcibung eincr ncuen Etiideckungsreise 
 in das s'udliche Eismcer ; Aus dem Russischen ubersetzt von M. 
 Banyi ; Wien, J. B. Wallishausscr, 1824: (Kon. Oef. Bib. Dres- 
 den). Simonow was the astronomer of the expedition. 
 
 Bibliotheque Univcrselle dcs Voyages, par M. Albert Mont6- 
 mont, Paris MDCCCXXXIV. ; Tome XXL, pages 431-448: 
 " Bellingshausen" : (Amer. Geog. Soc). 
 
 Archiv f'lir tvissenschaftlichc Kundc von Russland, A Eiman, 
 Bcriin, 1842, Vol. II. , pages 125-175 : — Lowe, F. : " Iklliugshaus- 
 ens Reise nach der Sudsee und Entdeckungon ini Siidlichcn 
 Eismeer": (Lib. of Congress).
 
 BELLINGSHAUSEN, LAZAREW. 83 
 
 latitude, 28° 9' west longitude. On the 8th, they 
 determined that the Candlemas Isles were small 
 islands and not a coast. They then sailed south 
 and east. On January 2Sth, Bellingshausen reached 
 69° 21' south latitude, 2° 15' west longitude, and on 
 February 2d, 66° 25' south latitude, 1° 11' west 
 longitude, at both of which positions he was stopped 
 by the pack. He then steered eastward, and on 
 February 17th reached 69° 6' south latitude, and on 
 the 19th, 68° 5' south latitude, 16° 37' east longitude. 
 Later, he reached 66° 53' south latitude, 40° 56' east 
 longitude, where he thought land must be near, on 
 account of the numbers of birds. 
 
 The following southern summer, Bellingshausen 
 started from Sydney and sailed south and east. Mr. 
 Montemont says: "On the nth of January, 1821, 
 we discovered, in 69° 30' south latitude, an island, 
 which we named in honor of the founder of our 
 navy, Peter I. Island. The 17th of the same 
 month, we discovered a coast in the same latitude, 
 to which, in honor of the sponsor of our journey, 
 we gave the name of Alexander I. The lands are 
 surrounded with ice, which prevented us from ap- 
 proaching them and examining them near by. The 
 discovery of these two islands is moreover remark- 
 able in that of all these lands they are the most south- 
 erly which have yet been discovered in this hemi- 
 sphere." Herr Lowe adds: "The sudden change in 
 the color of the water led Captain Bellingshausen to
 
 84 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 believe that this [Alexander] land must be of con- 
 siderable size." Simonow writes: " Both islands are 
 surrounded on all sides by ice. * * * If there- 
 fore the coast of Alexander Land is not the point 
 of a dry land, then must I confirm the words of 
 Cook and also say that we saw no trace of the 
 supposed polar land, unless there was one beyond 
 the limits of our vision, where however the eternal 
 and impenetrable ice has placed a bar to naviga- 
 tion." The testimony is somewhat conflicting, as to 
 whether Alexander Land is a part of a great land 
 or only an island : if it is the former, Bellings- 
 hausen may have been the first to sight the main- 
 land of West Antarctica, but this must remain an 
 open question for the present."^ 
 
 From Alexander Land, Bellinofshausen sailed to the 
 Shetlands, to which he gave Russian or Napoleonic 
 names: Borodino, Smolensk, Leipzig, Waterloo (James 
 Island), Mordwinow (Elephant Island), etc., and where 
 Simonow says they met over fifty Amtrican and Eng- 
 
 "' According to Dr. F. A. Cook {Bulhiin America7i Geo- 
 graphical Society, Vol. XXXni., 1901, paj^es 36-41 ; "Captain 
 Fabian Gottlieb von Bellingshausen") it is probable that Alexan- 
 der Land is an island group. Dr. Cook quotes from his own 
 log as follows : "The vast number of icebergs to the eastward 
 of the land gave it also, from a greater distance, the .ippearance 
 of being connected with some larger land ; but from our various 
 positions wc were able to make out distinctly that the islands are 
 a separate grou]), with no other land in sight to the east." This 
 would seem to show that Bellingshausen was not the fust to sight 
 the mainland of West Antarctica.
 
 BELLINGSHAUSEN, LAZAREW, PALMER. 85 
 
 lish ships. One of these was the " Hero," commanded 
 by Nathaniel B. Palmer."'' Bellingshausen then re- 
 turned to Russia, passing South Georgia on his 
 homeward route. 
 
 Bellingshausen's voyage is one of the most impor- 
 tant, for he narrowed considerably the unexplored 
 regions of the South Pole, and crossed six times 
 the Antarctic Circle, within which he sailed long 
 distances. 
 
 Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer,"' an American seal- 
 ing captain, comes next in chronological order ; and 
 I quote his first two voyages in full, because of their 
 importance in the history of antarctic discovery. 
 
 " The next season after the Hersilia's return from 
 the South Shetlands, a fleet of vessels, consisting of 
 the brig Frederick, Captain Benjamin Pendleton the 
 senior commander ; the brig Hersilia, Captain James 
 P. Sheffield, schooners Express, Captain E. Williams, 
 Free Gift, Captain F. Dunbar, and sloop Hero, 
 
 "' Mr. Henryk Arctowski, an accurate observer and writer, who 
 has the advantage of being able to read Russian, says {The 
 Geographical Journal, London, 1901, Vol. XVIII., pages 353— 
 394 : ' ' The Antarctic voyage of the ' Belgica ' during the years 
 1897, 1S98, and 1899"): "This meeting was also described by 
 Bellingshausen himself, as can easily be seen by consulting the 
 remarkable, but still little known work of that eminent Russian 
 explorer {Dwukratnyja, etc., Vol. II., pages 263, 264)." 
 
 "'Fanning, Edmund: Voyages Round the World, etc., pages 
 434-440.
 
 86 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Captain N. B. Palmer, was fitted out at Stonington, 
 Connecticut, on a voyage to the South Shetlands. 
 From Captain Pendleton's report, as rendered on 
 their return, it appeared that while the fleet lay at 
 anchor in Yankee Harbor, Deception Island, during 
 the season of 1820 and 21, being on the lookout 
 from an elevated station, on the mountain of the 
 island during a very clear day he had discovered 
 mountains (one a volcano in operation) in the south ; 
 this was what is now known by the name of 
 Palmer's Land ; from the statement it will be per- 
 ceived how this name came deservedly to be given 
 to it, and by which it is now current in the modern 
 charts. To examine this newly discovered land, 
 Captain N. B. Palmer, in the sloop Hero, a vessel 
 but little rising forty tons, was despatched ; he found 
 it to be an extensive mountainous countrj', more 
 sterile and dismal if possible, and more heavily loaded 
 with ice and snow, than the South Shetlands ; there 
 were sea leopards on its shore, but no fur seals ; the 
 main part of its coast was ice bound, although it 
 was in the midsummer of this hemisphere, and a 
 landing consequently difficult. 
 
 "On the Hero's return passage to Yankee Har- 
 bor she got becalmed in a thick fog between the 
 South Shetlands and the newly-discovered conti- 
 nent, but nearest the former. When this began to 
 clear away, Captain Palmer was surprised to find 
 his litth; barque between a frigate and sloop of war,
 
 PALMER. 87 
 
 and instantly run up the United States' flag ; the 
 frigate and sloop of war then set the Russian col- 
 ors. Soon after this a boat was seen pulling from 
 the commodore's ship for the Hero, and when 
 alongside, the lieutenant presented an invitation 
 from his commodore for Captain P. to go on board ; 
 this of course was accepted. These ships he then 
 found were the two discovery ships sent out by the 
 Emperor Alexander of Russia, on a voyage round 
 the world. To the commodore's interrogation if he 
 had any knowledge of those islands then in sight, 
 and what they were. Captain P. replied, he was well 
 acquainted with them, and that they were the South 
 Shetlands, at the same time making a tender of his 
 services to pilot the ships into a good harbor at 
 Deception Island, the nearest by, where water and 
 refreshment such as the islands afforded could be 
 obtained ; he also informed the Russian officer that 
 his vessel belonged to a fleet of five sail, out of 
 Stonington, under command of Captain B. Pendleton, 
 and then at anchor in Yankee Harbor, who would 
 most cheerfully render any assistance in his power. 
 The commodore thanked him kindly ' but previous 
 to our being enveloped in the fog' said he 'we had 
 sight of those islands, and concluded we had made 
 a discovery, but behold, when the fog lifts, to my 
 great surprise, here is an American vessel appar- 
 ently in as fine order as if it were but yesterday she 
 had left the United States ; not only this, but her
 
 88 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 master is ready to pilot my vessels into port ; we 
 must surrender the palm to you Americans,' con- 
 tinued he, very flatteringly. His astonishment was 
 yet more increased, when Captain Palmer informed 
 him of the existence of an immense extent of land 
 to the south, whose mountains might be seen from 
 the masthead when the fog should clear away en- 
 tirely. Captain Palmer, while on board the frigate, 
 was entertained in the most friendly manner, and 
 the commodore was so forcibly struck with the cir- 
 cumstances of the case, that he named the coast 
 then to the south, Palmer's Land ; by this name it 
 is recorded on the recent Russian and English 
 charts and maps which have been j^ublished since 
 the return of these ships. The situation of the dif- 
 ferent vessels may be seen by the plate ; they were 
 at the time of the liftino- of the fo"' and its <joiiiCf 
 off to the eastward, to the south, and in sight of 
 the Shetland Islands, but nearest to Deception Is- 
 land. In their immediate neighborhood were many 
 ice islands, some of greater and some of less di- 
 mensions, while far off to the south, the icy tops of 
 some two or three of the mountains on Palmer's 
 Land could be faintly seen ; the wind at the time 
 was moderate, and both the ships and the little 
 sloop were moving along under full sail. 
 
 "TliG following season in 1821 and 22, Captain 
 Pendleton was again at Yankee Harbor witli the 
 .Stoninglon Hrct; he then once more despatched
 
 PALMER. 89 
 
 Captain Palmer in the sloop James Monroe, an ex- 
 cellent vessel of upwards of 80 tons, well calculated 
 for such duties, and by her great strength well able 
 to venture in the midst of and wrestle with the ice. 
 Captain Palmer reported on his return, that after pro- 
 ceeding to the southward, he met ice fast and firmly 
 attached to the shore of Palmer's Land ; he then 
 traced the coast to the eastward, keeping as near the 
 shore as the ice would suffer ; at times he was able to 
 come along shore, at other points he could not ap- 
 proach within from one to several miles owing to the 
 firm ices, although it was in December and January, 
 the middle summer months in this hemisphere. In 
 this way he coasted along this continent upwards of 
 fifteen degrees, viz. from 64 and odd, down below the 
 49th of west longitude. The coast, as he proceeded 
 to the eastward, became more clear of ice, so that 
 he was able to trace the shore better; in 61° 41' south 
 latitude, a strait was discovered which he named 
 Washington Strait, this he entered and about a league 
 within, came to a fine bay which he named Monroe 
 Bay, at the head of this was a good harbor ; here 
 they anchored, calling it Palmer's Harbor. The cap- 
 tain landed on the beach among a number of those 
 beautiful amphibious animals, the spotted glossy-look- 
 ing sea leopard, and that rich golden colored noble 
 bird, the king penguin ; making their way through 
 these, the captain and party traversed the coast and 
 country for some distance around, without discovering
 
 go ANTARCTICA. 
 
 the least appearance of vegetation excepting the 
 winter moss. The sea leopards were the only animals 
 found ; there were, however, vast numbers of birds, 
 several different species of the penguin. Port Egmont 
 hens, white pigeons, a variety of gulls, and many 
 kinds of oceanic birds ; the valleys and gulleys were 
 mainly filled with those never dissolved icebergs, their 
 square and perpendicular fronts several hundred feet 
 in height, glistening most splendidly in a varietur of 
 colors as the sun shone upon them. The mountains 
 on the coast, as well as those to all appearance in the 
 interior, were generally covered with snow, except 
 when their black peaks were seen here and there 
 peeping out." 
 
 This voyage was recorded also in 1822 by George 
 Powell,'^** in whose memoir the following statements 
 are made : " I have not been on the south side of the 
 land myself, but I received my information respecting 
 it from the descriptions and sketches of my friends, 
 Captain John Walker, Captain Ralph Bond, and Mr. 
 Charles Robinson; and by comparing these documents 
 together, and the information I have received from 
 other masters of vessels, I conclude that the descrip- 
 tion will be found exact. Of the land to the south- 
 ward, called Palmer's Land, very litde can be said, as 
 it does not appear to be sufficiendy explored ; but it 
 
 "" ( /;,;;/ of South Slietland, etc. : Notes on South Shetla7id, 
 etc., pages 12, 6, : Annates Marilimes, etc. : Journal des voyages, 
 etc .See post, pages 95, 96.
 
 PALMER. 91 
 
 has been described as very high, and covered with 
 snow, with inlets, forming straits, which may probably 
 separate the land, and constitute a range of islands, 
 similar to those of South Shetland ; at least such is 
 the appearance of the northern side, which alone has 
 yet been explored." And also : " Off the N. W. side 
 of Elephant Island, latitude 61° 3', longitude 55° 30'. 
 Seal Island and Reef is stated in our Memoir, page 15, 
 to be in 61° i' soutli, and 55° 33' west. The Trinity 
 Latid and Tower Island of the first charts, in about 
 631^° South, and 6oi^° West, are given up as 
 imaginary or as icebergs only. Ed." 
 
 Captain Palmer made numerous other voyages, 
 some of which appear to be unrecorded. He cer- 
 tainly made one in 1828-29, for he is mentioned by 
 Dr. Webster of the " Chanticleer." In 1829-30, Cap- 
 tain B. Pendleton and Captain Palmer,"^ in the brigs 
 
 "' Fanning, Edmund : Voyages Round the World, etc. , pages 
 478-491. Fanning had some knowledge of the extent of the west- 
 ern mainland, for on page 476, he says : ' ' but from the information 
 the author has in his possession, it is presumed that the continent 
 of Palmer's Land does not extend further west than to the loodth 
 degree of west longitude." This is, probably, the most authori- 
 tative hint of the existence of a south polar continent before the 
 discovery by Wilkes. Fanning wished to have the Antarctic ex- 
 plored scientifically, and urged the matter in a paper : Me- 
 morial of Edmund Fanning ; To illustrate the views in a 
 petition presented to Congress, praying that a national discov- 
 ery and exploring expedition be se7it to the South Seas, &c., 
 December 18, 1833; 23d Congress, ist Session: Referred to 
 the Committee on Naval Affairs and ordered to be printed : (Lib. 
 Co., Philadelphia).
 
 92 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 "Seraph " and " Annawan," made a cruise north and 
 west of Palmer Land. Some scientists went on this 
 expedition, among whom were Messrs. John N. Rey- 
 nolds and Watson. Mr. Reynolds ^^^ afterwards took 
 a leading part in the formation and start of the 
 United States Exploring Expedition, and in urging 
 Congress in 1836 to send the latter, he said among 
 other things : ^^^ "It was in company with this same 
 Captain Palmer, during my late voyage to the South 
 Seas, that I visited the whole of this extensive group 
 of islands lying north of the coast of Palmer's Land, 
 the extent of which neither we nor any subsequent 
 navigators have as yet ascertained ; though a British 
 vessel touched at a single spot in 1831, taking from it 
 the American and giving it an English name." ^''- Mr. 
 Reynolds also gave an almost identical account as 
 that of Fanning of the meeting of the Russian com- 
 
 "° Address on the subject of a Surveying and Exploring Ex- 
 pedition to the Pacific Ocean and South Seas : Delivered in 
 the Hall of Representatives on the evening of April 3, 1836, by 
 J. N. Reynolds: New York, Harper and Brothers, 1836: 
 (Harvard Univ. Lib. ; Amer. Phil. See. ; Geog. Soc. Phila- 
 delphia). 
 
 '" Address, etc. , page 34. 
 
 "' Graham Land. This name has been used most incorrectly 
 for the mainland of West Antarctica. It is merely a local name 
 and applies only to the west coast between Alexander Land 
 and Danco Land. It is correctly jilaced on iho "South Polar 
 Chart" by Captain W. J. L. Wharton, R. N., F. R. S., 
 Hydrograi)her : published at the [British] Admiralty, 20th May, 
 1887: Small corrections, III., 01 : Chart No. 1240.
 
 PALMER. 93 
 
 mander and the American sealing captain, and of 
 the naminof of Pahner Land. 
 
 Dr. W. H. R. Webster, "=* of the " Chanticleer," has 
 fortunately recorded his impressions of Palmer, for, 
 thanks to him, we get a glimpse of the personality 
 of the discoverer of Palmer Land. "Early on the 
 following morning, Sunday, 25th October, Captain 
 Foster left us, in quest of a harbour for the recep- 
 tion of the Chanticleer, while the pendulum experi- 
 ments were going forward. After . examining New 
 Year's Harbour, which he did not approve of, in 
 his way along the coast he discovered an American 
 schooner at anchor in one of the creeks : the name 
 of the schooner was the Penguin of Stornington 
 (sic) : and the reception he met with from Captain 
 Palmer, who commanded her, was most kind. Cap- 
 tain Palmer immediately offered to conduct the 
 Chanticleer into the creek, which he had named 
 North Port Hatchett. When he made his appear- 
 ance on board the brig with Captain Foster, we 
 took him for another Robinson Crusoe in the shape 
 of some shipwrecked mariner. He was a kind and 
 good-hearted man ; and thinking that they would 
 be a treat to us, had brought with him a basket of 
 albatross's eggs, which were to us a most accept- 
 able present. How completely does this little inci- 
 dent, trifling as it may appear, prove the justness 
 of Captain Hall's observations in his useful little 
 
 ^'^ Narrative of a voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages 98-99.
 
 94 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 work entitled ' Fragments of Voyages,' that it is the 
 time and manner of making a present that gives it 
 all its value. * * * q,;, (.}^g following day, under 
 the care of Captain Palmer, the Chanticleer was safely 
 anchored in the beautiful little harbour of North Port 
 Hatchett." 
 
 The account by Fanning of Palmer's first two voy- 
 aees and the chart and memoir of 1822 of Georq-e 
 Powell, make it fairly certain: — i, that Palmer was 
 probably the discoverer and certainly the first ex- 
 plorer of the lands lying south of Bransfield Strait and 
 extending for some two hundred and fifty kilometers 
 between about 57° 50' and 62° 20' west longitude, 
 that is, of the northern coasts of West Antarctica 
 from Liege Island to Joinville Island both inclusive : — 
 2, that Palmer discovered the nordiern end of Ger- 
 lache Strait, which he recognized was a strait and 
 not a bay as subsequently charted: — 3, that Palmer 
 discovered the strait or bay since called Orleans 
 Channel : — 4, that Palmer recognized that these lands 
 were perhaps a chain of islands : — 5, that this coast 
 or these islands were christened Palmer Land and 
 that they were so first charted in England, France 
 and America. 
 
 It is possible, also, that Palmer may have been the 
 first to sieht the mainland of West Antarctica, al- 
 though in the present state of uncertainty about the 
 said mainland, this must be looked on as a surmise. 
 
 The position of Palmer among antarctic explorers
 
 PALMER, rOWELL. 95 
 
 and also the fact that the lands first coasted along by 
 him should bear his name, is only now beginning to 
 be generally recognized. The Belgian expedition 
 under de Gerlache brought this out prominently by 
 rechristening the lands west of Gerlache Strait " Pal- 
 mer Archipelago " and Mr. Henryk Arctowski,'" who 
 has helped materially in obtaining justice for Palmer, 
 writes "Trinity island is therefore the last island of 
 Palmer archipelago." I thought at first that the 
 islands west of Gerlache Strait ought to be called 
 after Dirck Gerritsz, but this is evidently a mistake, 
 since it seems that Gerritsz never went to the Ant- 
 arctic, and with proper regard to the chart and 
 memoir of Powell and the account of Fannino-, it 
 seems as if perhaps the most just arrangement of 
 names would be to call henceforth Anvcrs, Gand, 
 Brabant, Liege and Trinity Islands " Palmer Archi- 
 pelago." 
 
 Captain George Powell i'^"^ with the " Elisa" and the 
 " Dove," arrived off the South Shetlands from the 
 north-west on November 8, 1821. He stayed on the 
 
 '" The Geographical Journal, London, 1901, Vol. XVIII., 
 page 368. 
 
 '" Chart of South Shetland, including Coronation Island, from 
 the exploration of the Sloop Dove, in the years 182 1 and 1822; By 
 George Powell, commander of the same ; published by R. H. 
 Laurie, chart seller to the Admiralty, No. 53, Fleet Street, 
 London, Nov. ist, 1822." Accompanying this is a memoir: 
 Notes on South Shetland, printed to accompany the chart of the
 
 96 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 north coast tlie rest of the month, catching but few- 
 seal. Finally he met Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, with 
 the sloop " James Monroe" at Elephant Island. He 
 says they left there on the 4th of December, sailing west, 
 and that they discovered land on the 6th of December, 
 which Powell says he sighted first. The next day he 
 landed on an island which he named Coronation 
 Island. The " Dove" and " Monroe" then sailed along 
 the north coast of this island. On the nth, Powell 
 sailed through Lewthwaite Strait, and on the same 
 
 newly discovered lajids, which has been constructed fro7n the ex- 
 plorations of the Sloop Dove, by her comtna7ider, George Powell ; 
 London, printed for R. H. Laurie, chart seller to the Admiralty, 
 1822." After much research, I found a copy of this chart and 
 memoir at the Biblioth^que du Dfipot de la Marine, Paris. The 
 chart is stamped with the fleur-de-lys, showing that it was in the 
 possession of the French government before 1 84S ; and it is there- 
 fore probable that it was bought for Dumont D'Urville himself. 
 By the kindness of Admirals de Lanessan and Puech, and Messrs. 
 Graz and Juttet, I obtained a photograph of the chart, of which 
 the western half is reproduced, reduced in size, in this book. 
 
 Annales Maritimes et Coloniales etc., Paris, Imprimerie 
 Royale, 1824; Ann6e 1824; 11° Partie, Tome I, pages 5-25 : 
 " Extrait du Journal du voyage du capitaine Powell a South- 
 Shetland, pendant les annCes 1821 et 1822." Accompanying this 
 is a " Carte des lies de South Shetland, y compris les lies Powell ; 
 d'apr6s la reconnaissance du Dove dans les anuses 1821 et 1822 ; 
 par Georges Powell, commandant du Dove": (British Museum). 
 The chart is an exact copy, only smaller, of the original chart, 
 with the names in French. 
 
 Journal des Voyages, dicouvertes et navigatiotis modcrncs, ou 
 Archives giographiqnes du XIX' siccle ; par J. T. Verneur, 
 Tome Vingt-deuxii!me, Paris, Colnet, 1824; pages 93-111; 
 " Extrait du journal du voyage du Capitaine Powell, a South 
 Shetland, pendant les ann6es 1821 et 1822": (Bib. Nat. Paris).
 
 i t 
 
 b 
 
 )RGE POWELL.
 
 POWELL. 97 
 
 day apparently, Palmer sailed through and named 
 Washington Strait. They returned together to Clo- 
 thier's Harbor, reaching it on December 22, 
 
 Powell speaks of the ships " Dove," " Elisa," 
 "Ann," "Grace," "Vigilant," " Mellona," "Indian," 
 "William," "Lynx," "Nancy," and " Brusso," as 
 having been at the South Shetlands at various times. 
 He says also that the brig "Cora" of Liverpool 
 was lost in Blythe Bay, Desolation Island, in 1820; 
 and that the American vessel "Clothier" was lost 
 in Clothier's Bay, Robert's Island (probably in 
 1821).'^ 
 
 These two last mentioned papers were brought to my notice by 
 Mr. P. Lee Phillips, Chief map division, Library of Congress : he 
 also informs me that there is an account of the Powell Islands in 
 Alex G. P'indlay's A directory for the navigation of the Pacific 
 Ocean, R. H. Laurie, London, 1851, part IL, pages 658-660. 
 
 Findlay, Alex. G.: Laurie' s sailing directions for the Ethiopic 
 or Soid/tern Atlantic Occati ; London, Richard Holmes Laurie, 
 1855: (British Museum). At pages 161-175 Findlay says that 
 Powell's chart is the first one of these islands of West Antarctica, 
 and that John Walker, Robert Fildes, Ralph Bond and Charles 
 Robinson particularly assisted in making it. This book also con- 
 tains, pages 1 71-172, a note by one of the English sealers: 
 " Remarks on the winds, by Captain Robert Fildes, of Liver- 
 pool." 
 
 An account of Powell's life may be found m the Biographic 
 Universclle, Supplement, Paris, L. G. Michaud, 1845. Jules de 
 Blosseville, Lieutenant de Vaisseau, wrote a long appreciative 
 notice of Powell in the Revue des Deux Mondes, IIL ann€e, 
 Tome L, Paris, 1S31, pages 38-46 : " Mort du Capitaine Georges 
 PoweU." 
 
 "•Lieutenant de Gerlache {Soci^ti Royale Beige de Geo- 
 graphic, Bulletin, vingt quatri^me Ann6e, 1900, " Notes sur les
 
 98 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Powell's work in the Antarctic was important. Be- 
 sides all the lieht his chart and memoir shed about 
 Palmer Archipelago, they show also that the so-called 
 South Orkney Islands were christened the Powell 
 Group and were so charted originally both in England 
 and France. This name will be found also on some 
 early American charts : it is used, for instance, by 
 Admiral Wilkes. It is, however, a singular fact that 
 Powell has received more recognition from the French 
 than from his own countrymen, by whom apparently 
 his services to geograpliy have been forgotten. Pow- 
 ell should certainly be commemorated by restoring his 
 name — as will be done in this book at least — to the 
 " Powell Islands." 
 
 Captain Benjamin Pendleton made several cruises 
 to the Antarctic. Besides what Fanning tells us '''' 
 there is at least one other brief record of his voyages : 
 "Captain Pendleton, ^'^''* of Stonington, Connecticut, 
 one of the most practical and intelligent sealers I 
 
 Expeditions" etc., page 393,) says: "During the years 1820, 
 1821 and 1822, seven ships were lost at the Shetlands, ahiiost all 
 during easterly storms. The men of one of these ships were 
 obliged to winter on the coast ; during many months, they en- 
 dured the greatest privations." This appears to be the first time 
 anyone wintered in the Antarctic. 
 
 '" See ante pages 85, 86, 91. 
 
 "" Exeaitivc Doaiments ; 23d Covgrcss, 2d Session, Doc. No. 
 103 ; January 27, 1835 : "A report o( J. N. Reynolds, in relation 
 to islands, reefs, and shoals in the Pacific Ocean" etc., (dated) 
 New York, September 24, 1828; pages 26-27.
 
 PENDLETON. 99 
 
 met with, and who has spent many years in the South 
 Sea fur trade, is strongly of opinion that there are 
 many valuable discoveries to be made in the seas 
 southwest of the Shetlands. The quality of the ice, 
 nature of the currents, etc., make his conjecture 
 highly probable. 
 
 " The island Deception abounds with volcanoes ; 
 and there are several places where a man may stand 
 on ice and snow, and cook his dinner in water that 
 boils a few feet below him. On the northern part of 
 Palmer's Land, and in latitude 66° S., and about 63° 
 W. longitude. Captain Pendleton discovered a bay, 
 clear of ice, into which he run for a great distance, but 
 did not ascertain its full extent south. In those seas 
 the prevailing winds are from W. N. W. to W. S. W., 
 and all gales from northeast. A gale seldom con- 
 tinues more than six hours. Clear weather from 
 S. S. W. and S. S. E., which is not many days in 
 a month. 
 
 " Captain Pendleton relates a curious fact of De- 
 ception Island. The middle of the island has been 
 thrown up entirely by internal fires and volcanic 
 eruptions, until the main body of the island has dis- 
 appeared. In one place the melted lava ran into 
 the ocean, leaving a passage of 15 fathoms water, 
 over which he passed with his vessel into the centre 
 of the island, which had the appearance of an im- 
 mense bowl. He sounded without being able to find 
 bottom."
 
 I OO ANTARCTICA. 
 
 It would seem, from the positions given, as though 
 Captain Pendleton must have been before Biscoe 
 on the coast now known as Graham Land, of which 
 he is entitled to be called the discoverer. 
 
 Captain Benjamin Morrell,^^^ in the sealing schooner 
 " Wasp" of Stonington, made a voyage to the Ant- 
 arctic in 1822-23. He reached the Falklands on Oc- 
 tober 1 6th, then made a useless search for the Auroras, 
 and afterwards steered for South Georgia. Thence he 
 sailed for Bouvet Island, which he reached on Decem- 
 ber 6th and where he caught many seals. He gives 
 its position as 54° 15' south latitude, 6° 11' east lon- 
 gitude. Sailing from there southward his ship was 
 nipped on December 13th in 60° 11' south latitude, 
 10° 23' east longitude. After extricating himself, he 
 sailed to Kerguelen Island, where he spent some time 
 sealing. On January nth he steered south and east, 
 and in 62° 27' south latitude, 94° east longitude, fell 
 in with ice fields, measuring at least two hundred and 
 forty kilometers east and west. He continued east until 
 February ist, when he reached 64° 52' south latitude, 
 118° 27' east longitude. The wind now came fresh 
 from the northeast, and Morrell turned west: "being, 
 
 i6» < ( ^ j\jarrative of Four Voyages to tlie South Sea, North and 
 South Pacific Oceayt, Chinese Sea, Ethiopic and Southern Atlantic 
 Ocean, Indian and Antarctic Ocean : from the year 1822 to 1831: 
 by Capt. Benjamin Morrell, Jiin.; New York, J. & J. Harper, 
 1832, pages 59-69: (Lib. Co., Philadelphia; Acad. Nat. Sci. 
 Philadelphia).
 
 PENDLETON, MORRELL. lOI 
 
 however, convinced that the farther we went south 
 beyond 64° the less ice was to be apprehended, we 
 steered a httle to the southward until we crossed the 
 atitarctic circle, and were in lat. 69° 11' S., long. 
 48° 15' E. In this latitude there was no field ice, 
 and very few ice islands in sight." He continued 
 steering west until, on February 23d, he crossed 
 the meridian of Greenwich in 69° 42' south latitude. 
 He now steered north and west for Sandwich Land. 
 
 After a short stay at Sandwich Land, Morrell left 
 there on March 8th, steering south and west. He was 
 nearly caught by field ice, but broke through, and on 
 March 14th reached 70° 14' south latitude, 40° 3' west 
 longitude. Here the sea was free from field ice, and 
 there were not more than a dozen ice islands in sight. 
 The temperature of the air was 47° F., and of the water 
 44° F., both of which were higher than further north. 
 Morrell also says that on the several occasions on which 
 he crossed the antarctic circle, he found the tempera- 
 ture both of the air and of the water became milder 
 the further he advanced beyond 65° south latitude. 
 
 From his most southerly point, Morrell turned 
 northwest, giving as his reasons for not penetrating 
 further, that he had no fuel and was short of water. 
 On March 15th, in the afternoon "we were close in 
 with the eastern coast of the body of land to which 
 Captain Johnson had given tlic name of New South 
 Greenland." On March i6th, the boats searched for 
 seals on the coast, " the vessel following or keeping
 
 I02 ANTARCTICA, 
 
 abreast of them, about two miles from the land, until 
 the next day at 4 P. M. when we were in lat. 67° 52' 
 S., long. 48° 1 1' W. * * * The coast here tended 
 about S. E. by S., and we thought we could discern 
 some of the mountains of snow, about seventy-five 
 miles to the southward. * * * Qn Wednesday, 
 the 19th, we were close in with the north cape of 
 New South Greenland; lat. 62° 41' S., long. 47° 21' 
 W., by dead reckoning, not having had an observa- 
 tion for three days ; coast tending to the south, and 
 S. by W, * * * I would also further state, what 
 is my firm conviction, that ice islands are never 
 formed except in bays and other recesses of the 
 land ; and that even field ice is never produced in 
 deep water or on a rough sea. The necessary in- 
 ference, therefore, is this : — If there be no more land 
 to the south than that with which we are generally 
 acquainted, the antarctic seas must be much less 
 obstructed by ice than is generally supposed ; afid 
 that a clear sea is open for voyages of discovery even 
 to the South pole!' Morrell then stood to the north. 
 It is necessary to comment rather at length on Mor- 
 rell's narrative, as no antarctic voyager has been 
 more decried.""' Morrell may have reached 64° 52' 
 south latitude, 118° 27' east longitude, and not seen 
 
 ""Morrell has been severely assailed, for instance, by D'Urville, 
 by Dr. Fricker, by Commander J. E. Davis, R. N., the latter in 
 answer to Captain Hamilton, etc. (Commander Davis is the author 
 of a jiaper in The Jottrnal of the Royal Gcoffraphiral Society, Vol. 
 XXXIX., 1869, pages 91-95 : " On Antarctic Discovery and its
 
 MORRELL. 103 
 
 Wilkes Land. He may have reached 69° 11' south 
 latitude, 48° 15' east longitude and no one can say 
 him nay, as no one else has been anywhere near that 
 position. If he is correct, then Enderby Land is 
 
 connection with the Transit of Venus in 1882.") D'Urville and 
 Dr. Fricker give as a reason for disbelieving in Morrell that his 
 book is rare — at any rate there are two copies in the Philadelphia 
 Library — and they also say that his book ' ' was withdrawn soon 
 after Biscoe's discoveries were made known," but as no authority 
 is given for the statement, this needs confirmation. Dr. Hugh 
 Robert Mill {^The Antarctic Maimal, London, 1901, page 533) 
 on the other hand mentions that there were "other editions" 
 of Morrcll's book in 1841 and 1850, which scarcely looks as if 
 the book had been withdrawn, but much more as if the edition 
 had been sold out. 
 
 Captain (now Sir) R. V. Hamilton wrote an able defence of 
 Morrell, (^Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1870, 
 Vol. XIV., pages 145-156 ; "On Morrell's Antarctic Voyage in 
 the year 1823," etc.) in which he said inter alia, " whatever else 
 Mr. Morrell might not have discovered, he was the first discoverer 
 of guano in the island of Ichaboe and Lobos. The speed of 120 
 miles a day, with which he made the voyage, was nothing uncom- 
 mon as the sea was not encumbered with ice. * * * Mi-_ 
 Morrell was a sealer, not an educated man, and therefore due 
 allowance must be made for his errors." Dr. A. Petermann 
 {^Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt, etc., 
 von Dr. A. Petermann, 1863, pages 407-428: — Petermann, A.; 
 " Neue Karte der Siid Polar Regionen ") appears to have be- 
 lieved in Morrell, for he says: "about the longitude there 
 is probably a correction to be made of at least 5° to the west." 
 Sir John Uinrrd.y {Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. IL, 1886, 
 pages 527-548: Murray, John, Ph. D., LL. D. : "The Explora- 
 tion of the Antarctic Regions ") marks Morrell's positions on his 
 map, apparently with Dr. Petermann's correction for longitude. 
 Professor Heilprin {Poptdar Scie^tce Monthly, New York, 1897, 
 pages 323-336: Heilprin, Professor Angelo: "Our present 
 knowledge of the Antarctic Regions ' ' ) likewise appears to consider
 
 I04 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 probably an island, and certainly the reports of the 
 " Paeoda" and the "Valdivia" show that further ex- 
 ploration in that quarter is necessary. 
 
 When Morrell speaks of New South Greenland he 
 may refer to a land which no one else, except perhaps 
 
 Morrell trustworthy. Captain A. Schiick {Zeitschrift filr Wissen- 
 schaflliche Gft7^rfl//^?V,Weimari888, pages 242-264: — A. Schiick: 
 ' ' Entwickelung unserer Kenntniss der Lander im Suden von 
 Amerika": the title of which paper proves the need of some name 
 like West Antarctica) gives an elaborate explanation of how Morrell 
 may have reached 70° 14' south latitude, and seen the coast of 
 West Antarctica, and yet, owing to bad chronometers or to not 
 having any chronometers, easily have made a mistake of a good 
 many degrees in longitude. He mentions the case of a vessel 
 which a few years since, made an error of thirteen degrees of 
 longitude, on the voyage between Cape Town and Australia ; in 
 a latitude where every error in a degree of longitude would mean 
 nearly double the error perhaps made by Morrell. 
 
 About the accuracy of observations for longitude formerly 
 made at sea, Mr. A. Fraser-Macdonald {^Otcr Ocean Railways, 
 London, Chapman & Hall, 1893, page 251) writes: "A hundred 
 years ago ship-masters on a voyage from the British Islands to 
 America guessed as much as calculated the place of their ships. 
 If bound for Boston, Massachusetts, they did not by any means 
 regard it as a bad land fall to make New York, which they fre- 
 quently did, and no wonder, for their instruments of navigation 
 erred quite as much by degrees as they now do by seconds. In 
 fact, instances then occurred of vessels sailing across the Atlantic 
 being from 6° to 8° and even 10° of longitude out of their reck- 
 oning in as many days from port. 
 
 " Chronometers were then but an experiment, and the tables 
 of the Nautical Ephcmeris involved errors of thirty miles in longi- 
 tude in working out an observation. When the rude ' cross- 
 staff' and 'back-staff,' the 'sea ring' and 'mariner's bow' gave 
 place to the more accurate sextant and circle reflection, more 
 accurate observations were secured."
 
 MORRELL. 105 
 
 Johnson, has seen. But Fanning'"^ tells us distinctly 
 that New South Greenland was the land discovered 
 by Pendleton and Palmer, that is, West Antarctica. 
 There may be a land in 67° south latitude, 48° west 
 longitude, for no one but Morrell claims to have been 
 in that position,'^' but there may also have been a 
 mistake in Morrell's published longitudes, and this 
 may have arisen in one of two ways. He was a sealer, 
 and it is not likely that he had a chronometer or even 
 an ordinary' watch which was reliable, and he there- 
 fore might easily have made, and probably he did 
 make, errors in his observations. Again, his book is 
 a bad, cheap and careless piece of typography, and 
 the figure 4 may simply have been substituted for 
 the figure 5 : 48° for 58°. 
 
 If F"anning's remark is accurate, and if New South 
 Greenland is West Antarctica, part of Morrell's narra- 
 
 ""See/(7.f/, page 108. 
 
 "'Signer Faustino (^Bolletino Societa Geografica Italiana, 
 Roma, 1901, Serie IV, Vol. II, pages 653-658: — Faustino, A. ; 
 "La Groenlandia del Sud": Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia) in 
 an unprejudiced, sensible paper, shows that there may be land in 
 48° west longitude, 67° south latitude as Morrell states. 
 
 Vivien de Saint Martin (Vivien de Saint-Martin et Fr. Schrader : 
 Atlas Universel de Geographic, Paris, Hachette ; Chart ' ' Region 
 polaire antarctique " imprim6 par Ch. Chardon, 1883: Hai-vard 
 Univ. Lib.) charts " Greenland Mer'" in 48° west longitude, 67° 
 south latitude ; Morrell's course also is laid through Budd Land, 
 Knox Land, and Termination Land, oblivious of the fact that Mor- 
 rell does not give his course except in the most general terms. On 
 the same chart also, ' ' Cote Clarie " is, as usual, placed on Cape 
 Carr : otherwise all the names given by Wilkes are there.
 
 I06 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 live at least becomes fairly clear. The two phrases, 
 on March 15th and i6th, "we were close in with the 
 eastern coast" and "the coast here tended about 
 S. E. by S.," are noteworthy. For how did Morrell 
 know that there was an eastern coast, if he had not 
 been there ? There may be an earlier mention of the 
 eastern coast than that of Morrell, published in 1832, 
 but if so, I have not come across it. The eastern 
 coast of West Antarctica is not marked on Powell's 
 chart, on Weddell's chart, on Vandermaelen's atlas,"''' 
 or on D'Urville's chart. D'Urville *" states that he ran 
 over 62° 41' south latitude, 47° 21' west longitude, and, 
 therefore, he claims that New South Greenland has 
 no existence. Of course this may be the case, but it 
 seems more likely that Morrell's northern point was 
 Joinville Island. 
 
 Morrell's narrative is decidedly vague, but then so 
 are the narratives of many antarctic voyagers, wit- 
 ness Bransficld, Foxton, Uallmann, etc. Although 
 Morrell's work is of little value as a geographic 
 record, yet it should be noted how sensible and scien- 
 tific is his explanation, quoted above, of the formation 
 of icebergs and iield ice : in fact it is probably the 
 best explanation offered up to the date of its publi- 
 cation. A comparison, for instance, of Morrell's 
 
 "" Vandcrmaclen, Pli. : A//as Universe/ de Giographie, Briix- 
 eUes, 1827: (Library of Congress). 
 
 '" Voyage au P6le Sud, etc.. Vol. II., 1842, pages 16, 17.
 
 MORRELL, JOHNSON. IO7 
 
 accurate theory, witli Biscoe's erroneous theory""'^ 
 shows instantly how superior to Biscoe, Morrell was 
 as a scientific observer. In judging Morrell's antarc- 
 tic record, it should be remembered that he was a 
 sealer and not a scientist, that he had no instruments 
 of precision, that the summer of 1823 was the most 
 open in antarctic annals, and that even then Morrell 
 does not claim to have reached as high a southern 
 latitude as Weddell in the same year. 
 
 Captain Robert Johnson, in 1822, made a sealing 
 cruise in the schooner " Henry" of New York. Cap- 
 tain Morrell writes about him;"''' "The schooner 
 ' Henr}',' Captain Johnson, who had been vainly cruis- 
 ing for six weeks in search of the Aurora Islands, 
 returned to New Island on Wednesday, the 23d. 
 (Note. The history of these imagijiary islands will 
 be found on a subsequent page.)" And later : " March 
 15th, * * '^- At this time the wind had hauled to 
 the southwest, and at half-past four P. M. we were 
 close in with the eastern coast of the land to which 
 Captain Johnson had given the name of New South 
 Greenland." ^^ 
 
 Edmund Fanning also speaks of Captain Johnson :'^* 
 
 ^"Seeposi, pages 119, 120. 
 ^'' A Narrative of Four Voyages, etc., page 53. 
 "" A Narrative of Four Voyages, etc., page 69. 
 '" Voyages Round the World, etc., page 437.
 
 I08 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 " This continent, it is asserted in Morrell's voyage, 
 page 69, was named ' New South Greenland ' by a 
 Captain Johnson. It is but just to state here, that this 
 most meritorious mariner (Captain Johnson) was a 
 pupil to, and made his first voyage to the South Seas 
 with the author, with whom also he remained, rising 
 to different stations, and finally became one of his best 
 officers ; the first information he obtained of the dis- 
 covery of this land by Captains Pendleton and Palmer 
 was from the author of this work." 
 
 Captain Johnson made another cruise in the year 
 1824 or 1826. " From this voyage he never returned. 
 He was last seen at the South Cape of New Zealand, 
 in the following year, having lost three men, who 
 were drowned at Chatham Islands. * * * My in- 
 formants further stated, that the "Henry" left New 
 Zealand on a cruise to the south and east, in search 
 of new lands, between the sixtieth and sixty-fifth de- 
 grees of south latitude ; and as he has never been 
 heard of since leaving New Zealand, it is very prob- 
 able that he made discovery of some new island near 
 the parallel of 60 on which the " Henry " was ship- 
 wrecked." ^^'■' 
 
 American sealers, besides those whose names arc 
 recorded, certainly made journeys to the Antarctic in 
 the first ([uarter of the nineteenth century. Mr. J. N. 
 
 'A Narrative of Four Voyages, etc., pages XXIII. and 363.
 
 JOHNSON, AMERICAN SEALERS. IO9 
 
 Reynolds tells us:^™ "The information I have thus 
 far communicated has been derived chiefly from our 
 citizens engaged or interested in the whale fishery. 
 I regret that I am not at liberty to communicate in 
 writing all the interesting facts which I have been en- 
 abled to collect from those engaged in the seal trade, 
 or, as they call it, 'the skinning business.' The oc- 
 cupation of these men leads them into seas and parts 
 of the globe far beyond the common pathway of the 
 whaler. Their voyages and adventures, too, are of 
 the most daring kind. In small vessels they venture 
 into high southern latitudes, and have actually taken 
 seal, with profit, in some instances, within the ant- 
 arctic circle. In the history of the seal trade, secrecy 
 in what they know, has been deemed a part, and a 
 very important part too, of their capital. There is 
 nothing more common at this time, than that islands 
 are frequented for animal fur, and their positions 
 known to no one on board but the captain ; and when 
 an island is discovered, the observations are made and 
 noted down by the captain in his private journal. 
 
 "* * * I have been enabled to make the following 
 estimate : 
 
 " That they have been beyond 70° S. latitude in a 
 few instances, in which latitude they experienced 
 
 "" ExeaiHve Documents, 2jd Congress, 2d Session, Doc. No. 
 105 ; January 27, 1835 "A report of J. N. Reynolds, in relation 
 to islands, reefs and shoals in the Pacific Ocean," etc., (dated) 
 New York, September 24, 1828 ; pages 25, 26.
 
 I lO ANTARCTICA, 
 
 moderate weather, a clear sea, and no land or ice to the 
 south. They all agree that the ice to be met with is 
 first formed and attached to land, and that the greatest 
 impediment to navigation from ice will be found from 
 62° to 68° S., except in those meridians where they 
 have not been able to go far south at any time. They 
 have seen lands to the east of the Shetlands, but 
 give no account of any animal or vegetable pro- 
 ductions on any of them. 
 
 " The southern part of the New South Shetlands 
 extends farther than any one has yet penetrated. 
 The shores are bold and in many places afford 
 spacious harbors, which look as if they might ex- 
 tend far into land, like Hudson's or Baffin's Bay. 
 
 " In latitude 63° S., and 63° W. longitude, from 
 the island Pisgah, our sealers have sailed along a 
 high and rugged coast, tending S. W. to 75° W. 
 longitude, and 66° S. latitude," etc. 
 
 The last paragraph is practically conclusive evi- 
 dence that, before the year 1828, American sealers 
 had sailed along the coast of Graham Land and 
 probably as far as Alexander Land. 
 
 Captain Weddell"' made numerous sealing voy- 
 ages in 1 820-1 823. He searched for the Aurora 
 
 "' Woddell, James, Esq., master in the Royal Navy : A Voyage 
 towards Ihc South Pole, performed in the years 1822-24: Lon- 
 don, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green, 1825 : 
 (Lib. Co. Philadelphia).
 
 AMERICAN SEALERS, WEDDELL. Ill 
 
 Islands, and concluded diat diey were really die Shag 
 Rocks, in 53° 48' south latitude, 43° 25' west longi- 
 tude. He visited the South Shetlands several times 
 and called one of them Smith's Island and another 
 James' Island : from his chart, he appears to have 
 been only on their north or eastern shores. 
 
 In February 1823, Weddell, in the brig "Jane," and 
 Mr. Matthew Brisbane, in the cutter " Beaufoy," made 
 an important southern cruise. Standing south on 
 the 4th of February, they were deceived by great 
 ice islands into thinking they had sighted land. On 
 the 14th, in 68° 28' south latitude, 29° 43' west longi- 
 tude, the ice islands were so numerous as almost to pre- 
 vent the ships passing. On the i6th, on the contrary, 
 in 70° 26' south latitude, 29° 58' west longitude, "ice 
 islands had almost disappeared, and the weather be- 
 came very pleasant."'"^ On the i8th the ships were in 
 72° 38' south latitude. "In the evening we had many 
 whales about the ship, and the sea was literally cov- 
 ered with birds of the blue peterel kind. Not a par- 
 
 Weddell, James, master in the Royal Navy : Observations on 
 the probability of Reaching the South Pole, London, Longman, 
 Rees, Orme, Brown and Green, 1826: (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- 
 delphia). 
 
 Weddell, James, etc. : A Voyage towards the South Pole, etc., 
 London, Longman, etc., 1827: This contains also "Observa- 
 tions on the probability of reaching the South Pole" and 
 ' ' Second Voyage of the Beaufoy to Tierra del Fuego ' ' : (Acad. 
 Nat. Sci. Philadelphia). The Beaufoy was under the command of 
 Mr. Brisbane and did not go to the Antarctic during this journey. 
 
 "^ A Voyage, etc., page 34.
 
 1 1 2 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 tide of ice of any description was to be seen. The 
 evening was mild and serene." ''^^ On the 19th the 
 ships were in 'j'^ 17' south latitude, 35° 54' west longi- 
 tude. On the 20th: "At 10 o'clock in the forenoon, 
 when the ship's head was E. S. E., I took a set of 
 azimuths, which gave variation 11° 20' east. The 
 atmosphere now became very clear, and nothing like 
 land was to be seen. Three ice islands were in sight 
 from the deck, and one other from the masthead. On 
 one we perceived a great number of penguins roosted. 
 Our latitude at this time, 20th February, 1822, was 
 74° 15', and longitude 34° 16' 45"; the wind blowing 
 fresh at south, prevented, what I most desired, our 
 making further progress in that direction. I would 
 willingly have explored the S. W. quarter, but taking 
 into consideration the lateness of the season, and that 
 we had to pass homeward through 1000 miles of sea 
 strewed with ice islands, with long nights and prob- 
 ably attended with fogs, I could not determine other- 
 wise than to take advantage of this favourable 
 wind for returning. ^'^ * -^ * These considera- 
 tions induce me to conclude, that from having but 
 three ice islands in sight, in latitude 74 degrees, 
 the range of land, of which I have spoken, does 
 not extend more southerly than the 73d degree. 
 If this be true, and if there be no more land to the 
 southward, the antarctic polar sea may be found less 
 
 '" A Voyage, etc. , page 36. 
 "M Voyage, etc., page 37.
 
 WEDDELL. 113 
 
 icy than is imagined, and a clear field of discovery, 
 even to the South Pole, may therefore be antici- 
 pated."^"'' Captain Weddell then sailed northward, 
 on a course not far distant from his southerly one. 
 His southern cruise is interesting, and what he says 
 about warmer weather and little ice far south, agrees 
 with what Morrell reports of the same season. Wed- 
 dell called his open sea " George IV. Sea " : a better 
 name for it would be " Weddell Sea," but it is ques- 
 tionable whether a local name will be applied to a 
 portion of the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Morrell wrote a brief notice of Weddell, about 
 whom he says:^™ "Captain James Weddell, of the 
 British Navy, whom I have before mentioned in the 
 previous chapter, as seeking for the Aurora Islands, 
 in 1822 : a most excellent officer, and a highly worthy 
 man : justly extolled as an active, correct and enter- 
 prising navigator. Being familiar with danger in its 
 most appalling form, every emergency finds him cool, 
 steady and undaunted. He is, in short, at once an 
 honour to his country and to human nature. I speak 
 with confidence, for I know him."'" 
 
 "^A Voyage, etc., page 43. 
 
 '"^4 Narrative of Four Voyages, etc., page 68. 
 
 "' Several writers, among them Dumont D'Urville, ( Voyage 
 au Pole Sud, etc.. Vol. 1 1, page 123) and Captain Schiick {Zeitschrift 
 fur 'ivissenschaftliche Geographic, U'einiar, 1 888 ; pages 242-264 : — 
 A. Schiick : " Entwickelung unserer Kenntniss der Liinder im 
 Siiden von Amerika") discuss Weddell's voyage, and for various 
 reisons, criticise rather severely his narrative. Monsieur de Mon-
 
 I 14 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 A Captain Hoseason, according to D'Urville,^™ may 
 have made discoveries in West Antarctica. D'Urville 
 says: "However, on the map of the Englishman 
 Laurie, one saw Palmer Land stretch out east and 
 west to a notable extent. In the east the outline 
 remained quite vague and confused, but in the west 
 one saw drawn a considerable bight under the name 
 of Hughes Bay, with Hoseason, Intercurrence and 
 Three Hummocks islands, and Point Farewell. No 
 document has reached us about the author of these 
 discoveries ; only, from an indication to be found 
 on this map, we are led to think that a certain 
 Captain Hoseason had, during the year 1824, made 
 these discoveries, while seeking new lands suitable 
 for seal fishing." 
 
 Captain Norris,'" with the " Sprightly " and 
 " Lively," belonging to Messrs. Enderby, on De- 
 travel, of D'Urville's expedition, goes so far as to write ( Voyage 
 ail Pole Slid, Vol. II., pages 301-303) of Weddell " dont je 
 regarde le voyage comme apocryphe." 
 
 "' Voyage au Pole Sud, etc., \'ol. II., page 20. The map re- 
 ferred to is evidently not Powell's chart. It may or may not be 
 the map mentioned by D'Urville as giving Bransfield's discov- 
 eries. It seems well, however, to call attention to the fact that 
 on Powell's chart of 1822, the outline of Palmer Land, from 
 Liijge Island to Joinville Island, both inclusive, is perfectly clear 
 and neither vague nor confused. 
 
 On the chart published in connection with Mr. Smith's voyage 
 (The Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Vol. III., 1820) there 
 is a small island called " Moseason's Aim." 
 
 '"Ross, Sir J. C. : Voyage, etc.. Vol. II., pages 371,372.
 
 HOSEASON, NORRIS, FOSTER. II5 
 
 cember loth, 1825, sighted an island in 54° 15' south 
 latitude, 5° east longitude. He called it Liverpool 
 Island, but it is doubtless Bouvet Island. On the 
 13th, he sighted another small island in 53° 56' 
 south latitude, 5° 30' east longitude, which he called 
 Thompson Island. 
 
 Captain Henry Foster, R. N., in 1 828-1 829, com- 
 manded an expedition to the South Shetlands^'*" for the 
 purpose of making pendulum observations. After 
 stopping at Staaten Land, where he met Captain Na- 
 thaniel B. Palmer, he sailed to the Shetlands and be- 
 yond to a place in 63° 43' south latitude, 61° 45' west 
 longitude, which he named Possession Cape^**' and 
 on which he landed. Lieutenant Kendal thinks this 
 was a new discovery, but he is clearly in error. The 
 " Chanticleer " was then moored in the harbor (Yankee 
 
 "° Narrative of a Voyage to the Soiitliern Atlantic Ocean, in 
 the years 1828-29-30, performed in H. M. Sloop Chanticleer, 
 under the command of the late Captain Henry Foster, F. R. S., 
 etc. : from the private journal of W. H. B. Webster, Surgeon 
 of the Sloop: London, Richard Bentley, 1834: (Lib. Co. Phila- 
 delphia). 
 
 The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, for 
 MDCCCXXX-XXXL, London, MDCCCXXXL : VL— "Ac- 
 count of the Island of Deception, one of the New Shetland Isles ' ' : 
 Extracted from the private journal of Lieutenant Kendal, R. N. , 
 embarked on board His Majesty's Sloop Chanticleer, Captain 
 Forster {sic~), on a scientific voyage ; and communicated by John 
 Barrow, Esq., F. R. S. : read 24th January, 1831. 
 
 '" This is what is now known as Hoseason Island : it is indi- 
 cated on Powell's chart of 1822.
 
 I 1 6 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Harbor) of Deception Island on January 9th, 1829, 
 and remained there until March 4th, and during her 
 stay numerous pendulum observations were made. 
 The island is volcanic : some of the mountain peaks 
 emitted smoke ; and numerous hot springs bubbled 
 up on the shores and the beaches.^*- Dr. Webster 
 and Dr. Peter Conolan studied the fauna and flora 
 of Deception Island.^** They were much struck 
 with the enormous abdominal vein of the leopard- 
 seals. 
 
 Dr. Webster says of icebergs : '*^ " Having made 
 some experiments of this nature, I deduced from 
 them that in cubic pieces of ice one-seventh part only 
 remained above the surface of the water. I also 
 placed a cone of ice on a cubic piece from the same 
 iceberg, and found that the cube easily floated and 
 sustained the litde pyramid, the height of which was 
 more than double the depth of the cube below the 
 water. I also floated irregular-shaped masses, and 
 found their heights above the surface to vary consider- 
 al^ly; in some it was equal, in others greater dian the 
 depth below it ; proving that no inference can be safely 
 drawn as to the depth to which an iceberg extends 
 from the surface with reference to its height above it, 
 and that all depends on its form. * * * In cor- 
 
 ^*^ Narrative of a Voyage, etc., Vol. I., pat^es 144-168; Vol. 
 II., pages 273-280. 
 
 ^'^ Narrative of a Voyage, etc., Vol. II., pages 300-306. 
 ^'^ Narrative of a Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages 142-143.
 
 FOSTER, BROWN. I I 7 
 
 roboration of this I may further observe, that while 
 we were in contact with the iceberg off the island, we 
 determined its htight by a reference to the vessel's 
 mast to be not less than fifty feet. Now this would 
 have required a depth of three hundred and fifty feet 
 to lloat in, according to the conclusion deduced from 
 a cubical piece ; but it was floating in ninety-six feet ; 
 for we obtained soundings at the same time with six- 
 teen fathoms of line." These observations of Dr. 
 Webster deserve to be better known, for even to-day, 
 apparently, it is often believed that the height of an 
 iceberof above water is six or seven times less than 
 its depth under water ; and Dr. Webster, it would 
 seem, was the first to note that this was not always 
 the case. 
 
 Captain James Brown,^*^ an American sealer, made 
 a southern voyage in 1829-1831 in the schooner 
 " Pacific." He reported sighting four islands which, 
 at the time, were not charted. The first, in 56° 18' 
 south latitude, 28° 35' west longitude, he called Pot- 
 ter's Island. The second, in 55° 55' south latitude, 
 27° 53' west longitude, he named Prince's Island. 
 The third, in 56° 25' south latitude, 27° 43' west 
 longitude, he christened Willey's Island ; and the 
 fourth, in 57° 49' south latitude, 27° 38' west longi- 
 tude, he called Christmas Island. 
 
 'Tanning, Edmund: Voyages Rou7id the World, etc., pages 
 440-442.
 
 I 1 8 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Mr. John Biscoe,^**^ in 1S30-1832, with the brig 
 "Tula" and the cutter "Lively," both ships belonging 
 to the Messrs. Enderby, circumnavigated Antarctica, 
 sailing eastward. In November, 1830, he searched in 
 vain for the Aurora Islands. On January 7th, 1 831, in 
 59° 35' south latitude, 20° 21' west longitude, Biscoe 
 was stopped by smooth pack ice, which seemed to 
 have been formed at sea; "nevertheless there were 
 strone indications of land in the southwest." On the 
 2 1 St, in 66° 16' south latitude, 0° 24' west longitude, 
 there were many indications of land to the south and 
 southeast. On February ist, Biscoe was in 68° 51' 
 south latitude, 12° 22' east longitude, and on the 25th, 
 in 66° 2' south latitude, 43° 54' east longitude, where 
 he "saw a very distinct appearance of land." "At 
 length, on the 27th, in lat. 65° 57' S., long. 47° 20' E., 
 land was distincdy seen, of considerable extent, but 
 closely bound with field ice." Efforts were made to 
 
 '"" The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 
 Volume the Third, 1833, pages 105-112: — VIII., — "Recent 
 Discoveries in the Antarctic Ocean " : From the Log-book of the 
 Brig Tula, commanded by Mr. John Biscoe, R. N. : Com- 
 municated by Messrs. Enderby: Read, nth February, 1833. 
 
 The Nautical Magazine for 1835, Vol. IV., Simpkin and 
 Marshall, London, pages 265-275: "Voyage of the Tula 
 towards the South Pole." 
 
 The Antarctic Manual, London, Royal Geographical Society, 
 1901, pages 305-335 : " From the Journal of a Voyage towards 
 the South Pole on board the brig Tula, under the command of 
 John Biscoe, with the cutter ' Lively ' in company." 
 
 It is nf)t clear from the accounts, whether a Captain Avery or a 
 Captain Weddcll was in command of the " Lively."
 
 BISCOE. I 1 9 
 
 close with the land, but owing to heavy gales the ships 
 were driven off. On March 1 6th, however, " nearly 
 the same land was again made ; the longitude being 
 now 49° E. A head-land, previously seen, was recog- 
 nized, and called Cape Ann ; and unceasing efforts 
 were made, for some days, to approach nearer it, but 
 all in vain." On April 6th, Captain Biscoe finally 
 turned north " never having approached this forbidden 
 land (which has, with great propriety, been called 
 Enderby's Land), nearer than from twenty to thirty 
 miles." Biscoe and his men suffered many hardships 
 on this most creditable voyage. 
 
 Biscoe's ideas about the formation of icebergs 
 are the exact opposite of the accepted views on 
 the subject, although it must be added that he 
 wrote at a time when practically nothing was known 
 of glacier motion : it seems evident also, from the 
 following passage, that he had no suspicion of the 
 probable existence of an antarctic continent. Bis- 
 coe writes : ^^'' " But of all the icebergs I have seen, 
 which are many hundreds, I could never discern the 
 least trace of their having ever been connected with 
 land, and had formed the opinion in my mind that 
 they originated from a vast body of ice, frozen on 
 the surface of the water, and accumulating with 
 time, and I should have regretted much had I been 
 obliged to leave these southern parallels, from the 
 advanced state of the season, without satisfying 
 
 '" The Anlarctic Manual, London, 1901, pages 320, 321.
 
 1 20 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 myself in this particular, and having seen nothing 
 but the field ice. However, this morning has com- 
 pletely satisfied me in this respect, for I have not 
 the least doubt that the whole spaces, from the 
 latitudes I have visited to the Pole, are one solid 
 mass ; land may intervene, or winds, where they 
 are strong and prevalent, may have prevented its 
 forming in some parts more than others ''' * * 
 As to the icebergs being formed on shore, I do not 
 think it possible or probable for this reason, their 
 own weight would prevent their accumulating on 
 any prominent part of land. It would break off at 
 different times and form what is called field-ice, 
 for should it once become so extensive a mass as 
 an iceberg, and which could only be when there 
 was shallow water, it is utterly impossible it could 
 ever separate from the land where it was first 
 formed, as it is well known that ice swims at least 
 two-thirds under water," etc. 
 
 Biscoe sailed again south from New Zealand in 
 January, 1832. He bore away southeast. On the 
 25th, he was in 60° 45' south latitude, 132° 7' west 
 longitude; on February 3d, in 65° 32' south latitude, 
 114° 9' west longitude; and on the 12th, in 66° 27' 
 south latitude, 81° 50' west longitude ; in all of which 
 positions much ice was seen. On February 15th, in 
 67° I' south latitude, 71° 48' west longitude, land was 
 seen; this was called Adelaide Island; "and in the 
 course of the ensuing fortnight, it was further made
 
 BISCOE, REA. 121 
 
 out to be the westernmost of a chain of islands, lying 
 E. N. E. and W. S. W., and fronting a high continu- 
 ous land, since called Graham's Land, which Captain 
 Biscoe believes to be of great extent. The range of 
 islands has been also since called Biscoe's Range, 
 after the discoverer."'^ "On the 21st of February 
 Captain Biscoe succeeded in landing on what he calls 
 the main land." The mountains here were named 
 Mount Moberly and Mount William, the latter in 64° 
 45' south latitude, 63° 51' west longitude. Biscoe then 
 repaired to the South Shetlands, where he met the 
 schooner "Exquisite" of London, Captain Kellock, 
 and Biscoe afterwards returned to England. '*^ 
 
 Lieutenant Rea,'*' R. N., in 1 832-1 833, set out with 
 two ships belonging to the Messrs. Enderby, to con- 
 tinue Biscoe's researches. Biscoe was to command 
 the expedition, but he could not go. Lieutenant 
 Rea did not get beyond the South Shedands, where 
 
 '** Graham Land would appear to have been reached before the 
 year 1828, by Captain Benjamin Pendleton. See ante, page 99. 
 
 '" Maps of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, 
 vol. I., London, Chapman & Hall, 1844: (Harvard Univ. 
 Lib.). Map " No. 6, Circumjacent the South Pole" Baldwin and 
 Cradock, 1831, shows "L of Peter, L of Alexander, Palmer's 
 Land." It goes to show that the English nomenclature of West 
 Antarctica was accurate and just until the voyage of Biscoe. 
 
 '"Dumont D'Urville : Voyage au Pole Sud, Vol. IL, page 25. 
 D'Urville says he got his information from Biscoe himself. 
 The Antarctic Manual, London, 1901, page 519.
 
 122 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 one of his ships was crushed, while the other barely 
 escaped a similar fate. 
 
 Lieutenant Binstead, R. N., with the "Hopewell," 
 Mr. Foxton navigating officer,'-'^ and the "Rose," left 
 the Falkland Islands at the end of December, 1833, 
 and sailed south in between about 10° and 20° west 
 longitude. The ships were beset with icebergs in 65° 
 south latitude, but escaped, and "as we approached 
 70 degrees south we saw high land covered with 
 snow, and in our endeavor to approach it we became 
 again blocked in." The "Rose" soon after was 
 crushed and sank, but the crew escaped to the " Hope- 
 well," which then returned to the Falkland Islands, 
 reaching them at the end of February, 1834. 
 
 The land sighted on this voyage does not seem to be 
 charted.^*- The reminiscences of Mr. Foxton, written 
 from memory sixty years after the event, are neces- 
 sarily vague, and there may easily be some error in 
 
 "' Transaclio7is of the Royal Geographical Society of Austral- 
 asia, Victorian Branch, Melbourne, Vol. X., 1893, pages 58- 
 62 : — Foxton, J. G. : " Notes on a long forgotten Antarctic voy- 
 age in 1833" : (Amer. Phil. Soc). 
 
 '"* This land must lie somewhere near the spot to which Sir 
 James Clark. Ross penctrati-d in March 1843 ; and it would seem 
 as though lie must have known of Binstead's discovery, since 
 the latter was an oflicer in the Royal Navy. Ross, however, 
 does not mark this land on his charts, and, judging from his 
 general habits in that respect, this omission might be cited as 
 an a priori i)roof of the existence of " Binstcad-Foxton Land."
 
 BINSTEAD, KEM1\ 123 
 
 the longitude, still his account is noteworthy because 
 it seems to be the only report of land in that portion 
 of the Antarctic, and it is a strong hint that the conti- 
 nental mass may not be so far south there as is gener- 
 ally assumed. 
 
 In 1833, an English sealer, named Kemp, is re- 
 ported to have sighted land just east of Enderby 
 Land, and it is marked " Kemp Land " on most 
 atlases. Although Kemp's course is laid down on 
 the English Admiralty charts, there is, apparently, 
 no published account of his journey.^^^ 
 
 '"The sum total of added knowledge in these sixty years, 
 judging from Hugh Murray's The Eyicyclopcsdia of Geography 
 (Philadelphia, Carey, Lea and Blanchard, 1837, Vol. III., pages 
 172-173), had led to a general belief in 1837, that round the 
 South Pole was an archipelago of islands, and not a continental 
 mass. Murray refers to the Antarctic under the title "South 
 Polar Islands," and begins ; "The Islands of the Southern Polar 
 Sea, to which Monsieur Balbi gives the somewhat too pompous 
 title of Antarctic Archipelago, extending chiefly," etc. He says 
 also: "In 1831, Captain Biscoe fell in with land, in 66° S. lat. 
 and 47° E. long., to which he gave the name of Enderby Land, 
 and which he conceives to be of considerable extent. In the fol- 
 lowing year, he touched upon another coast of uncertain extent, 
 in about the same latitude, and in long. 70° W. To this latter 
 tract has been given the name of Graham Land." This para- 
 graph of Murray's is interesting, for it proves that the discovery 
 of Enderby Land did not, at the time, give to geographers any 
 idea of a South Polar Continent, but only that another island 
 had been found. My attention was called to Murray's work by 
 Mr. Edward E. Hale's Stories of Discovery, Boston, Roberts 
 Brothers, 1887.
 
 1 24 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Mr. John Balleny, an English sealer, sailed from 
 Chalky Bay, New Zealand, on January 7th, 1839, 
 widi die schooner " Eliza Scott," and the cutter 
 "Sabrina.""^ He worked his way south, westward 
 of 170° east longitude, and on February ist was in 
 69° south latitude, 172° 11' east longitude, where 
 the pack was so thick that he turned north. On 
 February 9th, he discovered three islands in 66° 22' 
 south latitude, 163° 49' east longitude, landed on one 
 of them on February 12th, and found that it was 
 volcanic in origin. 
 
 From these islands, since appropriately called the 
 Balleny Islands, Balleny worked up northward and 
 then westward. He met with a good deal of ice. 
 
 McNab's "Log" says on February 26: "At 8 it 
 cleared off a litde to the N. E. Thought we saw the 
 land : tacked and stood for it. At 1 1.30, made it out 
 to be fog hanging over some iceberg. At noon, ditto 
 
 '** The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 
 Volume the Ninth, 1839, pages 517-528, VI.: "Discoveries in 
 the Antarctic Ocean, in February, 1839" : Extracted from the 
 Journal of the Schooner " Eliza Scott," commanded by Mr. John 
 Balleny : communicated by Charles Enderby, Esq. 
 
 A brief note about the claims of Balleny as a discoverer is 
 found in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Lon- 
 don, Vol. II., 1858, pages 171, 172: — Charles Enderby: "Note 
 on Sabrina Land," etc. 
 
 Tlu: Antarctic Manual, London, Royal Geographical Society, 
 1 901, pages 348-359 : " Extract from the Log of the Schooner 
 ' Eliza Scott,' Captain John Balleny, while S. of 55° S. Latitude, 
 kept Ijy John McNab, Second Mate."
 
 BALLENY. 12$ 
 
 weather. Latitude, observation, 64° 40' S. ; longitude 
 by account, 131° 35' E. Tliick fog, with snow and 
 sleet." 
 
 Balleny's "Journal" says: — 
 
 "Marc/i isi. — With a steady breeze from the 
 S. E. continued standing to the westward — passed 
 several icebergs, and numerous flocks of penguins, 
 petrels, and mutton birds. 
 
 "March 2nd, A. M. — Squally from the S. E., with 
 snow and sleet. At 8 cleared off a little. At noon, 
 lat. obs. 64° 58', long. 121° 8', therm. 35°. P. M., 
 Strong winds, and showers of snow and sleet; saw 
 a great many birds. At 8, the water becoming 
 smooth all at once, shortened sail, and hove-to. 
 Saw land to the southward, the vessel surrounded 
 by drift ice. At midnight strong breezes with snow. 
 
 "March, jrd, A. M. — Found the ice closing and 
 becoming more compact ; stood through the drift 
 ice to the southward. At 8 h. found ourselves sur- 
 rounded by icebergs of immense size ; to the S. W. 
 the ice was quite fast, with every appearance of 
 land at the back of it, but the weather coming 
 on thick, were obliged to steer to the northward 
 along the edge of the pack. At noon, lat. by obs. 
 65° 10', long. 117° 4'. P. M., Fresh breezes from the 
 S. S. E. and clear; numerous icebergs in sight." 
 
 The three sentences : " Thought we saw the land," 
 " saw land to the southward " and " the ice was quite 
 fast, with every appearance of land at the back of it,"
 
 126 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 are the only references to the great mass of land 
 south of Australia. Balleny never suggested nor 
 probably even suspected that he was on the edge 
 of a continent, or that he had sighted anything but 
 another island. That no one in England, at the time, 
 thought the matter of any importance is shown by 
 the fact that the editor of The Journal of the Royal 
 Geographical Society placed as running heading at 
 the top of page 525: "Sturge Island — Brown's 
 Peak — Borradaille Island." Three of the Balleny 
 Isles ! There is nothing about Sabrina Land ! This 
 does not, however, alter the fact, and there appears 
 to be no doubt that Balleny had a glimpse of the 
 mainland of East Antarctica. 
 
 Balleny continued on a westerly course. On March 
 13th he wrote : "Light variable winds from the east- 
 ward ; surrounded by icebergs : in lat. 61°, long. 103° 
 40', passed within a i^ of a mile of an iceberg about 
 300 feet high, with a block of rock attached to it." "^ 
 
 "" The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 
 Vol. the Nintli, 1839, pages 528-529: — Charles Darwin: VI. 
 " Note on a Rock seen on an Iceberg in 61° South Latitude." 
 Darwin thinks such transported boulders are rare in the Antarctic, 
 but that nevertheless, "the bottom of the Antarctic Sea, and 
 the shores of its islands, must already be scattered with masses of 
 foreign rock,^ — the counterpart of the 'erratic boulders' of the 
 northern hemisjihere." Darwin mentions Sabrina Land — named 
 after the cutter, which I believe was lost on the home voyage — 
 and thus jiroves that the name was given shortly after the return 
 of Balleny to England : ' ' The part of the ocean where the ice- 
 berg was seen is 450 miles distant from Sabrina land (if such 
 land exists), and 1400 miles from any certainly known land."
 
 BALI.ENY, DUMONT-D URVILLE. 1 27 
 
 About this his editor commented as follows: "We 
 will, therefore, only add that this iceberg was distant 
 1400 miles from the nearest certainly-hiown land, 
 namely, Enderby's Land, which bore W. S. W. of it. 
 But it is highly probable from the compact nature of 
 the ice, etc., that land extends between the parallels 
 of 66° and 68° S., in which case the iceberg would not 
 be distant above 300 miles from this supposed land. 
 The appearance of land seen by Captain Balleny on 
 the 3rd of March, as above mentioned, bore from 
 the iceberg E. S. E., distant 450 miles." Balleny 
 then returned to England, apparently without mak- 
 ing any stops, so that his discovery could not have 
 been known to either Wilkes or D'Urville when they 
 sailed. 
 
 Captain Jules Sebastien Cesar Dumont-D'Urville^^ 
 in January, 1838, with the "Astrolabe" and Captain 
 Jacquinot, with the "Zelee," sailed southward from 
 the Strait of Magalhaes. On January 15th, they 
 found the first icebergs, in about 59° 30' south lati- 
 tude. On January 2 2d, in about 64° south latitude, 
 due south of the Powell Islands, they were stopped 
 by an icy barrier extending along the entire horizon. 
 
 '" Voyage au Pole Sud et dans I ' Ocianie, sur les corvettes 
 r Astrolabe et la Zilie, sous le commandement de M. J. Du- 
 mont-D'Urville, capitaine de vaisseau : Public- par ordonnance 
 de Sa Majesty, sous la direction sup^rieure de M. Jacquinot, 
 capitaine de vaisseau: Paris, Gide et Cie., 6diteurs, 1 845-1 847, 
 etc. : (Acad. Nat. Sci. , Philadelphia; Pub. Lib., Boston).
 
 128 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 The corvettes followed the Hne of the pack for more 
 than two hundred kilometers, coming back to 6i° 
 south latitude, north of the Powell Islands. D'Ur- 
 ville wished to follow the tracks of Weddell, and, 
 therefore, turned once more southeast, when he 
 again met an icy barrier between 62° and 63° south 
 latitude. In trj'ing to break through the pack, the 
 vessels were nipped, and for five days were in a 
 good deal of danger. Finally, a strong southerly 
 gale opened the pack somewhat, and with the help 
 of saws and axes, they succeeded in breaking loose. 
 On February 15th, D'Urville returned westward, ex- 
 amined again the Powell Islands and some of the 
 Shetlands, and then succeeded in getting a little 
 further south, where between 63° and 64° south lat- 
 itude he sailed over a hundred kilometers along the 
 coast of Palmer Land, which he renamed Louis- 
 Phillippe Land and Joinville Land, although it had 
 been previously visited by Palmer and Johnson, and 
 the entire northern coast charted with some accu- 
 racy, from the reports of Palmer, by Powell. Scurvy 
 having broken out on D'Urville's ships, he then re- 
 turned north. 
 
 D'Urville mixed up the nomenclature of West 
 Antarctica. He simply wrote Trinity Land on Pal- 
 mer Land, and moved Palmer Land into Gerlache 
 Strait, so as to get room for his own names. It has 
 been already explained that as Palmer was the first 
 on this coast, his name ought certainly to be com-
 
 DUMONT-D URVILLE. 1 29 
 
 memorated. It is also reasonably certain that Rob- 
 ert Johnson and other sealers had visited portions 
 of this coast. The names given by D'Urville, how- 
 ever, of Joinville Island, Orleans Channel''*' and 
 Louis Phillippe Land will probably endure : the 
 latter extending from Joinville Island to about 
 Orleans Channel, that is to the eastern extremity 
 of Palmer Archipelago, and by general agreement 
 south to Cape Foster and Cape Seymour. 
 
 Two years later, D'Urville made another cruise 
 south. ''^ He started from Hobart Town on January 
 ist, 1840. On January i6th the watch signalled the 
 first ice ; on the 1 8th, they had reached 64° south lati- 
 tude; on the morning of the 19th, six enormous ice 
 islands were floating round them ; finally, about three 
 o'clock on the afternoon of the 19th, Monsieur Ger- 
 vaize, who was on watch, noticed "a grey spot, which 
 appeared stationary;'''-' but already we had so often 
 been led into error by these false appearances, so 
 frequent in these regions, that we had become very 
 suspicious. Monsieur Dumoulin, who was on deck, 
 occupied at that instant in charting the various ice- 
 islands which were in sight, hastened to ascend the 
 rigging so as to clear up all doubts ; he assured him- 
 self that the indications noted by Monsieur Gervaize 
 
 "' Orleans Channel was discovered by Palmer and charted by 
 Powell. See ante, page 94. 
 
 *" Voyage au Pole Sud, etc.. Tome Huiti^me, pages 123-185. 
 
 '" Voyage au Pole Sud, etc., Tome Huitidme, page 136.
 
 1 30 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 had reference to a cloud, which, seen from the height 
 of die mizzen top, appeared to be above the horizon. 
 On descending, he announced to me besides, tliat 
 straight in front of us, there was an appearance of 
 land much more distinct and more noticeable ; it was, 
 in fact, Adelie Land. Thanks to this circumstance, 
 Monsieur Dumoulin was the first one of us all who 
 saw the land." 
 
 On the 20th, owing to lack of wind, they could not 
 get any nearer to the coast, and there remained, on 
 the "Astrolabe," more than one doubter as to its 
 existence. But at midday all uncertainty ceased, as 
 a boat sent from the "Zelee," announced that since 
 the day before they also had seen land. On the 21st, 
 a light wind enabled the ships to close in with the 
 shore. As they progressed, ice islands became more 
 numerous, and by eight o'clock the corvettes were 
 so hemmed in by these enormous masses of ice, 
 that D'Urville feared every instant seeing his ships 
 wrecked. During the day, however, they worked 
 their way through until they were in a sniiill 
 (Finer) bay : 
 
 " The land which was in sight now showed us 
 the few accidents it presented :""* it stretched as far 
 as the eye could see to the southeast and to 
 the northwest, and in these two directions we 
 could not see its limits. It was entirely covered 
 willi snow, and it miglit have a height of 1000 
 
 *" Voyage an Pole Sud, etc.. Tome Huiiicnie, pages 143-145.
 
 DUMONT-D URVILLE. 131 
 
 to 1 200 meters. At no place did it show any 
 rising summit. At no place either could one see 
 any spot indicating the soil, and one might have 
 thought that we had arrived before an ice-barrier 
 still bigger than all those we had already met, if 
 we could have been able to admit that ice-barriers 
 ever could reach such a prodigious height. Its shore 
 showed everywhere a vertical cliff of ice, similar to 
 those we had observed in the floating islands we 
 had been sailing past. This aspect of the coast 
 was so exactly alike to the one which these float- 
 ing bergs had shown us, that we did not retain the 
 least doubt as to the formation of these latter. More- 
 over, on several points of the shore, we could see 
 besides a good number of floating islands, which 
 seemed barely separated from the land where they 
 had formed and to be awaiting only the influence of 
 the winds and of the currents to go out to sea. The 
 elevated parts of the land showed everywhere an 
 uniform tint ; they ended at the sea by a gently 
 inclined slope ; thanks to this arrangement we could 
 see a pretty considerable stretch of country. At 
 several points, we noticed that the snows which 
 covered the soil showed a broken and irregular 
 surface. One could perceive regular waves, like 
 those which the winds dig in sand deserts. It was 
 especially in the least protected portions that these 
 accidents appeared strongest. At other spots, this 
 crust of ice seemed also traversed by ravines or cut
 
 132 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 out by the waters. The sun shone in all its splen- 
 dor and added greatly to the already so imposing 
 aspect of this mass of ice. With our glasses we 
 examined at every instant this mysterious land, 
 whose existence it seemed could no longer be con- 
 tested, but which had not offered to us as yet any 
 absolutely certain proof of its existence."™' 
 
 Suddenly, however, some black spots were seen 
 by Monsieur Duroch in the bay, and these turned 
 out to be several small islands. Boats were sent 
 from both corvettes, and some members of the expe- 
 dition landed on one of the islands, on which they 
 ran up the tricolore flag, and of which they took 
 possession, as well as of the adjoining coast, in the 
 name of France. The ceremony was concluded by 
 drinking a bottle of Bordeaux wine. The little 
 island was a bare rock and did not offer the 
 slightest trace of lichens. The animal kinodom was 
 represented only by penguins, and not a single shell 
 was found. "Up"*' till then and during the whole time 
 when there misfht have been doubts, I had not been 
 
 "" Sir Clements R. Markham, in the Evcyclopeedia Britannica, 
 ninth edition, American reprint, 1885, article "Polar Regions," 
 says: "In 1839 the French expedition under Dumont d'Urville 
 proceeded south from Tasmania and discovered two small islands 
 on the Antarctic Circle named ' Terre Adelie' and ' C6te Clarie.' " 
 It would be interestintj to know on what authority Sir C. R. 
 Markham bases his statement that Ad<':lie Land and C6te Clarie 
 are small islands. 
 
 ""Voyage au Pole Stid, etc., Tome Huitiiime, page 154.
 
 DUMONT-D URVILLE. 1 33 
 
 willing to give a name to this discovery, but on the 
 return of our boats I christened it ' Adelie Land.' 
 The most prominent cape which we had seen dur- 
 ing the morning, at the time we were trying to get 
 nearer to the land, received the name of Cap de la 
 Decouvcrte. The point near which the boats landed, 
 and where they were able to collect geological speci- 
 mens, was called Pointe Geologie" 
 
 A tremendous storm arose shortly afterwards, and 
 the ships were in danger, but succeeded in reaching 
 open water. After the storm had ceased, they re- 
 turned again south, but further west, and on the 29th, 
 nearly off Cape Carr, met the U. S. S. "Porpoise," 
 Commander Ringgold, but owing to a misunderstand- 
 ing, they did not communicate. On the 30th, the 
 French ships sailed for a distance of twenty or twenty- 
 five leagues, along a wall of ice which was from thirty 
 to forty-five meters high. This ice bluff was too 
 elevated to permit the explorers to distinguish the 
 details of the interior: " Thus,^"' for more than twelve 
 hours, we had followed this wall of ice which was 
 perfectly vertical on its sides and horizontal on its 
 top. Not an irregularity, not the slightest promi- 
 nence broke this uniformity during the twenty leagues 
 which were sailed over during the day. As for the 
 nature of this enormous wall, as about the appear- 
 ance of Adelie Lantl, opinions were again various ; 
 
 ^Voyage au Pdle Sud, etc., Tome Huitieme, pages 175- 
 177.
 
 1 34 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 some held that it was a compact mass of ice inde- 
 pendent of any land, others, and I share this opin- 
 ion, contended that this formidable belt was at least 
 an envelope, a crust, to a solid base, either of earth, 
 or rocks, or even of high placed shallows spread out 
 around a great land. In this, I always base myself 
 on the principle that no ice of great size can form 
 in the open sea, and that it always needs a solid sup- 
 porting position to enable it to be fixed in a definite 
 spot. However this may be, at ten o'clock in the 
 evening, I started to the southwest, after having 
 christened the ice barrier we had just examined. Cote 
 Clarie." D'Urville stood north from here, and on 
 February 17th, reached once more Hobart Town. 
 
 D'Urville's cruise is important. His narrative is 
 so lucid that it is unnecessary to comment at length 
 on it. It may be well, however, to call attention to 
 the fact that both Wilkes and D'Urville saw this 
 part of Wilkes Land, and that the narratives and 
 the charts of the two explorers tally in all respects. 
 Wilkes, however, saw even more than did D'Urville, 
 for Wilkes, as his chart shows, hugged and sighted 
 the coast between Finer Bay and Cape Carr. 
 Wilkes also sighted the snowy heights of the main- 
 land back of the ice cliffs of Cote Clarie, whilst 
 D'Urville saw only the ice cliffs. It was these snowy 
 heights which Wilkes called Cape Carr, and the ice 
 cliffs which D'Urville called Cote Clarie. I lay stress 
 on this point, because all the maps I have seen have
 
 DUMONT-D URVILLE, WILKES. I35 
 
 "Cote Clarie " on the land and " Cape Carr " on the 
 ocean (when they mark them at all), and the reverse 
 should be the case. 
 
 D'Urville does not seem to give any reasons for 
 making this southern cruise, but — especially when 
 we think of the crazy old tubs he commanded — he 
 must be credited as having carried out a daring 
 and successful journey. 
 
 Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.,^* command- 
 ing the " United States Exploring Expedition" ^"^ on 
 
 "** Charles Wilkes, of English parentage, was born in the City 
 of New York on the 3d of April, 1798. He was appointed Mid- 
 shipman in the United States Navy in 1818, and became Lieuten- 
 ant in 1826. In 1838, he was appointed to the command of the 
 U. S. Exploring Expedition, with the acting rank of Commander. 
 After his return to New York on June loth, 1842, he published 
 his account of the exploration, and received the gold medal of the 
 Royal Geographical Society of London. On November 8th, 
 1 86 1, while in command of the "San Jacinto," he intercepted 
 the English mail steamer " Trent " and took off the Confederate 
 commissioners, Mason and Slidell. For this. Congress passed a 
 resolution of thanks, and the Secretary of the Navy sent Wilkes 
 an emphatic commendation. In 1862, Wilkes commanded the 
 James River flotiUa, shelled City Point, Virginia, and on July 
 1 6th, was appointed Commodore. Then he commanded the 
 West Indian Flying Squadron. He was retired for age in 1864, 
 and appointed Rear Admiral in 1866. He died at his home in 
 Washington in February 1877. 
 
 *" Wilkes, Charles, U. S. N. , Commander of the Expedition : 
 Narrative of the United States Exploring Expeditioji, during 
 the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842; Philadelphia, Lea & 
 Blanchard, 1845.
 
 136 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 a voyage around the world,^'"' sailed on February 
 25th, 1839, from Orange Harbor, Tierra del Fuego.™'' 
 He was on the gun-brig " Porpoise," with the pilot boat 
 "Sea-Gull," 1 10 tons, commanded by Lieutenant John- 
 son, as tender. On March ist, they sighted Ridley 
 Island in the South Shetlands. On the 2d they made 
 
 ' ' Synopsis of the cruise of the U. S. Explori7ig Expedition 
 durifig tlie years 18 jS, 'jp, '40, '41, & '42, delivered before 
 the Natio7ial Institute, by its commander, Charles Wilkes, Esq., 
 071 the tive7itieth of fu7ie 1842" : Washington, Peter Force, 1842 : 
 (Harvard Univ. Lib. ; British Museum). 
 
 Defc7ice : The followi7ig dcfc7ice of Lieut. Charles Wilkes to 
 the charges on which he has bce7i tried is respectfully sub7nitted 
 to the Court: Signed Charles Wilkes, Lt. U. S. N. : 56 pages: 
 (British Museum ; Harvard Univ. Lib.). This paper was pub- 
 lished, probably, at Washington in 1S42. 
 
 Wilkes, Charles : " Antarctic Exploration ; letter to the editor 
 of the Ufiion (Dated) Washington, Aug. 12, 1847," (Wash. -8°, 
 1847, 7 pages). This paper was catalogued in the Harvard 
 University Library, but it has been lost or mislaid. It is, I 
 believe, a reply to the animadversions of Sir J. C. Ross. 
 
 Colvoccorresses, Lieut. Geo. M. [Musalas], U. S. Navy : Four 
 Years i7i a Government Exploriytg Expeditio7i, New York, 
 Cornish, Lamport & Co., 1852: (Lib. Co. Philadelphia). 
 
 ™ Miss Carrell {Harper's New Mo7ithly Magazi7ie,\o\. XLIV., 
 1871, 1872; pages 60-64: — Carrell, Miss A. E. : "The First 
 American Exploring Expedition,") claims that Mr. J. N. Rey- 
 nolds was the originator of the expedition. 
 
 Ur. Callahan {folms Hopkins U7iivcrsity Studies, etc., Balti- 
 more, March, 1901 : — Callahan, James Morton, Ph. D. : "Amer- 
 ican Relations in the Pacific and the Far East," Chapter V., 
 "The United States Exploring Expedition") tells a good 
 deal of the preliminaries which led to the sending of the ex- 
 pedition. 
 
 ^^ Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. L, pages 133-145,
 
 WILKES, JOHNSON, HUDSON, WALKER. 1 37 
 
 O'Brien, Asplaiul, and Bridgeman Islands. On the 3d 
 they sighted Mount Hope, which Wilkes locates as 
 the eastern extremity of Palmer Land, in 63° 25' south 
 latitude, 57° 55' west longitude. They also discovered 
 three small islets, which Wilkes christened the Adven- 
 ture Islets. There were many icebergs floating about 
 and too much ice along the coast to attempt landing. 
 The " Sea-Gull " returned north on March 5th. On the 
 7th the " Porpoise " was nearly wrecked on some high 
 land, which proved to be Elephant Island. This was 
 of volcanic appearance and its valleys were filled 
 with ice and snow. 
 
 On February 25th, also, two other ships of the 
 " United States Exploring Expedition " sailed from 
 Orange Harbor.-"' These were the " Peacock," Captain 
 Hudson, and the "Flying Fish," Lieutenant William M. 
 Walker.^ On March i ith they saw the first iceberg. 
 On the 13th their position was in 64° 27' south latitude, 
 84° west longitude. On the 14th Captain Hudson 
 remarked a great and striking change in the weather, 
 as since 62° south latitude it had become much more 
 settled and free from the sudden squalls and constant 
 gales they had experienced after leaving Cape Hoorn. 
 
 ^"'Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. I., pages 149-161 ; 405-408; 
 408-414. 
 
 •^ Palmer, J. C, U. S. N. : Thulta, a tale of the Antarctic, 
 New York, Samuel Colman, MDCCCXLIII : (Lenox Lib. New 
 York City.) This is a short poem about the cruise of the 
 "Flying Fish": the appendix, which is in prose, says she 
 reached 70" 14' south latitude.
 
 138 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 On the 17th and i8th, however, they had another 
 heavy gale. On the 20th the " Flying Fish " was in 67° 
 30' south latitude, 105° west longitude. A cast of the 
 lead showed no bottom in one hundred fathoms. The 
 water was much discolored, and Lieutenant Walker 
 afterwards observed this same discoloration of the 
 water in the vicinity of extensive masses of ice : he 
 thought it might possibly be produced by refraction. 
 The "Flying Fish" at this time was in a fog. This 
 lifted and disclosed a wall of ice from four to six 
 meters high, extending east and west as far as die 
 eye could reach, and spreading out into a vast and 
 seemingly boundless field to the south. Some float- 
 ing ice had the appearance of being but lately de- 
 tached from the land. On the 20th, the "Peacock" 
 was in 68° south latitude, 90° west longitude, and 
 obtained a sight of an icy barrier of field-ice and 
 icebergs. On the 21st, the "Flying Fish" was in 
 68° 41' south latitude, 103° 34' west longitude, run- 
 ning among ice-islands. On the 23d, the "Flying 
 Fish" reached 70° south latitude, 100° 16' west lon- 
 gitude : here they observed an appearance of land,-'" 
 and saw large masses of ice and numerous ice- 
 bergs. They then turned northward and on the 
 25lh fell in with the "Peacock" in 68° south lati- 
 tude, 97° 58' west longitude. Tiie two ships tiicMi 
 returned together to Orange Harbor. 
 
 ""Tlie course of the " Uelgica " .shows thai |)iol)ably there is 
 no hmd at this spot. See posl, page 206.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, WALKER. T 39 
 
 In 1839 and 1840, Lieutenant Wilkes made a sec- 
 ond cruise to the Antarctic, in accordance with his 
 Instructions, from the Hon. J. K. Paulding, Secretary 
 of the Navy, which were as follows;-'^ 
 
 "Navy Department, August nth, 1838. 
 ***** * * 
 
 "These objects will, it is presumed, occupy you 
 until the latter end of October ; and when attained as 
 far as may be possible, you will proceed to the port of 
 Sydney, where adequate supplies may be obtained. 
 From thence you will make a second attempt to pene- 
 trate within the Antarctic region, south of Van 
 Diemen's Land, and as far west as longitude 45° E., or 
 to Enderby's Land, making your rendezvous on your 
 return at Kerguelen's Land, or the Isle of Desolation, 
 as it is now usually denominated, and where you will 
 probably arrive by the latter end of March, 1840." 
 
 Wilkes' squadron was composed of the sloop of war 
 " Vincennes," 780 tons, under his own command ; the 
 sloop of war "Peacock," 650 tons, Commander Will- 
 iam L. Hudson ; the gun brig " Porpoise," 230 tons, 
 Lieutenant Commander Cadwalader Ringgold ; and 
 the pilot boat "Flying Fish," 96 tons. Lieutenant 
 R. F. Pinkney. None of these vessels was suitable for 
 ice work, nor was the expedition properly equipped 
 fQj.212 <<jj. maybe borne in mind that our vessels had no 
 
 "■'^Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. I., page XXVII. 
 '"Wilkes: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 298.
 
 1 40 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 planking, extra fastening, or other preparations for 
 these icy regions, beyond those of the vessels of war 
 in our service." The people at Sydney-'^ "inquired, 
 whether we had compartments in our ships to prevent 
 us from sinking? How we intended to keep ourselves 
 warm? What kind of antiscorbutic we were to use? 
 and where were our great ice saws ? To all of these 
 questions I was obliged to answer, to their great ap- 
 parent surprise, that we had none, and to agree with 
 them that we were unwise to attempt such service in 
 ordinary cruising vessels; but we had been ordered to 
 go, and that was enough, and go we should. * * * 
 The tender Flying Fish excited their astonishment 
 more than the ships, from her smallness and peculiar 
 rig ; and, altogether, as a gentleman told me, most of 
 our visitors considered us doomed to be frozen to 
 death. I did not anticipate such a fate, although I 
 confess I felt the chances were much against us, in 
 case we were compelled to winter within the Ant- 
 arctic. From every calculation we could not stow quite 
 twelve months' provision, even upon short allowance ; 
 our fuel was inadequate to last us more than seven 
 months, and the means of protecting ourselves in the 
 ships for winter quarters, were anything but suffi- 
 cient." The " Peacock "-'' was in especially bad con- 
 dition, for her sheer-streak, to which the channels 
 
 '"Wilkes: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 275. 
 ■■"'Letters of Mr. Dibble, carpenter, and Captain Hudson: Ahr- 
 ralive b. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 449.
 
 WILKES, PINKNEY, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. I4I 
 
 were bolted and ports hung, was perfectly decayed, 
 fore and aft, and all the stanchions of the upper deck 
 bulwarks were either rotten or in an advanced state 
 of decay. It was, therefore, with unsuitable ships, 
 improperly equipped, that Wilkes started on the 
 cruise which resulted in the great discovery, that in 
 the Antarctic there is a mass of land probably con- 
 tinental in its dimensions. 
 
 The expedition started from Sydney on December 
 26th, 1839. The tender "Flying Fish" parted com- 
 pany with it on January ist, 1840, and cruised by 
 itself.-^^ On the 21st it made an icy barrier in 65° 20' 
 south latitude, 159° 36' east longitude. On the 23d, 
 in 65° 58' south latitude, 157° 49' east longitude, they 
 discovered several dark spots, which they made out 
 to be rocks. After this they cruised along the ice 
 barrier until February 5th, when they were in 66° 
 south latitude, 143° east longitude, and were forced 
 to return north on account of sickness. 
 
 After parting company with the "Flying Fish," the 
 other ships continued their course south, and on 
 January 7th, 1840, were in 54° 20' south latitude, 
 and 160° 47' east longitude, not far from Macquarie 
 Island. On the loth they encountered the first ice- 
 berg. On the nth, at 10.30 P. M., in 60° 11' south 
 latitude, 164° 36' east longitude, they were stopped 
 by a compact barrier of ice, enclosing large square 
 icebergs. The water changed to an olive green color. 
 
 ^^^ Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., pages 354-359.
 
 142 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 J" 
 
 On the 13th, in 65° 8' south latitude, 163° east longi- 
 tude, they came up to an icy barrier. " Very lofty 
 ridges of ice,-''' and the loom usual over high land, 
 were visible along the southern horizon, over the 
 barrier. * * * From appearances to the south- 
 ward, with the numerous Phocae proboscidae, I was 
 strongly impressed with the belief of the close 
 approach of land."-''' 
 
 "On the i6th-^^ the three vessels were in longitude 
 157° 46' E., and all within a short distance of each 
 other. ■■'• ='= -'^ On this day (i6th January) ap- 
 pearances believed at the time to be land were 
 visible from all the vessels, and the comparison of 
 the three observations, when taken in connection 
 with the more positive proofs of its existence after- 
 wards obtained, has left no doubt that the appear- 
 ance was not deceptive. From this day therefore, 
 we date the discovery which is claimed for the squad- 
 ron. * * * On board the Peacock, it appears 
 
 ■■"'Ringgold's Report: Narrative L. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 
 469. 
 
 "' The Balleny Islands are about one and a half degrees of lati- 
 tude south of the spot wiiere the Porpoise was on January 
 13th. It is therefore practically certain that "the loom usual 
 over high land" was caused by them. Mr. Borchgrevink 
 {Gcoj^raphical Journal, Vol. XVI., October, 1900, page 3S1) 
 also appears to be of this opinion, for he says: "I had, how- 
 ever, purposely taken that course in order to satisfy myself 
 respecting the land rc|)orted by Captain Wilkes, and which, it 
 seems clear to me, was, in reality, Balleny." 
 
 "'Wilkes: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., pages 292, 293.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. I43 
 
 that Passed Midsliipmen Eld and Reynolds both saw 
 the land from tlie masthead, and reported it to 
 Captain Hudson : he was well satisfied on examina- 
 tion that the appearance was totally distinct from 
 that of ice islands, and a majority of the officers and 
 men were also saUsfied that if land could exist, that 
 was it. * * ''' In Passed Midshipman Eld's jour- 
 nal, he asserts that he had been several times to 
 the masthead during the day, to view the barrier: 
 that it was not only a barrier of ice, but one of 
 terra firma. Passed Midshipman Reynolds and him- 
 self exclaimed, with one accord, that it was land. 
 Not trusting to the naked eye, they descended for 
 spy-glasses, which confirmed, beyond a doubt, their 
 first impression. The mountains could be distinctly 
 seen, over the field ice and bergs, stretching to the 
 southwest as far as anything could be discerned. 
 Two peaks, in pardcular, were very distinct (which 
 I have named after those two officers,) rising in a 
 conical form ; and others, the lower parts of which 
 were quite as distinct, but whose summits were lost in 
 light fleecy clouds. Few clouds were to be seen in 
 any other direction, for the weather was remarkably 
 clear. The sun shone brightly on ridge after ridge, 
 whose sides were partially bare ; these connected the 
 eminences I have just spoken of, which must be 
 from one to two thousand feet high. Mr. Eld 
 further states, that on reporting the discovery to 
 Captain Hudson, the latter replied that there was
 
 144 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 no doubt of it, and that he believed that most of the 
 icebergs then in sight were aground. At this time 
 they were close in with the barrier, and could approach 
 no nearer. On this day, the Peacock got a cast of 
 the deep-sea lead, with Six's thermometer attached, 
 to the depth of eight hundred and fifty fathoms, only 
 a short distance from the barrier ; the temperature 
 of the surface was 31°, and at the depth sounded, 
 31^°, current one fourth of a mile, north by east." 
 " On the evening of the 16th,-"' strong appearances 
 of land again arose, in corroboration of which I insert 
 an extract from my journal, as well as the remarks 
 from the log book. * * * Extract from Journal. 
 ' At 6 h. 30 m. P. M. I went aloft to take a look, the 
 weather being clear, horizon good and clouds lofty. I 
 heard the noise of a penguin ; soon after, one was seen 
 very near the brig, with a large seal to windward. 
 After reaching masthead, I saw over the field of ice, 
 an object, large, dark and rounding, resembling a 
 mountain in the distance. The icebergs all were bright 
 and brilliant, and in great contrast. * * * 1 
 watched for an hour to see if the sun in his decline 
 would change the colour of the object by a difference 
 of rays : it remained the same, with a white cloud 
 above, similar to those generally hovering over high 
 land ; at sunset it remained the same. I took the 
 bearing accurately, intending to examine it closely as 
 
 "•Ringgold's Report: Narrative U. S. E. K, Vol. II., 
 pages 469, 470.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 45 
 
 soon as I got a breeze. I am strongly of the opinion 
 it is an island, surrounded by immense fields of ice 
 now in sight.' * * * Extract from Log. ' 7 P. M. 
 discovered what was supposed to be an island, bear- 
 ing south-by-east, — a great deal of field ice in sight. 
 (Signed) J. H. North.' * * * 17th, the indications 
 were again noticed, corroborating those of the day 
 preceding." 
 
 "On the morning of the igth.-'-^we found ourselves 
 in a deep bay, and discovered the Peacock standing to 
 the southwest. Until eight o'clock, A. M. we had a 
 moderate breeze. The water was of a darker olive- 
 green, and had a muddy appearance. Land was now 
 certainly visible from the Vincennes, both to the 
 south-southeast and southwest, in the former direc- 
 tion most distinctly. Both appeared high. It was 
 between eight and nine in the morning when I was 
 fully satisfied that it was certainly land, and my own 
 opinion was confirmed by that of some of the oldest 
 and most experienced seamen on board. The officer 
 of the morning watch. Lieutenant Alden, sent twice 
 and called my attention to it. We were at this time 
 in longitude 154° 30' E., latitude 66° 20' S. ; the day 
 was fine, and at times quite clear, with light winds. 
 After divine service, I still saw the outline of the 
 land, unchanged in form but not so distinct as in the 
 morning. By noon, I found we were sagging on to 
 the barrier; the boats were lowered in consequence, 
 
 ""Wilkes: Narrative U. S. E. ^.,Vol. II., pages 295, 296.
 
 146 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 and the ship towed off. The report from aloft was, 
 'A continued barrier of ice around the bay, and no 
 opening to be seen, having the western point of it 
 bearine to the northward of west of us.' I stood to 
 the westward to pass around it, fully assured that the 
 Peacock would explore all the outline of the bay." 
 " On Sunday, January igth,"^ while standing into 
 a bay of ice, in latitude 66° 31' S., and longitude 
 153° 40' E., we made (what we believed to be) land 
 to the southward and westward.™ * * * It was 
 
 "'Hudson's Report: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 
 465. 
 
 '-^ The proceedings before the Court Martial held after the 
 return of the Exploring Expedition also show plainly that the 
 officers thought they saw land on January 19, and that Ring- 
 gold must have, and thought he must have, sighted the high 
 mountain of the Balleny Isles on January 13. Some of the tes- 
 timony of the officers was published in a short paper which was 
 probably printed at Washington in 1842 : Defence: The foUo'M- 
 mg defence of Lieut. Charles IVilkcs to the charges on which 
 he has been tried is respectfully stibmitted to the Court : Signed 
 Charles Wilkes, Lt. U. S. N., 56 pages: (British Museum; 
 Harvard Univ. Lib.) 
 
 Page 26. " The sixth and most imirortant charge is that of 
 scandalous conduct tending to the destruction of good morals." 
 
 "The first specification charges me with uttering a deliberate 
 and wilful falsehood, in the following words, to wit : ' On the 
 morning of the 19th of January, we saw land to the southward 
 and eastward, with many indications of being in its vicinity, 
 such as penguins, seal, and the discolouration of the water, but 
 the impenetrable barriers of ice prevented our nearer approach 
 to it ; ' the said Lieut. Charles Wilkes well knowing that land 
 to the southward and eastward was not seen on said morning 
 as asserted by him," * * *
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 47 
 
 seen towering above and beyond some large ice- 
 bergs, tliat were from one hundred to one hundred 
 
 Pages 27-28: "Lieut. Ringgold testifies as follows: 
 
 " Q. Did you report to Lieut. Wilkes that you had seen 
 land on the 26th of January. 
 
 "A. No I did not. 
 
 "Q. Did you not see the land prior to that date? 
 
 "A. To the best of my belief, I saw it on the 13th January, 
 though I did not make a positive report. On that occasion I saw 
 about 100 seal, and captured two as specimens ; and from the 
 discolouration of the water, I thought the indications were very 
 strong. I tliink I sounded with 287 fathoms, but did not suc- 
 ceed in getting ground. It was nearer Bellamy's position than 
 we ever were afterwards : but we were not aware of Bellamy's 
 discovery at the time." * * * 
 
 " ' Very lofty ridges of ice, and the loom usual over the high 
 land was visible along the southern horizon over the barrier.' 
 
 " I made no positive report, nor mentioned it in the log, be- 
 cause I was not positive that it was land, though I have very 
 little doubt about it. I think I mentioned it when I saw Lieut. 
 Wilkes at New Zealand." 
 
 Page 30 : " Again — Lieut. Alden testifies as follows : ' That 
 at Sydney Lieut. Wilkes came on board of the ship, and I re- 
 marked the French were ahead of us — that Wilkes remarked — 
 Oh no, don' t you remember reporting to me appearances of land 
 on the nineteenth. I told him I could not call it to my mind 
 then, and would refer to the log, which convinced me at once, 
 from the fact, that I had the morning watch, it being Sunday, 
 and other circumstances that I had called his attention to some- 
 thing like land.' He says afterwards, I sent for Lieut. Wilkes — 
 that we were in close proximity to ice, and when he was on deck 
 I said — there is something there — pointing to the southward — 
 that looks like land." 
 
 ' ' The testimony of Gunner Williamson is as follows : 
 
 " Q. Were you Gunner of the Vincennes on her last 
 cruise ; if yea, state whether you saw land on the i gth January, 
 1 840, and what you said to Lieut. Wilkes on the subject.
 
 148 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 and fifty feet in height. We endeavored to work 
 up for this land, which presented the appearance 
 of an immense mass of snow, apparently forming a 
 vast amphitheatre, with two distinct ridges or eleva- 
 tions throughout its extent. After working up until 
 
 "A.I was acting Gunner for the last three years ; on the 
 morning of the 19th, I was standing on the starboard gangway, 
 Capt. Wilkes was on the deck at the time — he came and asked 
 me what I thought of the appearance of land. My answer was — 
 ' If it is not land, I have never seen land.' It was in the morn- 
 ing between 9 and 10 I think." 
 
 " Lieut. Davis testified that on the nineteenth, he saw strong 
 indications of land, and entered it in the log of the Peacock. 
 He says he is still under the impression that it was land, and 
 that impression was confirmed by getting soundings on the 
 twenty-third, at 380 fathoms." 
 
 ' ' This witness proves the relative position of the Peacock 
 on the twenty-third to be within fifty miles of that of the Vin- 
 cennes, on the nineteenth. 
 
 ' ' He says the difterence was two degrees in longitude ; there 
 are about twenty miles to a degree in that latitude. The Pea- 
 cock on the nineteenth was in longitude 153° 40' East: on the 
 twenty-third, 151° 41' East: the latitude on the nineteenth was 
 66° 22' and on the twenty-third 66° 30'. The latitude is eight 
 miles difference to the south, and about 50 miles difference along 
 the land." 
 
 Page 31. " Passed Mid. Eld testifies, that between ten and 
 eleven on the sixteenth, he, with Lieut. Reynolds, was on the 
 main-topmast cross-trees, and both simultaneously exclaimed, 
 ' there is the land.' He describes it with accuracy ; and adds, 
 that looking at it for some time they sent down for a glass, and 
 examined it very closely, and came to the conclusion that it 
 could be nothing else but terra finna. He says he saw land 
 also on the nineteenth from the masthead. He also saw it on 
 the twenty-third and twenty-fourth ; and says soundings were 
 got on the twenty-third.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. I49 
 
 midnight through detached portions of ice, we 
 reached the barrier at the head of the bay, and 
 were compelled to give up any further attempt to 
 near it, (what we believed to be land,) and passed 
 out of the bay again, which was some twenty miles 
 in extent, through drift-ice, into a more open space 
 for pursuing our course to the southward and west- 
 ward along the barrier." 
 
 "On tlie 22nd,^ 4 A. M., appearances of land again 
 to the southward and eastward, at the time passing 
 an iceberg with dark veins and dusty appearances, 
 exciting confident hopes of soon making positive dis- 
 coveries." 
 
 " He says the land he saw on the nineteenth was distant about 
 forty miles." 
 
 Lieutenant Colvoccorresses of the ' ' Vincennes ' ' in liis book 
 (Four Years, etc.) does not mention sighting land until January 
 19th, when he says : " It is believed by many of us that we are in 
 the vicinity of land * * * For the past three hours appear- 
 ances have been visible both to the southeast and southwest 
 which very much resemble mountains. (Note. The same ap- 
 pearances were observed by the 'Peacock' and the 'Porpoise,' 
 and it is now fully established that they were high land, and 
 formed a part of the Antarctic Continent discovered by the Ex- 
 pedition)." He mentions "appearances of land" on January 
 23d. He speaks on January 30th, of the land itself; on Feb- 
 ruary 7th, of Cape Carr ; on February 12th, of a range of moun- 
 tains covered with snow in 112'' 17' east longitude ; and on Feb- 
 ruary 14th, of land in 105° 30' east longitude, at which place 
 stones off an iceberg "were brought on board, and they very 
 soon disappeared, for every one was an.\ious to possess them- 
 selves of a piece of the new continent.'' 
 
 '" Rmggold's Report : Narrative U. S. E. E., vol. II., page 470.
 
 1 5© ANTARCTICA. 
 
 "On the 23rd --^ of January we made, beyond the 
 barrier, which was thickly studded with bergs and 
 islands of ice, (what we believed to be,) high land, at 
 least so far as terra firma can be distinguished where 
 everything is covered with snow, and worked into a 
 bay for a nearer and more minute examination. The 
 sea water had been discoloured for some days, but no 
 bottom obtained by soundings ; in the bay, however, 
 it changed to a dark dull green, and gave every in- 
 dication that we were on soundings, and not far from 
 land. * * * The result confirmed the appearances: 
 we obtained bottom in three hundred and twenty 
 fathoms, of slate coloured mud, and the lead brought 
 up with it a piece of stone, about an inch in length, 
 of the same colour, while the lower part of the lead 
 showed a fresh and deep indentation, as though it 
 had struck on a rock. Dip observations were made 
 on the ice with Robinson's and Lloyd's needles ; the 
 former gave 86.10° the latter 86.23°. * * * 
 While ascertaining the dip, a large king-penguin was 
 captured on the ice, and brought to the ship ; to add 
 to our collections, in his stomach were found thirty- 
 two pebbles of various sizes, which appeared to have 
 been very recently obtained, and afforded additional 
 evidence of our immediate proximity to land. 
 
 A tremendous storm now arose, in which the 
 " Peacock " was so severely damaged by contact with 
 
 '"Hudson's Report: Narrative U. S- E. if., vol. II., i)age 
 465.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 151 
 
 icebergs, that it was indispensable for her to return 
 north, which was done. It was found that "the ice 
 had chafed the stem to within one inch and a half of 
 the wood-ends of the planking." "^ 
 
 The " Vincennes " and " Porpoise " continued sail- 
 ing along the coast. An ice bound bay was explored 
 on January 23d, and called Disappointment Bay. It 
 was in 67° 4' 30" south latitude, and 147° 30' east 
 longitude. On the 28th there was another terrible 
 gale, in which the ships escaped destruction from 
 contact with icebergs by sheer good luck. 
 
 On January 30th, "we approached ^'^^ within a half 
 mile of the dark, volcanic rocks, which appeared on 
 both sides of us, and saw the land gradually rising 
 beyond the ice to the height of three thousand feet, 
 and entirely covered with snow. It could be distinctly 
 seen extending to the east and west of our position 
 fully sixty miles. I make this bay in longitude 140° 
 02' 30" E., latitude 66° 45' S., and now that all were 
 convinced of its existence, I gave the land the 
 name of the Antarctic Continent. Some of the 
 officers pointed out the appearance of smoke, as 
 if from a volcano, but I was of the opinion that 
 this was nothing but the snow-drift, caused by the 
 heavy squalls. There was too much wind at this time 
 to tack, I therefore had recourse to luffing the vessel 
 up in the wind, and wore her short round on her heel. 
 
 "* Hudson's Letter : Narrative U. S. E. E.,Mo\. II., page 468. 
 "nVilkes : Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 316.
 
 152 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 At the same time we sounded, and found a hard bottom 
 at the depth of no more than thirty fathoms. I made 
 a rough sketch of this bay, which I have called Piner's 
 Bay, after the signal quarter-master of that name." 
 At this time there was much sickness on the ship, 
 and Wilkes sent official letters to the officers and 
 surgeons asking for their opinion about what course 
 should be taken. Their answers, dated January 
 31st, are interesting. "We have been almost sur- 
 rounded ^" with drift-ice and ice-islands for the last 
 twenty-three days, and coasting along the barrier of 
 field-ice, which has rendered it impossible to penetrate 
 further south in this vicinity ; and, although gratifying 
 it would be to land upon the Antarctic Continent, I 
 am not aware that any advantages to be derived from 
 it would be commensurate for the dangers it would be 
 necessary to incur ; and if the discovery of new land 
 in these regions is important, I consider it equally so 
 that every precaution be taken to communicate the 
 same to others." * * * " We would state,^^' that, 
 in our opinion, it would be as well to hold on until 
 
 "'Purser R. R. Waldron, of the "Vincennes": Narrative 
 U. S. E. ^.,Vol. II., page 462. This letter is important, be- 
 cause it proves that on January 31st, 1840, the name " Antarctic 
 Continent" had been definitely given; and also because this 
 is probably the first time the name was written oflicially (unless 
 in the log). 
 
 "* First Lieutenant Overton Carr ; Lieutenants A. Ludlow 
 Ca.se and Joseph A. Underwood ; Acting Master F2dward H. 
 dellaven, and .Samuel R. Knox, of the " Vincennes" : Narra- 
 tive U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 461.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD, 1 53 
 
 to-morrow at meridian, in order, should the weather 
 then prove favorable, to attempt making the recently- 
 discovered land at another point ; " * * * " I am 
 of opinion,*^ with due regard to the report of the 
 medical officers, which you have submitted to our 
 perusal, that it is very desirable to ascertain the extent 
 of the recently-discovered land, by another attempt to 
 the westward;" * * * "I think^^" it would be 
 advisable to remain in this vicinity at least two 
 days longer, and if possible, get further information 
 respecting the recently-discovered land." 
 
 " The 2d of February ^^' found us about sixty miles 
 to the westward of Piner's Bay, steering to the south- 
 ward, and as usual among ice-islands, with the land in 
 sight. The land had the same lofty appearance as 
 before. * ''' * Our longitude now was 137° 02' 
 E., latitude 66° 12' S.," === * * "On the 7th ^'^^ we 
 had much better weather, and continued all day run- 
 ning along the perpendicular icy barrier, about one 
 hundred and fifty feet in height. Beyond it the outline 
 of the high land could be well distinguished. * * * 
 I place this point, which I have named Cape Carr, after 
 the first lieutenant of the Vincennes, in longitude 131° 
 
 "» Lieutenant James Alden : Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., 
 page 462. 
 
 •"Chaplain Jared Elliott: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., 
 page 463. 
 
 "' Wilkes : Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 320, 
 
 "'Wilkes : Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., page 321.
 
 1 54 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 40' E., and latitude 64° 49' S." "On the loth^^ 
 
 * '" * running close alonof the barrier, which contin- 
 ued of the same character, although more broken than 
 yesterday, we saw an appearance of land, although 
 indistinctly, to the southward * * * longitude 
 122° 35' E., latitude 65° 27' S. * * * During the 12th 
 we had pleasant weather and at 2 A. M. filled away. 
 At 8 A. M. land was reported to the southwest. 
 
 * * * Land was now distinctly seen, from eighteen 
 to twenty miles distant, bearing from south-southeast 
 to southwest — a lofty mountain range, covered with 
 snow, though showing many ridges and indentations 
 
 * * * \Ye had decreased our longitude to 112° 
 16' 12" E., while our latitude was 64° 57' S. This 
 puts the land in about 65° 20' S., and its trending 
 nearly east and west." 
 
 "I gained the meridian of 105° E.,-^' on the 12th 
 of February, latitude 64° 54' S. ; the weather was 
 at intervals misty, affording little opportunity for 
 observation ; many strong indications of land pre- 
 sented themselves. * * * As I advanced west- 
 ward, the marks of the approach to land were be- 
 coming too plain to admit a doubt. The constant 
 ami increasing noise of penguins and seals, the dark 
 and discoloured aspect of the ocean, with frequent 
 huge masses of black frozen earth identified there- 
 
 '" Wilkes: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., pages 323, 324. 
 ■'" Ringgold's Report: Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. II., pages 
 471, 472.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. I55 
 
 with, strongly impressed me with the belief that a 
 positive result would arise in the event of a possi- 
 bility to advance a few miles further south. * * * 
 On the afternoon of the 13th, I landed and extracted 
 from an immense mass of black earth identified with 
 the barrier, some hundreds of yards back from the 
 margin, specimens of rock corresponding to those 
 previously obtained." * * * 
 
 "i3th^'' * * * In the afternoon we had the 
 land ahead, and stood in for it with a light breeze 
 until 6}4 P- M. when I judged it to be ten or 
 twelve miles distant. It was very distinct, and ex- 
 tended from west-southwest to south-southeast. We 
 were now in longitude 106° 40' E., and latitude 65° 
 57' S. * * * i4th.^'' At daylight we again made 
 sail for the land, beating in for it until 11 A, M. 
 when we found any further progress quite impos- 
 sible. I then judged that it was seven or eight 
 miles distant. The day was remarkably clear, and 
 the land very distinct. By measurement, we made 
 the extent of coast of the Antarctic Continent, which 
 was then in sight, seventy-five miles, and by ap- 
 proximate measurement, three thousand feet high. 
 It was entirely covered with snow. Longitude at 
 noon, 106° 18' 42" E., latitude 65° 59' 40" S. * * * 
 1 determined to land on the largest ice-island that 
 seemed accessible. * * * ■\Ye found embedded 
 
 "" Wilkes : Narrative U- S. E. E., Vol. II., page 324. 
 "* Wilkes : Narrative U. S- E. .£"., Vol. II., page 325.
 
 156 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 in it, in places, boulders, stones, gravel, sand and 
 mud or clay. The larger specimens were of red 
 sandstone and basalt. No signs of stratification 
 were to be seen in it, but it was in places formed 
 of icy conglomerate (if I may use the expression), 
 composed of large pieces of rocks, as it were frozen 
 together, and the ice was extremely hard and flint- 
 like. The largest boulder embedded in it was about 
 five or six feet in diameter, but being situated under 
 the shelf of the iceberg, we were not able to get at 
 it. Many specimens were obtained, and it was amus- 
 ing to see the eagerness and desire of all hands to 
 possess themselves of a piece of the Antarctic Con- 
 tinent. These pieces were in great demand during 
 the remainder of the cruise. * * * This island 
 had been undoubtedly partly turned over. * ''= * 
 On the lyth^' about 10 A. M., we discovered the 
 barrier extending in a line ahead, and running north 
 and south as far as the eye could reach. Appear- 
 ances of land^ were also seen to the southwest, and 
 its trending- seemed to be to the northward. We 
 were thus cut off from any further progress to the 
 westward, and obliged to retrace our steps. * * * 
 We were now in longitude 97° 37' E., and latitude 
 64° oi' S." 
 
 "'Wilkes: Narrative U. S. li. E., Vol. II., page 327. 
 
 ^ Termination Land, whose existence is still uncertain. Dr. 
 Fricker (^Thc Antarctic Rcfrions, page 221) suggests that Wilkes 
 may have seen land by refraction.
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 57 
 
 The expedition now turned northward and the 
 "Vincennes" proceeded first to Hobart Town, then 
 to Sydney, which it reached on March nth. Lieu- 
 tenant Wilkes immediately announced the discovery 
 of a South Polar Continent to the Secretary of the 
 Navy in the followiug letter, dated at Sydney, New 
 South Wales, March nth, 1840: — 
 
 " It affords me much gratification to report that 
 we have discovered a large body of land within the 
 Antarctic Circle, which I have named the Antarctic 
 Continent, and refer you to the report of our cruise 
 and accompanying charts, inclosed herewith, for full 
 information relative thereto." ^■''■' 
 
 As far as I know, this is the first definite an- 
 nouncement of a mass of land, probably continental 
 in size, in the antarctic region. Five or six ex- 
 plorers may have sighted the Continent of Antarctica 
 prior to 1840, but none of them saw enough land 
 to be able to assert that he had seen anything 
 more than islands. The nearest approach to such 
 a statement was the casual remark of Edmund Fan- 
 ning about " Palmer's Continent." A strong proof 
 that there was no knowledge of an Antarctic Conti- 
 nent, prior to 1840, is furnished by the charts pub- 
 lished before that date. No land is charted by Wed- 
 
 "• Captain Chapman C. Todd, U. S. N., called my attention to 
 this letter. It was first published in Bulletin of the American 
 Geographical Society, Vol. XXXI., 1899, pages 123-149 : — 
 Littlehales, G. W. : "The navy as a motor in geographical and 
 commercial progress."
 
 158 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 dell, except south of South America, and on Biscoe's 
 chart there is no land marked east of Enderby Land, 
 up to the lands of West Antarctica. It is, there- 
 fore, only the exact truth to assert that the honor of 
 recognizing the existence of the Continent of Antarctica 
 belongs to Charles Wilkes and to tlie United States 
 Exploring Expedition?*'^ 
 
 Two days later, the first account of the discovery 
 of a South Polar Continent ever printed, was pub- 
 lished in The Sydney Herald of March 13th, 1840. 
 I have not seen the original of this, but there is a 
 reprint of it in the Nautical Magazine for 1840.^" 
 The article is as follows : — 
 
 " An interesting geographical discovery has been 
 made in the Southern Antarctic Ocean, of a Continent 
 with a coast of about 1,700 miles from east to west, 
 highly useful for seal and whale fishery. The most 
 
 ""Dr. Oscar VescheX {GescMchte der Erdkunde, 1865, pages 
 451-453) a German geographer, was hostile to Wilkes, basing 
 his beHef on Ross' theories. His opinion therefore is doublv valu- 
 able when he writes: "Despite this, Wilkes considered himself 
 justified, in giving to his discoveries the name of ' The Antarctic 
 Continent ' and he is therefore responsible, for again having 
 evoked the shade of a south polar land." Dr. Hans Rciter 
 {Zeitsckri/t fi'ir wisscnschaftlichc Gcographie, Weimar, VI., 
 1888, pages 1-30), quotes these remarks of Peschel and con- 
 tinues : " Is the Antarctic continent, which Wilkes called up, 
 really as much of a ghost as Peschel thought ? " 
 
 "' The Nautical Afaq;asi)ie and Naval Chro7iicle for 1840, 
 London, Simpkin, Marshall & Co., Hall Court, page 592. Pro- 
 fessor George Davidson, of San Francisco, called my attention to 
 tiiis imj)orlant article.
 
 WII.KES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 59 
 
 singular coincidence is, that it was discovered by the 
 French and Americans on the same day, January 19th, 
 1840, at a distance of 720 miles from each other. 
 
 "Amongst the arrivals to be found in our ship- 
 ping list of this day, is that of the United States 
 ship Vincennes under the command of Charles 
 Wilkes, Esq. The Vincennes has been absent 
 from this port almost eighty days, most of which 
 time has been spent in southern exploration, and 
 we are happy to have it in our power to announce, 
 on the highest authority, that the researches of the 
 exploring expedition after a southern continent have 
 been completely successful. The land was first seen 
 on the morning of the 19th of January, in latitude 64 
 deg. 20 min. south, longitude 154 deg. 18 min. east. 
 
 "The Peacock (which ship arrived in our harbor 
 on the 22nd ult., much disabled from her contact 
 with the ice,) we learn, obtained soundings in a high 
 southern latitude, and established beyond doubt the 
 existence of land in that direction. But the Vin- 
 cennes more fortunate in escaping injury, completed 
 the discovery, and run down the coast from 154 deg. 
 18 min. to 97 deg. 47 min. east longitude, about 
 seventeen hundred miles, within a short distance of 
 the land, often so near as to get soundings with a 
 few fathoms of line, during which time she was con- 
 standy surrounded with ice-islands and bergs, and 
 experiencing many heavy gales of wind, exposing 
 her constantly to shipwreck. We also understand
 
 l6o ANTARCTICA. 
 
 that she has brought several specimens of rocks 
 and earth procured from the land, some of them 
 weighing upwards of one hundred pounds. 
 
 " It is questionable whether this discovery can be 
 of any essential benefit to commerce ; but it cannot 
 be otherwise than highly gratifying to Captain Wilkes 
 and the officers engaged with him in this most in- 
 teresting expedition, to have brought to a successful 
 termination the high trust committed to them by 
 their country, and it is hoped that so noble a com- 
 mencement in the cause of science and discovery, 
 will induce the Government of the United States 
 to follow up by other expeditions that which is now 
 on the point of termination. 
 
 "We understand that the Vincennes will sail on 
 Sunday or Monday next, for New Zeeland (sic), where 
 the Porpoise and Flying Fish will rejoin her, should 
 they have been equally fortunate with their two con- 
 sorts in escaping from the ice. The Peacock will fol- 
 low as soon as her repairs are completed ; whence 
 they will all proceed in furtherance of the objects of 
 the expedition. — Sydney Herald, ijth MarchJ' 
 
 Another account of the discovery of the Antarctic 
 Continent, was also published in London in 1840 in 
 The Asiaiic Journal.''^''' This says that Wilkes dis- 
 
 '" The Asiaiic Jojtmal and Monthly Register for British and 
 Foreign India, China and Australia ; Vol. XXXIII., New Scries, 
 Sept. -Dec, 1840; London, Win. H. Allen, 1840, pages 31-37 : 
 "Discovery of llic Antarctic Continent" : (Bib. Nat. Paris).
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. i6t 
 
 covered land on Januarj' ig, 1840, in 66° 20' south lat- 
 itude, 154° 27' east longitude, and that the land was 
 named "Antarctic Continent" before February 2d. 
 The last words of the article are another uncontro- 
 vertible proof that the existence of a southern con- 
 tinent was fully recognized in England by English 
 writers before the end of the year 1840: "Thus 
 then, the problem of an Antarctic Continent has 
 been so far satisfactorily solved, as that there can 
 be no doubt of its existence. The coincidence of 
 the two descriptions is a guarantee of the fidelity 
 of both. Whether science, commerce or civilization 
 be likely to reap any important fruits from the dis- 
 covery, remains to be seen." 
 
 The cruise of Wilkes will remain among the re- 
 markable voyages of all time. No finer achieve- 
 ment has been accomplished in the annals of the 
 Arctic or of the Antarctic.^*' With unsuitable, im- 
 properly equipped ships, amid icebergs, gales, snow 
 storms and fogs, Wilkes followed an unknown coast 
 line for over fifteen hundred miles, a distance ex- 
 ceeding in length the Ural Mountain Range. It is 
 the long distance which Wilkes traversed which 
 makes the results of his cruise so important ; for 
 
 "' The able and impartial Sir John Murray, for instance, ( The 
 Geographical Journal, London, 1894, Vol. III., pages 1-42 : — 
 " The Renewal of Antarctic Exploration ") says : " When we re- 
 member that their ships were wholly unprotected for ice, the 
 voyages of D'Urville and Wilkes to the Antarctic Circle south of 
 Australia must be regarded as plucky in the extreme."
 
 1 62 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 he did not merely sight the coast in one or two 
 places, but he hugged it for such a distance as to 
 make sure that the land was continental in dimen- 
 sions. The expedition noticed appearances of land 
 on January 13th ; it sighted land almost surely on 
 January i6th, from 157° 46' east longitude and again 
 more positively on January 19th, from 154° 30' east 
 longitude, 66° 20' south latitude. The discovery, 
 therefore, was made probably four days earlier than 
 that of D'Urville. On January 30th, the size of 
 the land was sufficiently ascertained to receive the 
 name "Antarctic Continent," and this discovery of 
 Wilkes' is the most important discovery yet made 
 in the Antarctic. 
 
 It is scarcely probable, however, especially when the 
 constant fogs and snow storms are taken into consid- 
 eration, that the outline of the coast of Wilkes Land is 
 accurate, sketched in as it was during a single recon- 
 naissance ; but that there is the shore of a continent 
 between about 154° and 100° cast longitude can 
 scarcely be doubted by any unprejudiced person 
 who reads the Narrative. The vast number of ice 
 islands and tabular icebergs shows that there is 
 some extensive nucleus which retains them in an 
 uninterrupted line on nearly the same degree of 
 latitude, and moreover these enormous bergs are not 
 formed, according to most explorers, in the open 
 sea. Along this extended coast neither any open 
 strait nor iiorduM-Jy currents were nl)served, and the
 
 WTI.KKS, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 63 
 
 absence of both are strong proof of a continental 
 mass of land, rather than of an archipelago of 
 islands. 
 
 It is in accordance with tradition, however, that 
 Wilkes should be traduced for having discovered 
 something.-^^ Marco Polo's account of the Ovis Poll 
 was disbelieved for six hundred years. Columbus was 
 put in chains. Amerigo Vespucci, who like Wilkes, 
 first recognized the existence of a continent, has 
 not, even yet, had his character restored to him. 
 Baffin's Bay took many shapes during two centuries 
 and was just disappearing altogether when Sir John 
 Ross saved it. Abel Tasman was told that he had 
 
 '" Some of the officers of the United States Expedition — William 
 M. Walker, Lieut.; Robert E. Johnson, Lieut.; James Alden, 
 Lieut.; John B. Dale, Lieut.; Edwin J. DeHaven, Lieut.; A. S. 
 Baldwin, Lieut. ; George T. Sinclair, Lieut. ; William Reynolds, 
 Lieut. ; Simon F. Blunt, Lieut. ; William May, Lieut. ; Joseph P. 
 Sanford, Lieut.; George Colvoccoresses, Lieut.; James Blair, 
 Passed Midshipman — felt aggrieved about some of the statements 
 published by Lieutenant Wilkes in his Narrative. In consequence 
 they prepared a paper : Memorial of Officers of The Exploring 
 Expedition to the Coiigress of the United States : Washington, 
 January, 1847 : (Geog. Soc. Philadelphia.) All the complaints 
 made by these officers are purely personal ones, about matters 
 OT charges which they considered reflected on them personally. 
 The only mention at all of the Antarctic Cruise is the following (page 
 12) : " 'Vol. 2, page 359 — Lieutenant Pinckney was enabled to 
 come again on deck, who had scarcely been able to quit his berth 
 since leaving Maquarie Island, from sickness.' " The following 
 half page explains that this sentence is incorrect, and that the 
 commander of the "Flying Fish" was on duty, with the excep- 
 tion of one or two days, during the whole of his cruise in the 
 Antarctic.
 
 1 64 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 not accomplished anything and that better men would 
 be sent. Paul B. du Chaillu, the hunter of the gorilla 
 and the discoverer of the pygmies, was advised by 
 his publishers " to stick to it." Henry M. Stanley 
 learnt that he had been rescued by Dr. Livingstone, 
 who was " in clover," et cetera. Among antarctic 
 voyagers also, Bouvet and Kerguelen were disbelieved 
 in and sneered at, nevertheless their discoveries have 
 stood the test of subsequent explorations, as will 
 doubdess be the case with those of Wilkes, when- 
 ever a ship is sent to the coast of Wilkes Land. It 
 is, therefore, nothing out of the general run that 
 Wilkes should be disbelieved ; but the fact that he has 
 been so much attacked only proves that he did dis- 
 cover something of which the world was ignorant at 
 the time. 
 
 Impartial geographers in due time recognized the 
 importance of Wilkes' discovery, and in recognition 
 of his work affixed the name of Wilkes Land to the 
 portion of the Antarctic Continent along which he 
 coasted. I do not know who suggested the name of 
 Wilkes Land, nor on what map or adas it first ap- 
 peared, but it is found as far back as 1866, in SticJiler s 
 Atlas, Justus Perthes, Gotha. It is found also in 
 Bartholomew's The Library Reference Atlas, 1890 1 
 in the Library Atlas of Modern Geography, D. Ap- 
 pleton, New York, 1892; in Justus Perthes' Taschen 
 Atlas, Gotha, 1893; in Sir John Murray's map. Geo- 
 graphical Journal, Vol. III., 1894; in Alex. Keith
 
 WILKES, HUDSON, RINGGOLD. 1 65 
 
 Johnston's The Royal Atlas, 1894; in The Century 
 Atlas, 1897; in The Times Atlas, London, 1895, 1896, 
 1897; in Dr. J. Scott Keltie's map in The Graphic, 
 London, Au<^ust 10, 1901 ; et cetera, et cetera. Dr. 
 Fricker, in The Antarctic Regions, not only has two 
 maps with "Wilkes Land"; but he devotes thirteen 
 pages of his book to "Wilkes Land." Hachette's 
 Atlas dc PocJie, Paris, 1894, prints "T. de Wilkes," 
 and it is particularly instructive to find the country- 
 men of Dumont-D'Urville using the term. Some 
 geographers still use the term "Antarctic Continent." 
 Colton's General Atlas, N. Y., 1888, for instance, does 
 so, and also the Hydrographic Office in Washington. 
 Some map makers, however, use neither name. In 
 Black's General Atlas of the fPt'r/fT', Edinburgh, 1876, 
 there is the complete outline of Wilkes Land, but no 
 American name whatever, and only Adelie, Clarie and 
 Sabrina Land. In the E7icyclop^dia Britannica, ninth 
 edition, article Polar Regions, is a map with the names 
 gfiven by Wilkes and D'Urville, as well as Sabrina 
 Land, but with neither "Antarctic Continent," nor 
 "Wilkes Land." The latest English semi-official map 
 in The Antarctic Manual, 1901, "Antarctic Ocean, 
 Sheet No. i," marks Adelie Land, Cote Clarie, and 
 Sabrina Land, and of all Wilkes' discoveries only 
 " Knox's Land." 
 
 There is litde doubt, however, I think, that in due 
 time, in accordance with the excellent precedent of 
 commemorating the names of explorers, the name
 
 1 66 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 already justly in general use among geographers 
 will prevail, and that the coasts from Ringgold 
 Knoll to Termination Land will be known by the 
 generic name of " Wilkes Land."
 
 III. 
 
 VOYAGES SUBSEQUENT TO THE DISCOVERY OF THE 
 CONTINENT OF ANTARCTICA. 
 
 The great discovery by Wilkes and his men that 
 there is probably a continental mass of land at the 
 South Pole, may be fitly looked on as the termina- 
 tion of the second period of antarctic research, 
 and the third period includes the voyages from 
 this epoch-making cruise to the present time. 
 
 The first expedition of the third period was com- 
 manded by Sir James Clark Ross, R. N.,^''^ who had 
 never before been in the Antarctic, and Captain Cro- 
 zier ; and it confirmed in a striking manner the results 
 obtained by the U. S. Exploring Expedition. 
 
 It was announced in England in 1836^'"' that the 
 
 "* Ross, Captain Sir James Clark, R. N. : Voyage of Discovery 
 and Research in the Soidhern and Antarctic Regions, during the 
 years 1839-43 ; London, John Murray, 1847. 
 
 McCormick, R., Deputy Inspector General, R. N., F. R. G. S.: 
 Voyages of Discovery in the Arctic and Antarctic Seas, etc. , Lon- 
 don, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, 1884 : 
 (Amer. Geog. Soc). 
 
 "' The fonrnal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 
 VolumetheSixlh, 1836, London, John Murray, MDCCCXXXVL, 
 page 440 : "X, New Expedition to the Pacific and Antarctic 
 Oceans." This article says "It is expected that the expedition 
 will be ready to start in the spring of 1S37 " and " Subordinate 
 to this is the intention of pushing during the fine season as far 
 south as practicable, and of exploring the unknown regions of 
 tlie Antarctic Ocean." 
 
 (167)
 
 1 68 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 American expedition under Wilkes was going to 
 the Antarctic, and the EngUsh expedition was de- 
 cided on two years later, in acquiescence to a series 
 of resolutions adopted by the British Association, in 
 August, 1838,-*' and the instructions to Ross from 
 the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty were 
 dated the 14th day of September, 1839.-^* Before 
 Ross sailed from Hobart Town, he knew all about 
 Wilkes' cruise and the discovery of the Antarctic 
 Continent, for he had received a long letter ^^^ on 
 the subject and also a rough chart from Wilkes. 
 Ross speaks of the action of Wilkes in the follow- 
 ing terms:"'" "I felt therefore, the more indebted 
 to the kind and generous consideration of Lieu- 
 tenant Wilkes, the distinguished commander of the 
 expedition, for a long letter on various subjects, 
 which his experience had suggested as likely to 
 prove serviceable to me * * * and I avail 
 myself of this opportunity of publicly expressing 
 the deep sense of thankfulness I feel to him for 
 his friendly and highly honorable conduct." 
 
 He follows this up by a most surprising state- 
 ment: "That the commanders of each of these 
 great national undertakings should have selected the 
 
 "' Voyage, etc., Vol. I., page V. 
 »" Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages XXI-XXVIIl. 
 "» Published in V<J\\\ic^' Narrative, etc., Vol. II., pages 453-456 ; 
 and also in Ross' Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages 346-352. 
 "•" Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages 115, 116.
 
 ROSS, CROZIER. 169 
 
 very place for penetrating to the southward, for 
 the exploration of which they were well aware, at 
 the time, that the expedition under my command 
 was expressly preparing, and thereby forestalling 
 our purposes, did certainly greatly surprise me."^'' 
 It is necessary to call attention to this passage ^^ 
 because it appears to be intended to convey the idea 
 that D'Urville and Wilkes had acted unfairly towards 
 Ross. It is not self evident why either the French 
 or the American officer should have avoided sail- 
 ing towards a certain unknown portion of the earth 
 because an Enoflish officer migfht be cominof there a 
 year or two later. Moreover the American expedition 
 had been decided on at least in 1836, and the English 
 expedition only had its inception in August, 1838, 
 the very month in which the Instructions of the 
 Government of the United States were issued to' 
 Wilkes, and in obedience to which Wilkes made his 
 cruise to the Antarctic.*^^ Ross certainly knew these 
 facts when he published his Voyage in 1847, f^** 
 Wilkes had published his Narrative in 1845, and 
 Ross had read it, for he cites it repeatedly.^" 
 
 "' Voyage, etc., Vol. I., pages 116, 117. 
 
 *" Dr. Fricker, for instance, says ( The A?ilarciic Regions, 
 page 93): " Ross was naturally and justifiably surprised and 
 annoyed to find his purposes thus forestalled by commanders 
 who were well aware of the preparations for fitting out the 
 e.xpedition under liis own command." 
 
 '"See ante, page 139. 
 
 *" Voyage, etc., pages 116, 274, 295, etc.
 
 1 70 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Ross sailed from Hobart Town on November 1 2th, 
 1840. He selected the meridian of 170° east longitude 
 "on which to endeavor to penetrate to the southward. 
 * * * My chief reason for choosing this particular 
 meridian in preference to any other was, its being 
 that upon which Balleny had in the summer of 1839, 
 attained to the latitude of sixty-nine degrees, and 
 there found an open sea."^ His ships, the "Erebus" 
 and " Terror," having been thoroughly strengthened, 
 were much more suitable for ice navigation than 
 
 Professor Gregory, of Melbourne, a well known English 
 scientist i^Tlie Popular Science Monthly, New York, 1902, Vol. 
 LX., pages 209-217: — Professor J. W. Gregory, F. R. S. : 
 "Antarctic Exploration") has recently pointed out that Ross 
 was inaccurate and unreliable in many directions. He says : 
 ' ' On his own lines Ross' work was magnificent. His magnetic 
 survey has not been equalled in the Antarctic; his southern 
 record was not passed until 1900 ; his discovery of Victoria Land 
 and Mounts Erebus and Terror were geographical results of high 
 importance. But Ross' range of interest was narrow ; he did 
 not land on the mainland he discovered, and would not let his 
 doctor, McCormick ; he advanced erroneous theories of oceanic 
 circulation, assigned wrong temperatures to the sea water, 
 owing to misunderstanding his thermometers ; he told us prac- 
 tically nothing of the geology of the Antarctic lands, for the 
 few pebbles he brought back were neglected until they were 
 recently unearthed and described by Mr. Prior." 
 
 In the same article, Professor Gregory points out what good 
 work Wilkes did: "Wilkes' work was not only important 
 because he traced this coast line at intervals for 60 degrees of 
 longitude ; but the geological collections made by his expedition 
 showed that the land is formed of granites, massive sandstones, 
 and other rocks of continental types." 
 
 "" Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., page 117.
 
 ROSS, CROZIER. 171 
 
 those of Wilkes or D'Urville.^ In consequence, 
 Ross was able to break through the pack, and on 
 January nth, 1841, in 71° 15' south latitude "A 
 strong ' land-blink ' made its appearance ^^ in the 
 horizon as the ships advanced, and had attained an 
 elevation of several degrees by midnight. All of us 
 were disposed to doubt that which we so much ap- 
 prehended, owing to its much paler colour than the 
 land-blinks we had seen in the northern regions, 
 but soon after 2 A. M. the officer of the watch, 
 Lieutenant Wood, reported that the land itself was 
 distinctly seen directly ahead of the ship. * * * 
 It rose in lofty peaks, entirely covered with peren- 
 nial snow ; it could be distinctly traced from S. S. W. 
 to S. E. by S. (by compass), and must have been 
 more than one hundred miles distant when first 
 seen.^'^ * * * 'p^g highest mountain of this 
 
 "* It was in these ships that Sir John Franklin made his last, 
 fatal voyage. Mr. Augustus J. C. Hare, in his interesting The 
 Story 0/ my life. New York and London, 1901, Vol. IV, page 
 439, voices neatly the feelings of the opponents of polar explora- 
 tion : "Sir John Franklin was born at Spilsby * * * And, 
 coming from thence, John Franklin became the most famous of 
 those Arctic travellers whom Wilkie Collins aptly describes as 
 ' the men who go nowhere and find nothing.' " 
 
 "' Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., page 183. 
 
 '^ This statement of Ross of seeing the ' ' land-blink " at a 
 distance of over one hundred miles is interesting, for it proves 
 that Lieutenant-Commander Ringgold must have seen " the loom 
 over high land" over the Balleny Islands on the 13th of January, 
 1840, on which date he was less than two degrees of latitude north 
 of them. See ante, page 142.
 
 172 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 range I named after Lieutenant-Colonel Sabine," etc. 
 The same day Ross christened Cape Adare and Ad- 
 miralty Range, and the next morning he landed on 
 Possession Island, in 71° 56' south latitude, 171° 7' 
 east longitude, " composed entirely of igneous rocks, 
 and only accessible on its western side." ^^ 
 
 Ross worked gradually south. On January 15th 
 he named Mount Herschel ; on January 17th Coul- 
 man Island ; on January 21st, in 74° 15' south latitude, 
 he named Mount Melbourne; on January 27th he 
 was in 76° 8' south latitude, 168° 12' east longitude, 
 and landed on an island which he called Franklin 
 Island. On January 28th, " we stood to the south- 
 ward, close to some land -"" which had been in sight 
 since the preceding noon, and which we then called 
 the ' High Island ' ; it proved to be a mountain 
 twelve thousand four hundred feet of elevation above 
 the level of the sea, emitting flame and smoke in 
 great profusion ; at first the smoke appeared like 
 snow drift, but as we drew nearer, its true character 
 became manifest. * * * I named it ' Mount 
 Erebus ' and an extinct volcano to the eastward, little 
 inferior in height, being by measurement ten thou- 
 sand nine hundred feet high, was called ' Mount 
 Terror.' " The eastern cape at the foot of Mount 
 Terror was named "Cape Crozier" and another 
 mountain, a little further south, " Mount Parry." 
 
 '^I'oyaj^e, etc., Vol. I., page 189. 
 ^""Poyage, etc., Vol. I., pages 216, 217.
 
 ROSS, CROZIER. I 73 
 
 Ross christened this land " Victoria Land," " whose 
 continuity we had traced from the seventieth to the 
 seventy-ninth degree of latitude." "" The coast line 
 of Victoria Land must surely be a continuation of 
 the coast line of Wilkes Land, and as, to make a 
 land, there must be some extension in breadth be- 
 yond the coast line, and as the extension of Ross' 
 coast is due south of Wilkes Land and only some 
 three or four degrees of latitude distant, the land 
 mass sighted by Ross therefore, even if the whole 
 place is an archipelago, must be a portion, a hin- 
 terland, of the land mass sighted by Wilkes.^^ 
 
 Curiously enough, however, Ross seems to have 
 disbelieved in a South Polar Continent, for he denies 
 its existence in these words: -'^^ "There do not appear 
 to me sufficient grounds to justify the assertion that 
 the various patches of land recently discovered by the 
 American, French and English navigators on the verge 
 of the Antarctic Circle unite to form a great southern 
 
 "^Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., page 248. 
 
 "' Since I made this statement {Journal of the Franklin Insti- 
 tute, 1901, Vol. CLII., page 29), an English scientist, Professor 
 Gregory, has affirmed ( 77;*? Popular Science Monthly, New York, 
 1902, Vol. LX., pages 209-217: — Professor J. W. Gregory, 
 F. R. S. : "Antarctic Exploration"), undoubtedly quite inde- 
 pendently, this very fact : ' ' Two years later the extension of 
 Wilkes Land to the east and the south was proved by the 
 famous expedition of Sir James Clark Ross, which circumnavi- 
 gated the Antarctic area and passed all previous records by 
 reaching the longitude of 78°." 
 
 '^Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., page 275.
 
 1 74 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 continent. The continuity of the largest of these 
 'Terre AdeHe' of M. D'Urville has not been traced 
 more than three hundred miles, Enderby's Land not 
 exceeding two hundred miles ; the others being mostly 
 of inconsiderable extent, of somewhat uncertain de- 
 termination and with wide channels between them, 
 would lead rather to the conclusion that they form a 
 chain of islands."^" Of course no one will quarrel 
 with Ross for whatever opinions he may have formed 
 about the lands he saw himself, but it may be well to 
 note that when Ross says that "the others," i.e., 
 " Wilkes Land," are of inconsiderable extent with 
 wide channels and that they form probably a chain 
 of islands, Ross is simply romancing, as he was never 
 
 ^" That Ross did not believe in a southern continent is well rec- 
 ognized by Mr. G. Barnett Smith ( The Romance of the South 
 Pole, Thomas Nelson & Sons, London, Edinburgh and New 
 York, 1900, page 173) when he says: "one thing was made 
 evident by Ross and that was that there was no such thing 
 as a southern continent." Sir Clements R. Markham, on the 
 contrary, disagrees with Ross' statement that there is no south- 
 ern continent, for he says that Ross discovered it ( The Geo- 
 graphical Journal, 1897, Vol. IX., pages 592-593: "Anni- 
 versary address, 1897"): In one short month he [Ross] made 
 one of the greatest geographical discoveries of modern times, 
 amid regions of perpetual ice, including a southern continent, 
 which was named Victoria Land, an active volcano 12,400 feet 
 high, and the marvellous range of ice-cliffs. This may fairly 
 be considered to have been the only real antarctic cxiicdition, for 
 Ross alone, until 1895, forced his way boldly into the polar ])ack, 
 faced all its dangers, and penetrated far to the south after passing 
 through it."
 
 ROSS, CROZIER. I 75 
 
 in a position where he could have sighted the parts 
 of the coast of Antarctica which were seen by Wilkes. 
 
 From the great volcanoes, Ross cruised eastward, 
 reaching his most southerly point, 78° 4' south latitude, 
 on February 2d; and his most easterly point, 77° 18' 
 south latitude, 167° west longitude, on February 5th. 
 During this part of the trip, the ships coasted along a 
 perpendicular barrier of ice, some forty-five to sixty 
 meters high and more than seven hundred kilometers 
 long. Ross then started northward, and on the 21st 
 his vessels were again near Cape Adare. They kept 
 on north, and on March 4th, passed well to the east- 
 ward of the Balleny Islands, being in 66° 44' south 
 latitude, 165° 45' east longitude.^ Ross then sailed 
 northward and westward ; on March 6th he was in 
 64° 51' south latitude, 164° 45' east longitude, and on 
 March 7di in 65° 31' south latitude, 162° 9' east longi- 
 tude. He then sailed further westward on a track 
 some two degrees north of the track of Wilkes. Ross 
 was, therefore, first too far east, then too far north, to 
 see any of the lands discovered by Wilkes himself as the 
 South Polar Chart, in the second volume of Ross' 
 book and which gives his track, conclusively proves. 
 
 Ross states, however, that he sailed over a spot, 
 about northeast of the Balleny Islands, which was 
 charted as land on the chart sent him by Wilkes ; and 
 on the strength of this only, he did not lay down 
 Wilkes' discoveries on his South Polar Chart. Ross 
 
 *" Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., page 269.
 
 1 76 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 devoted many pages of his book to this matter, and, 
 relying — ^very naturally — on his asseverations and 
 omissions, some Englishmen-"'' to-day repeat his as- 
 sertions and omit Wilkes' discoveries from English 
 charts. It is necessary, therefore, to discuss some- 
 what at length Ross' attacks upon Wilkes. So far 
 
 '^ The following specimens will ser\'e to show how some writers 
 treat this matter : 
 
 Mr. W. J. J. Spry of the Royal Navy ( Tke Cruise of Her 
 Majesty s Ship Challenger, New York, Harper & Brothers, 1877, 
 pages 137-139) writes : " And in 1840, Captain Wilkes, in com- 
 mand of the United States exploring expedition, gave forth to the 
 world his discovery of the Antarctic Continent, which he describes 
 as follows : ' In latitude 64° 31' south, longitude 93° east, we made 
 what we believed to be land to the south and west, at least so far as 
 ' terra firma ' can be distinguished when everything is covered with 
 snow' (Note: 'United States Exploring Expedition'). * * * 
 The supposed existence of tliis continent was, to a certain extent, 
 proved to be erroneous by Sir James C. Ross's expedition the 
 following year sailing over two of the positions assigned to it. 
 For another point of this continent (?) we are now shaping a 
 course." I have not been able to find in Wilkes' Narrative the 
 passage given by Mr. Spry in which Wilkes is quoted as saying 
 that "in latitude 64° 31' south, longitude 93° east, we made what 
 we believed to be land," etc., nor have I traced in Ross' Voyage 
 any claim ljy Ross that he had sailed over two of the positions 
 assigned to the Antarctic Continent. 
 
 Monsieur Armand Rainaud {Le Continent Austral, Hypo- 
 theses el Decoicvertes, Paris, Armand Colin et Cie. 1H93, page 
 477) accepts Ross' views: "A little while after, the testimony 
 of .Sir J. C. Ross condemned without appeal {tondanina sans 
 appel) the imaginations of Wilkes in the same way that in the 
 preceding century the testimony of Cook had ruined the imagin- 
 ations of l)alrymi)le. Where Wilkes indicated a land, Ross 
 made a sounding of 600 fithoms without finding the bottom. 
 Till- naturalists of the ' Cliallenger ' (23 and 26 February 1874)
 
 ROSS VERSUS Wir.KES. 1 77 
 
 apparently this has not been done with sufficient 
 thoroughness from a comparison of the original 
 documents, but it is important that some impartial 
 geographers should take up the matter and bring 
 out the truth : and, to this end, it seems well to urge 
 them to study, to compare, and to comment on, the 
 original documents. 
 
 likewise saw no trace of Wilkes Land." It may be suggested 
 that there are still a few geographers who would not consider 
 the verdict "condemned without appeal" as final. 
 
 Mr. Louis Bernacchi (^The Geographical Journal, London, 
 1 90 1, Vol. XVIL, pages 478-495; " Topography of South 
 Victoria Land, Antarctic" page 494) is reported as saying in the 
 discussion of his paper : ' ' And then with regard to an ice-barrier 
 to the west of Cape North, of course I have not seen the barrier, 
 and know absolutely nothing about it, but I believe the barrier 
 was seen by Wilkes and Uumont d'Urville. In the first place, I 
 think some of Wilkes' ice-barriers and lands are extremely im- 
 probable. Sir James Ross has proved that some of his lands did 
 not e.xist, so also did the expedition of the Challenger. Of course 
 Dumont d'Urville was more reliable, and there is no doubt there 
 is an ice barrier from Cape North westward, and I believe the 
 length of it is about 90 miles." It is only necessary to call at- 
 tention to the contradiction between Mr. Bernacchi' s decidedly 
 positive opinions about the ice barrier, and his statement that he 
 knows absolutely nothing about it. 
 
 Sir Clements R. Markham, in the Encyclopedia Britannica, 
 ninth edition (American reprint, 1885) article "Polar Regions," 
 says: "At the same time Commander Wilkes of the United 
 States expedition made a cruise to the southward and mapped a 
 large tract of land in the latitude of the Antarctic Circle for 
 which he claimed the discovery. But as a portion of it had 
 already been seen by Balleny and the rest has since been proved 
 not to exist, the claim has not been admitted. * * « 
 In returning to Hobart Town the expedition [Ross] visited the 
 Balleny Islands, and searched in vain for the land which
 
 178 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 That Wilkes was justified in laying down land where 
 he did is evident, for the following reasons : On the 
 chart of the Antarctic Continent, published in the 
 first volume of Ross' book in 1847 o^'Y' ^he Balleny 
 
 Captain Wilkes had laid down on his chart." He i^The Geo- 
 graphical Journal, London, 1901, Vol. XVIII., pages 13-25: 
 " Considerations respecting routes for an Antarctic expedition," 
 page 17) also says: " Captain Wilkes, following in the wake of 
 Balleny in 1840, reported distant mountains connecting the dis- 
 coveries of Balleny and d' UrviUe and laid down a coast-line of 
 vast extent representing land of continental proportions. But 
 Sir James Ross found himself nearly in the centre of the mountain- 
 ous patch of land laid down in Lieut. Wilkes's chart. Sir George 
 Nares saw nothing of Wilkes' supposed Termination Land when 
 within 15 miles of it, and there were such discrepancies between 
 the statements of Captain Wilkes and his officers that the matter 
 remains in doubt. It is a question of great geographical interest ; 
 but we are only certain of Sabrina Island, Adelie Island with 
 Cote Clarie, and the Balleny Islands. Ross believed that Wilkes's 
 Land was a chain of islands." Let us examine some of Sir C. R. 
 Markham's statements in detail. He says "the rest has since 
 been proved not to exist" : When, where and by whom was 
 the proof furnished ? — Again " the claim has not been admitted " : 
 who is it who has not admitted the claim, and what difference 
 does it make whether he, she, or it, admitted the claim or not? — 
 Further "Ross believed that Wilkes's Land was a chain of 
 islands ' ' : but what weight does any belief of Ross about Wilkes 
 Land carry, since Ross had never been there and knew nothing 
 about it ! — And also " there were such discrepancies between the 
 statements of Captain Wilkes and his officers " : it would be in- 
 teresting to have these discrepancies pointed out ; in my judgment, 
 the statements of Wilkes and his ofhcers tally in all respects ; 
 and, what is still more important, they tally with tiie statements 
 of d'Urville and his officers. — The only argument of Sir C. R. 
 Markham in bulii his articles is founded on the "land laid tlown 
 in Lieut. Wilkes' chart" ; the Narrative, the papers, and the 
 published ciuirls of Wilkes, he passes over in silence.
 
 ROSS VERSUS WILKES. 1 79 
 
 Islands are laid down by Ross himself.-" North- 
 east of them a land is indicated, which is intersected 
 by Ross' track.- Tlic chart also gives tlic position 
 of the " Vincennes " on the 13th, and a line drawn 
 from this to the Balleny Islands goes almost through 
 the centre of the land. As the " Porpoise " was close 
 to the "Vincennes" on the 13th, the line of vision, in 
 which Ringgold saw the "loom over high land," went 
 straight to the Balleny Isles, which undoubtedly were 
 the cause of this loom.-''* On comparing the state- 
 ment of Ringgold, with the reported discovery of 
 Balleny, therefore, Wilkes must have considered that 
 Ringgold's appearance of land and the Balleny Isles 
 were the same ; and he naturally laid them down 
 on the chart, although a little too far north. 
 
 Fortunately, also, Wilkes published-''® a perfectly 
 straightforward explanation of how this land came 
 to be indicated on the chart he sent to Ross : 
 
 " The news of Captain Ross having sailed from 
 England, and his expected arrival, was also communi- 
 cated to us. In my despatches to the Government 
 I informed them that the discovery was made on 
 the 19th of January, 1840, the day on which we felt 
 confident the land existed, in 154° 30' east longitude. 
 
 '"According to his own statement: Voyage, etc., Vol. I., 
 page 287. 
 
 "* See an/e, page 142. 
 
 *" Synopsis of the cniise of the U. S. Exploring Expedition, 
 etc., pages 18-27.
 
 I So ANTARCTICA. 
 
 In a subsequent despatch from New Zealand, and 
 after I had received the reports from all the vessels, 
 with my own obsefVaticilS, I found we could claim the 
 discovery of land as far east as i6o° longitude, a few 
 days prior to the 19th, which I accordingly did. 
 
 " During our cruise, as we sailed along the icy 
 barrier, I prepared a chart, laying down the land, 
 not only where we had actually determined it to 
 exist, but those places in which every appearance 
 denoted its existence, forming almost a continuous 
 line from 160° to 97° east longitude. I had a trac- 
 ing copy made of this chart, on which was laid down 
 the land supposed to have been seen by Bellamy 
 [Balleny] in 165° east; which with my notes, ex- 
 perience, &c., &c., was forwarded to Captain Ross, 
 through Sir George Gibbs, at Sydney ; and I was 
 afterwards informed was received by Captain Ross, 
 on his arrival at Hobart Town, some months pre- 
 vious to his going south. The following is a copy : 
 
 « :!: :i: * * :!: :1: 
 
 " As I before remarked, on my original chart I 
 had (laid ?) down the supposed position of Bellamy's 
 Islands or land in 164° and 165° east longitude, and 
 tliat it was traced off and sent to Cai)tain Ross. I 
 am not a little surprised that so intelligent a navi- 
 gator as Capt. Ross, on fiiuli ng that he had run 
 over this position, should not have closely inquired 
 iiUf) llic statements relative to our discoveries that 
 had been pnlilishcd in the; .Sydney and II()])art Town
 
 ROSS VERSUS WILKES. l8l 
 
 papers, which he must have seen, and have induced 
 him to made (ivV) a careful examination of the tracks 
 of the squadron, laid down on the chart sent him, 
 by which he would have assured himself in a few 
 moments that it had never been laid down or claimed 
 as part of our discovery, before he made so bold an 
 assertion to an American officer [Captain J. H. 
 Aulick], that he had rim over a clear ocean where I 
 had laid down the land. And I am not less sur- 
 prised that that officer should have taken it for 
 granted, without examination, that such was the fact. 
 
 " On reference to Ca[)tain Ross' chart and track, 
 it will be seen he has not approached near enough 
 our positions, either to determine errors or verify 
 results. I am very far from imputing to Captain 
 Ross any intentional misrepresentation, nor had I 
 an)- right to expect that the track of the expedition, 
 and its discoveries, should have been laid down on 
 his chart ; but it would seem somewhat unusual that 
 the discoveries of others (though of much less im- 
 portance) should be represented, whilst those of the 
 American expedition were omitted, when it is known 
 that he was in possession of our operations more 
 fully than those of others." 
 
 Ross himself republished ^" the second and third 
 paragraphs of this last quotation, but he took no 
 notice of the fact that Wilkes tried to do justice to 
 the Englishman, Balleny, by recognizing and chart- 
 
 "" Voyage, etc.. Vol. I., pages 286, 287.
 
 1 82 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 ing Balleny's discovery : nor did Ross state that 
 while Wilkes did not write Balleny's name on the 
 chart he^sent-^o Ross, Wilkes also did not write on 
 it any local names on any part of the Antarctic Con- 
 tinent. Ross also did not publish the first and 
 fourth paragraphs of the above quotation, and yet, 
 it seems as if they might have opened his eyes some- 
 what to the error he was making. That these ex- 
 planations of Wilkes are absolutely correct, more- 
 over, is easily verified from the writings and the 
 charts of the two explorers. 
 
 Wilkes makes no claim in any of his writings 
 to have discovered any land east of i6o° east longi- 
 tude. The most easterly land laid down on his 
 published charts was "Ringgold's Knoll" in 157° 46' 
 east longitude, and this of course is several degrees 
 west of the Balleny Islands. That the expedition 
 had sighted land at this spot on January' i6th, was 
 not at all a certainty at the time, in fact, not until the 
 observations of the three vessels had been compared, 
 and also because of the more positive proofs of the 
 existence of land afterwards obtained. It was not 
 until January 19th, in 154° 30' east longitude, that 
 he "was fully satisfied that it was certainly land." 
 An absolutely indisputable proof that this is true is 
 afforded by the article in the Sydney Herald o{ March 
 13th, 1840, which says that the land was discovered 
 on January 19th, and which twice mentions the lon- 
 gitude as 1 54° 1 8' H.
 
 ROSS VERSUS WILKES. 1 83 
 
 That Ross did not sail overj any portion of Wilkes 
 Land can be seen at a glance by comparing the 
 charts of the two explorers. The most easterly land 
 on the charts published by Wilkes is well to the west 
 of the Balleny Islands ; while on the charts published 
 two years later only by Ross, Ross' course is laid down 
 to tlie cast of the Balleny Islands, proving that he 
 passed at least five or six degrees to the eastward of 
 the extremest eastern point of Wilkes Land. It is 
 self evident that Ross knew all these facts when he 
 published his book in 1847, fo^" Wilkes had pub- 
 lished his Narrative in 1845, ''■"d Ross mentions it 
 repeatedly.^' Still he paid no attention to the state- 
 ments nor to the charts published by Wilkes, but 
 quietly started a grievous error. ^- 
 
 A comparison of the original documents, however, 
 brings out one fact pre-eminently, and that is, that 
 whether Wilkes' work is eventually proved or dis- 
 proved, yet none of his discoveries were disproved by 
 Ross, for the simple reason that Ross 7iever was tvitJiin 
 sighting distance of any part of Wilkes Land. 
 
 '" Voyage, etc., Vol. I., pages 116, 274, 295, etc. 
 
 '•'The editor of D'Urville's Voyage complains forcibly of the 
 treatment meted out to D'Urville in the report of Ross' cruise 
 which he says was published in the Literary Gazette of September 
 1 6th, 1843, and which he thinks either Ross or one of his officers 
 must have written. The editor says ( Voyage au Pdle Sud, etc. , 
 Tome Huiti^me, page 230) : " L'auteur de ce rapport, dans I'in- 
 tention dvidente de rapporter i son compatriote I'honneur de 
 la d^couverte de terres australes, a comniis une erreur volontaire 
 et grossi^re."
 
 184 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Ross ^^ sailed again from New Zealand on Novem- 
 ber 23d, 1841. Icebergs were first seen on Decem- 
 ber i6di, in 58° 36' south latitude, 146° 33' west 
 longitude. Ross entered the pack on December 
 1 8th, in 60° 50' south ladtude, 147° 25' west longi- 
 tude. He worked his way through the pack until 
 February 2d, when the ships were in 67° 29' south 
 latitude, 159° i' west longitude, where he found more 
 open water. On Februar)- 9th the ships were in 
 70° 39' south latitude, 174° 31' west longitude. Ross 
 kept working south and on February i6th was in 
 75° 6' south latitude, 187° 4' west longitude, reaching 
 his most southerly point on February 23d in 78° 10' 
 south latitude, 161° 27' west longitude. He was then 
 off the great ice barrier he had seen the preceding 
 year. It averaged thirty meters in height above the 
 water, and soundings in front of it in one place gave 
 a depth of two hundred and ninety fathoms. There 
 was an " appearance of land " at this spot. Ross 
 then returned, keeping along the edge of the pack 
 until about 69° 52' south latitude, 180° longitude, 
 when the ships ran into open water. 
 
 The following year Ross ^* sailed from the Falk- 
 land Islands on December 17th, 1842. He met the 
 pack on December 251)1, in 62° 30' south latitude, 
 52" west longitude. lie worked south, and on the 
 eastern coast of West Antarctica, charted a large 
 
 171 
 
 Voj'age, etc., Vol. II., pages 125-213. 
 Vofagc, etc.. Vol. II., pages 321-374.
 
 o 
 
 in 
 
 4J 
 
 -o 
 
 u 
 
 u, 
 
 c 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 «j 
 
 .a 
 
 5J 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 
 O 
 
 J5 
 
 E 
 
 
 
 •o 
 
 J3 
 
 
 4-i 
 
 
 , 
 
 2 
 
 u 
 
 W 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 Q. 
 
 a, 
 
 IE 
 ?- 
 
 o 
 
 J5 
 
 H 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 4-» 
 
 
 u 
 
 E 
 
 
 •a 
 
 3 
 
 (i; 
 
 V 
 
 
 t-A 
 
 u 
 
 J2 
 
 ■£Jo 
 
 4-' 
 
 rt 
 
 
 u 
 
 J2 
 
 
 c 
 
 tn 
 
 
 
 
 -*-» 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 c7) 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 -a 
 
 O 
 
 0) 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 rt 
 
 
 c 
 
 -*-j 
 
 tn 
 
 VS 
 
 
 clT 
 
 
 rtf 
 
 
 <u 
 
 <U 
 
 I< TD 
 
 
 c/l 
 
 4-' 
 
 vb 
 
 CO 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 C 
 
 't 
 
 
 ■& 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 a. 
 
 E 
 
 
 *-■ 
 
 _o 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 JJ 
 
 1—4 
 
 f/1 
 
 
 
 , ■ 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 4-1 
 
 
 5 
 
 J5 
 
 4-1 
 
 c 
 
 O 
 
 re 
 
 
 OJ 
 
 H 
 
 rt 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4-' 
 
 J3 
 
 J3 
 
 4-) 
 
 o 
 
 J3 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 c75 
 
 
 c 
 
 in 
 
 bfl 
 
 
 'U 
 
 
 
 • — 
 
 ^ 
 
 tlO 
 
 >» 
 
 ;_ 
 
 
 
 1) 
 E 
 
 00 
 
 S 
 
 
 4-» 
 
 
 c/1 
 
 n! 
 
 1— 1 
 
 
 1) 
 
 cn 
 
 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 11 
 
 ■4-1 
 
 C 
 
 CO 
 
 
 3 
 
 D4 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 JJ 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 
 p; 
 
 
 u 
 
 .JJ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 «j 
 
 
 4-< 
 C 
 
 -5 
 
 "0 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 n 
 
 a 
 
 
 (U 
 
 M 
 
 •d 
 
 
 J3 
 
 5 
 
 4-' 
 
 H 
 
 
 o 
 
 1) 
 
 3 
 
 ^^ 
 
 E 
 
 i 
 
 _) 
 
 5 
 
 
 u 
 J 
 
 a; 
 .E 
 
 V 
 
 4-' 
 
 in 
 
 V 
 
 4-J 
 
 o 
 
 U-, 
 
 >, 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 •a 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 n. 
 
 O 
 
 "O 
 
 c 
 
 u 
 
 3 
 
 n! 
 
 
 
 
 _o 
 
 •a 
 
 
 in 
 
 "0 
 
 4-» 
 
 
 
 • — ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 -5 
 
 D- 
 
 D 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 ■O 
 
 u 
 
 QJ 
 
 ca 
 
 0) 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 OJ 
 
 3 
 
 Qh 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 G. 
 
 ■4-* 
 
 Dh 
 
 >< 
 
 
 K 
 
 
 4-t 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 -o 
 
 4-) 
 
 
 d, 
 
 rs 
 
 E 
 
 W 
 
 c 
 
 T3 
 
 S 
 
 ^ 
 
 4-* 
 
 
 1) 
 
 e 
 
 
 O 
 
 tn 
 
 <J 
 
 rt 
 
 JJ 
 
 ^ 
 
 HI 
 Pi 
 
 3 
 
 ■fcjo 
 
 c 
 
 4-» 
 
 e 
 
 o 
 
 4-> 
 
 'E 
 
 4-* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 n! 
 
 4-< 
 
 e 
 
 4-* 
 
 ■5
 
 o 
 
 mi 
 
 
 
 ^ '^ 
 
 fi I? 
 
 o 2 - "5 
 -= o V) 
 
 - Cifi >. t 
 
 i' .s -° > 
 ° & S I « 
 
 ; c ^ "^ « 
 
 ! S ^ 
 
 3 C u tii 
 C- X . K 
 
 s ^ ■= o 
 
 iE.lt- 
 
 c
 
 ROSS, DOUGHERTY. 1 85 
 
 bay as " Erebus and Terror Gulf," and a high 
 mountain as "Mount Haddington." A litde island 
 east of this in 64° 12' south ladtude, 59° 49' west 
 loneritude, was named "Cockburn Island." On this 
 a small flora was obtained, which Dr. Hooker de- 
 scribed."* There were nineteen species. Mosses, 
 Alg(C, and Lichens: twelve are terrestrial, three in- 
 habit either fresh water or moist ground, and four are 
 confined to the surrounding ocean. All through Jan- 
 uary 1843, Ross beat around in the pack to the east 
 of West Antarctica. He got clear of it on February 
 4th, when he sailed eastward to try to follow Weddell's 
 track. Between the meridians of 10° and 20° west 
 longitude, Ross pushed south, attaining on March 
 5th, 71° 30' south ladtude, 14° 51' west longitude, 
 when pack ice stopped him once more. He then 
 sailed north, and on his return voyage searched in 
 vain for Bouvet Island. 
 
 Captain Dougherty, in 1841, discovered a small 
 island,"'^ now known as Dougherty Island, in about 
 59° 25' south latitude, 120° 20' west longitude. This 
 
 "' Voyage, etc., Vol. II., pages 335-342- 
 
 "• According to the ' ' South Polar Chart ' ' by Captain W. J. L. 
 Wharton, R. N., F. R. S., Hydrographer : pubhshed at the 
 [British] Admiralty, 20th May, 1887 : Small corrections, III, 01 : 
 Chart No. 1240. It is a striking fact that the nomenclature of 
 this official British chart is much more reliable than that of many 
 English antarctic charts. Graham Land is given its correct dimen- 
 sions between Alexander Land and Danco Land. Wilkes Land,
 
 1 86 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 may be the island reported by Captains Swain and 
 Macy.^' The same island " was subsequently seen 
 and verified by Captain Keates in 1859."^'** 
 
 Captain William H. Smiley,'™ an American master 
 of a sealing vessel, made a voyage to West Ant- 
 arctica in 1842; and he may also have made others. 
 At Pendulum Cove, Deception Island, he found a 
 self-registering thermometer, which was left there in 
 1829 by Captain Foster. Smiley wrote a letter to 
 Lieutenant Wilkes, who says : "**" "Captain Smiley, 
 who mentions in his letter to me, that in February, 
 1842, the whole south side of Deception Island ap- 
 peared as if on fire. He counted thirteen volcanoes 
 in action. He is of opinion that the island is un- 
 dergoing many changes. He Iik,ewise reports that 
 
 from Ringgold Knoll to Knox High Land, is marked " I-and 
 reported by Commander Wilkes, U. S. N., 1840." Tiie 
 usual mistake of writing "Clarie" over Cape Carr is made, and 
 " Palmer Land" does not appear, but there is an evident inten- 
 tion to be accurate. 
 
 *" See ante, pages 75, 76. 
 
 "*Fricker, Dr. K. : The Anlardic Regio7is, 1900, page 119. 
 
 "' Maury, Lieut. M. F. ; U. S. N. : Explattatioiis and Sailing 
 Directions to accompany ilic wind and ctirrent charts ; Wasliing- 
 tnn, C. Alexander, 1851 ; pages 287-293: " Letter from Cap- 
 tain W. \\. Smyley to Lieut. Maury": (.Stadt Hib. l-Vankfurt 
 A. M.). This gives hydrographic notes about many voyages 
 of Captain Smiley. 
 
 "^Narrative U. S. E. E., Vol. I., pages 144, 145.
 
 SMILEY. 187 
 
 Palmer's Land consists of a number of islands, be- 
 tween which he has entered, and that the passages 
 are deep, narrow and dangerous." 
 
 Captain Smiley wrote another letter to Lieut. 
 Maury in which he says:^' "You can see by refer- 
 ence to the book published by Commodore Wilkes, 
 that the extreme cold had but in one instance been 
 as low as 5° below zero. This I ascertained from a 
 self regulating thermometer, in latitude 63°, and gave 
 him. Since that time, it has never been so low. The 
 heat I could not ascertain, as the index in the tube 
 shifted while I was lifting the instrument up. I tried 
 to procure one sometime ago in New York, but could 
 not find one. I intended to have placed it in a much 
 higher latitude, as very little is known about either 
 extreme of temperature on the land. For instance, 
 many suppose that Palmer's Land is a continent, 
 and connects with the land laid down by Wilkes; 
 however, this is not the case, for I have sailed round 
 Palmer's Land and far south of it. * * * Owing 
 partly to negligence and partly to disasters, I have 
 no logs or books which will be of use to you." ^'^ 
 
 ''^ Exp/analions, elc, page 2g2. 
 
 •" It is certainly unfortunate that Smiley left such imperfect 
 records, as he evidently did a good deal of exploring and he may 
 have sailed through passages which now are not known. Mr. 
 Henryk Arctowski (T/ie Geographical Jo2irnal, London, 1901, 
 Vol. X\'III., page 368) hints that Smiley may have sailed through 
 Gerlache Strait, but his routes can probably never be ascer- 
 tained.
 
 1 88 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Lieutenant T. L. Moore,^*^ commanding the " Pa- 
 goda," sailed from Simons Bay on January 9th, 1845. 
 On the 25th, in 53° 30' south latitude, 7° 30' east 
 longitude, he met the first icebergs. Then he sailed 
 over the place where Bouvet Island was laid down 
 on the charts, but could not see any land. In 60° 43' 
 south latitude, 3° 45' east longitude, he fell in with a 
 singular rock, or rock on an iceberg ; the mass of 
 rock was estimated at about sixteen hundred tons ; 
 the top was covered with ice and did not appear to 
 have any visible motion, with a heavy sea beating 
 over it ; it had a tide-mark round it. On the evening 
 of February i ith, in 67° 50' south latitude (the highest 
 latitude attained), 39° 41' east longitude, Moore fell 
 in with heavy pack ice, extending as far as could be 
 seen from the masthead, and the weather becoming 
 thick, he was obliged to work the ship off, being then 
 only seventy miles from Enderby Land. Later they 
 got within fifty or sixty miles, but saw no indications 
 of land. W. D. says of this : " The ship was at 
 one time within eighty miles of Enderby Land ; but 
 
 '^ The Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle for 1S46, 
 London, Simpkin, Marshall and Co., pages 21, 22: "Mag- 
 netic Voyage of the Pagoda : Extract of a letter from Lieut. T. L. 
 Moore, R. N." : (Franklin Inst., I'ub. Lib. Boston). 
 
 Colburn's United Service Magazine, London, 1850, Part IL, 
 pages 201-208: — W. D. : "The Antarctic Voyage of Her 
 Majesty's hired barque Pagoda": (Mercantile Lib. Philadel- 
 phia). According to Dr. Mill {The Antarctic Manual, 1901, 
 page 541) the author's name was Walter Dickson.
 
 MOORE, HEARD. 1 89 
 
 no indication of such proximity was visible. There 
 were no icebergs nor bhnk, nor any observable 
 change in the aspect of water or sky." 
 
 The "Pagoda" continued on an easterly course, 
 encountering comparatively little ice until 64° south 
 latitude, 50° east longitude, where there was a strong 
 ice blink. On March 6th they passed a chain of 
 icebergs and loose ice, and the next morning the ship 
 was surrounded by bergs and pack-ice behind which 
 appeared a high ridge of ice or land, which could 
 be seen only at intervals on the clearing up of the 
 squall, and then only for a short time. From that 
 time the ice got thicker every day ; at times more 
 than one hundred bergs were seen in a day, one 
 berg being some nine kilometers in length and forty- 
 five meters high. On March 20th they were driven 
 out of the 6th (sic) degree of latitude and 98° east 
 longitude by heavy ice, and the appearance of pack 
 ice in the S. E., and thereupon they stood northward. 
 Lieutenant Moore says : " In this trip we passed 
 more icebergs than in the three former trips, and like- 
 wise have run over more degrees of longitude, inside 
 ,of sixty, than any ship has done before." The voy- 
 age of the " Pagoda " is noteworthy, because of the 
 doubts it throws about the existence of Enderby Land. 
 
 Captain J. J. Heard,^ an American, discovered the 
 
 "* Maury, M. F. [Matthew Fontaine], L.L.D., Lieut. U. S. N.: 
 Explanations and Sailing Directions to accompany the Wind and
 
 1 90 • ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Heard Island group in 1853. His log'^"* says: "Nov. 
 25. Pleasant breezes and passing snow squalls ; latter 
 part clear. The first clear weather we have had for 
 20 days. At 8. 30 A. M. made land ; at first took it 
 for icebergs, as no island is laid down on my chart, 
 nor in the epitome. At 1 1 A. M., the clouds cleared 
 away, showing it to be an island ; at noon the eastern 
 end bore, per compass, N. N. E. 20 miles ; the western 
 end bore, per compass, N. by W. about 20 miles. I 
 make the west end of the island 74° 15' E. long. ; east 
 end 74° 40'; lat. 53° 10'. Near the centre of the island 
 a high peak, 5,000 feet high. Large number of birds." 
 Lieutenant Maury mentions the discovery of these 
 islands as follows :'^ " Another caution to navigators 
 is necessary in this trade, that have a fancy on the 
 outward passage, to run down their longitude be- 
 tween the parallels of 51° and 53°. There is a group 
 of newly discovered and not accurately determined 
 islands in the way. They are between the parallels 
 of 52° 53' 36" and 53° 12' S., and the meridians of 
 72° 35' and 74° 40' E. They were first seen by Cap- 
 tain Heard, of the American barque Oriental, No- 
 vember 25, 1853. On the 1 2th June, 1854, the fact 
 
 C/errcnl Charts, etc., Seventh Edition, Philadelphia, E. C. and 
 J. Biddlc, 1855: (Lib. Co., I'hiladdphia). 
 
 "* Explanations, etc. , pages 763-768 : ' ' Abstract Log of the 
 Barque Oriental (J. J. Heard). From off" St. Roque to Mel- 
 bourne, Australia, 1853." 
 
 ""° Explanations, etc. , page 862.
 
 HEARD. I9T 
 
 was dul)' reported by me to the government of the 
 United States, and the importance of sending a vessel 
 of the navy to look after them and fix their position 
 was urged upon the Navy Department. Since their 
 discovery by the Oriental, they have been seen and 
 reported by four English vessels, viz. : The Samar- 
 ang, Cafjtain McDonald, January 3, 1854; the Earl 
 of Eglinton, Captain Hutton, ist December, 1854 ; 
 the Lincluden Castle, Captain Rees, 4th December, 
 1854; and the Herald of the Morning, Captain 
 Attwaye, 3d and 4th December, 1854. Captain 
 Heard reports a peak of the island he saw, to be 
 5000 feet high." 
 
 Dr. A. Petermann'^ states that the discovery was 
 really due to the " Great Circle Sailing Principle " 
 which was invented by Lieut. Maury, and that it was 
 while following this principle that these various cap- 
 tains strayed on these islands. Dr. Petermann's Chart 
 of 1858 shows that each of the five captains who first 
 saw the islands called the main island after himself 
 Dr. Neumayer^ suggested naming them "Konig 
 
 '*' Dr. A. Petermanris Mittheilungen, etc., Gotha, 1858, pages 
 17-33- — A- Petermann : " Die Sogenannten 'Konig- Max-Inseln,' 
 Kerguelen, St. Paul, New-Amsterdam, u. s. w." With charts. 
 
 Dr. A. Pelcrmamf s Miticilungen, etc., Gotha, XX., 1874; 
 pages 466-467 : " Die Aufnahme der Heard und McDonald In- 
 seln und die Erforschung der SUd Polar Regionen." 
 
 •** Dr. Neumayer has written a number of articles about the Ant- 
 arctic, among which are : Zcitschrifl der Gesellschafl fur lird- 
 kunde zu Berlin, Siebenter Band, 1872, pages 120-170: "Die
 
 192 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 Max Islands" in 1857, and Dr. Petermann objected. 
 The islands were finally named Heard and McDonald 
 Islands by the members of the "Challenger" expe- 
 dition. Small fleets of ships went to these islands 
 about the beginning of 1855 to catch sea leopards 
 and sea elephants, which were found there at that 
 time in countless numbers. 
 
 Captain William Grant ^^ in the " Day Spring," on 
 December 23d, 1855, in 56° 50' south latitude, 40° 
 west longitude, sighted an icy barrier of flat topped 
 icebergs, apparently about one hundred and twenty 
 to one hundred and fifty meters high, and had some 
 difficulty in sailing his ship among them. There 
 were seldom less than ten or fifteen ice islands in 
 sight until December 27th, in 52° 40' south latitude, 
 20° west longitude. 
 
 Captain Dal 1 man n,'-'" a German, in the steamship 
 "Greenland," was seal hunting from November 17th, 
 
 Erforschung des Siid Polar Gebietes." Anna/en der Hydro- 
 graphic laid Mariiimcn Mctcorologie , Einundzvvanzigster Jahr- 
 gang, 1893, Berlin, pages 449-467: "Die neuesten Fortschritte 
 der Bestrebungen zu Gunsten einer wissenschaftlichen Erforschung 
 der Antarktischen Region." Dr. Neumayer has recently pub- 
 lished a book, which I have not seen : Auf zum Siidfiol, Berlin, 
 1 901. 
 
 "' Rosser, W. M. : Abies on the Physical Geography and 
 Meteorology 0/ the South Atlantic, London, James Iniray and Son, 
 1862, page 94. 
 
 '" Verhandlungcn des Vereins fiir natimaissenscha/tliche 
 Untcrhandlung zu Hamburg, Band V., Hamburg, 1883, pages
 
 GRANT, DALLMANN. 1 93 
 
 1873, to March 4th, 1874. On January 8th, in about 
 64° 45' south latitude, Dallmann landed on one of 
 the western islands of West Antarctica. On January 
 loth he found a deep bay, where he appears to have 
 landed in about 64° 55' south latitude; this bay ter- 
 minated in a strait which stretched away as far as 
 the eye could see.^^ The land appeared to consist 
 of islands, for Dallmann saw several streaks of blue 
 sky, which seemed as if they must be over straits. 
 The land was high and mountainous, and the coast 
 between the capes was filled with a high upright ice 
 
 1 18-128, 130-136 : — Schiffskapitain A. Schiick : " Die Entwicke- 
 lung unserer Kenntnisse der Lander im Siiden von Amerika." 
 Dr. A. Pclcnnann' s MHtcilungen, etc., Gotha, XXL, 1875, 
 page 312 ; " Deutsche Entdeckungen am Sudpol." 
 
 ^" A chart of West Antarctica with corrections made by Captain 
 Dalhnann and Dr. Pctcrmann themselves is now at "Justus 
 Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt," Gotha: this chart shows the 
 entrance to a great strait in about the position of the southern 
 end of Gerlache Strait. A map by L. Friederichsen, published 
 in the Miltheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Ham- 
 burg, 1891-92, Hamburg, 1895: "Original Karte des Dirck 
 Gherritz Arcliipels," also shows Dallmann' s Strait or Bay 
 under the name "Bismarck Str." 
 
 Dr. H. Wichmann (^Dr. A. Pclcrmami s Mittcilungen, Gotha, 
 Vol. 46, 1900, page 172 ; and Vol. 47, 1901, page 48) calls 
 attention to the fact that the strait explored by the Belgica 
 expedition was the one seen by Dallmann. Mr. Henryk 
 Arctowski (^Tkc Geographical Journal, London, 1901, Vol. 
 XVIIL, page 368) on the contrary, thinks that " as to the strait, 
 Dallman could not, from his position, have seen anything other 
 than the entrance to the great fiord called by de Gerlache, 
 Flanders bay."
 
 194 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 wall, from which large pieces frequently broke off. 
 The strait has been called Bismarck Strait, but a 
 better name would be Dallmann Strait ; it is perhaps 
 the southern end of Gerlache Strait or it may prove 
 to be a bay or a strait further south. Friederichsen 
 charts Bismarck (Dallmann) Strait as some distance 
 south of 65° south latitude, while Gerlache Strait 
 begins some distance north of 65° south latitude. 
 If Dallmann Strait is not Gerlache Strait it may 
 perhaps separate Danco Land from Graham Land, 
 and it may perhaps communicate with the inden- 
 tation, " Larsen Bay," sighted on the east coast of 
 West Antarctica by Larsen. Dallmann sailed north 
 from this strait and came to the Shetlands and the 
 Powell Islands. He found all the charts extremely 
 unreliable. 
 
 In 1874, Captain George S. Nares, R. N., in com- 
 mand of the "Challenger,"^- on her deep-sea sound- 
 ing and dredging expedition, after a stop at Kcr- 
 
 ^ Report on the Scicnlific ResiiUs of the. Voyage of H. M. S. 
 Challenger : prepared by Sir C. Wyvillc Thomson and John Mur- 
 ray ; London, 1885 ; Narrative, Vol. I., pages 396-452. 
 
 Spry, W. J. J., R. N. : The Cruise of Her Majesty s Shifi 
 Challetigcr, London, Sampson Low, Marston, Scaile and Riv- 
 inK'ton, 1S77. 
 
 Camplxrll, Lord Cicorgo : Log Lcttersfrom '' The Challenger," 
 London, Macmillan and Co., 1876. 
 
 Wild, John James : At Anchor, A Narrative of Experiences 
 AJloat and Ashore during the voyage of II. 1\I. S. Challenger, 
 London, Marcus Ward and Co., 1878, pages 59-78-
 
 DALLMANN, NAKKS. I95 
 
 guelen Island, sailed southeast and crossed the 
 Antarctic Circle. On February 23d, 24th and 25th, 
 1874, the "Challenger" was on the outskirts of the 
 pack, reaching 64° 18' south latitude, 94° 47' east 
 longitude. The accounts of the different writers 
 disagree in various minor respects, but they agree 
 in stating that the pack was too heavy for an 
 undefended ship to enter, and also that Termination 
 Land was not sighted. The official account is that 
 of Sir J(jhn Murray, who says: "After getting clear 
 of the pack at i i A. M. [25th] the ship sailed along 
 its edge until noon, being from 10 A. M. until that 
 time within about fifteen miles of the supposed 
 position of Wilkes' Termination Land, but neither 
 from the deck nor masthead could any indication 
 of it be seen. The hmit of vision as lograed was 
 twelve miles, and had there been land sufficiently 
 lofty for Wilkes to have seen it at a distance of sixty 
 miles (which was the distance he supposed himself off 
 it) either the clouds capping it or the land itself must 
 have been seen. If Wilkes' distance was overesti- 
 mated, that of the Challenger would be increased, 
 and it may still be found, but as the expression in 
 Wilkes' journal is ' appearance of land was seen to 
 the southwest, and its trending seemed to be to 
 the northward,' and not that land was actually 
 sighted, and a bearing obtained, it is probable that 
 Termination Land does not exist ; still it is curious 
 that pack ice and a large number of bergs should
 
 1 96 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 have been found in nearly the same position as by 
 Wilkes in 1840, and this would seem to indicate 
 that land cannot be very far distant." 
 
 It is worth noting that, as Dr. Murray justly says, 
 Wilkes only speaks of an "appearance of land" 
 at this spot. The most important geographical 
 result of the "Challenger's" southern jaunt, was to 
 prove that there was a floating ice barrier in 1874 
 in exactly the same situation where there was a 
 floating ice barrier in 1840. 
 
 In 1874-1875-^^ a party of American, another of 
 English, and a third of German scientists, spent 
 part of the southern summer on Kerguelen Island, 
 principally occupied in making observations in con- 
 nection with the transit of Venus. 
 
 Dr. K. Schrader commanded a German scientific 
 expedition^ which was sent to South Georgia in 1882. 
 The expedition arrived there on "S. M. S. Moltke" 
 in August; spent a whcilr \(ar at Moltke Harbor; 
 
 "' Btdlelin of the United Slates National Museum ; Nos. 2 
 and 3 : Wa.sliington, Government Printing Office, 1875 and 1S76: — 
 Kidder, J. H., M. U. : " Contriijutions to the Natural History of 
 Kerguelen Island." 
 
 ™ Prof. Dr. Neumayer and I'rof. Dr. Borgen : Die Interna- 
 tionale Pola?/o>scliu)ii^, 1H82-1883 ; " Die Beohachtungs-Ergeb- 
 ni.sse der Deutschen Stationen ; Band II.; Siid-Georgien " ; 
 Berlin, A. Asher, 1886: With accompanying maps and plates: 
 (Grossherz. Hof Bib. Darmstadt).
 
 SCHRADER. !97 
 
 and left tliere in August 1883, on "S. M. S. Marie." 
 The observations were principally meteorological and 
 magnetic ; but some astronomical work was done, 
 and a careful map made of South Georgia in the 
 neighborhood of the German station. 
 
 Some observations made by shipmasters about 
 icebertj:s in southern latitudes are worth noting.^ 
 Icebergs are constantly found as far north as 40** 
 south latitude ; on several occasions they have been 
 seen near the Cape of Good Hope in 34° south 
 latitude ; and on April 30, 1 894, the master of the 
 " Dochra " saw a small piece of ice in 26° 30' south 
 latitude, 25° 40' west longitude. Some of these bergs 
 were reported as of tremendous size : the captain of 
 the "Drumcraig" saw one 100 meters high and 40 
 to 48 kilometers long in 49° 34' south latitude, 
 45° 53' west longitude; and Mr. Towson tells of 
 a berg seen by twenty-one ships in 1 854-1 855, 
 between 40° and 44° south latitude, and 20° to 28° 
 west longitude, which was " of horizontal dimensions 
 of 60 by 40 miles. ' It was reported to be of the form 
 of a hook, the longer shank of which was 60 miles, 
 the shorter 40 miles, and embayed between these 
 mountains of ice was a space of water 40 miles 
 across." 
 
 "•Gray, W. T., M. S., U. S. Hydrographic Office: " The 
 Chronology and Geographical Distribution of Icebergs in the 
 Southern and Antarctic Oceans."
 
 1 98 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 In 1892-1893, four Dundee whalers, the "Active," 
 the "Balaena," the "Diana," and the "Polar Star," 
 made a cruise to the Antarctic.'--"^ The ships made no 
 big geographical discovery, hunting for seals on the 
 eastern coast of West Antarctica, north of 65° south 
 latitude. Mr. Murdoch, an artist, made some interest- 
 ing notes about antarctic color, however, which show 
 that the Antarctic is not as black as painted. For 
 instance, he says : -^ " The reader must draw on his 
 fancy for the colouring : the clouds soft warm grey, 
 the crags of the berg to the right a purple lead 
 colour, the slope dull white ; the berg to the left pale 
 violet, with two or three upright clefts of deep blue, 
 along the top an edge of pure white ; between the 
 bergs a third appears light emerald green. The 
 floating ice in front, some parts creamy white, like 
 broken marrons, others dead marble white, and two 
 or three of vivid sky-blue, frosted with white ; the 
 sea an umber colour, with lavender sheen." 
 
 "• Tke Scollish Geographical Magazine, Vol. X., Edinburgh, 
 1894; pages 57-62: — Bruce, William S. : "The Story of the 
 Antarctic;" pages 62-69: — Donald, Ur. C. W. : "The late 
 expedition to the Antarctic." 
 
 The Geographical Journal, VoX.VW., 1896: "Cruise of the 
 'Balaena' and the 'Active' in the Antarctic Se;is, 1892-93;" 
 pages 502-517:^ — -I. Bruce, William S. : "The Balaena;" 
 pages 625-643: — II. Donald, Charles W., M. U. : "The 
 Active." 
 
 Murdoch, W. Q. Burn : /•><);« Edinburgh to the Antarctic, 
 Longmans, Green and Co., London and New York, 1894. 
 
 "" From Edinburgh to the Antarctic, page 286.
 
 DUNDEE WHALERS, LARSEN. 1 99 
 
 Captain Larsen, a Norwegian sealer, made a cruise 
 in 1893-1893 in the "Jason," on the eastern coast 
 of West Antarctica.^^ 
 
 The following season. Captain Larsen made a 
 longer cruise -'*'■' in the same vessel, landing at Cape 
 Seymour on November i8th. He says: ''When 
 we were a quarter of a mile from the shore and 
 stood about 300 feet above the sea, we began to 
 see the petrified wood more frequently. We took 
 several specimens of these stems with us : the wood 
 looks as if it might be from deciduous trees. One 
 recognized the bark with the branches and the year- 
 rings of the logs, which lay slantingly in the soil. 
 Some of the wood looked as if it had been thrown 
 out of the water, while some of it seemed as if it 
 could not have been in the water, because in the 
 first we found petrified worms, while in the other we 
 did not find any. At other places we found balls 
 
 *" Murdoch, W. G. Burn : From Edinburgh to the Anlarctic. 
 
 "" Mitthciliingcn dcr Gcographischcn Gcscllschafl m Hatnburg, 
 i8gi-g2 ; Heft II., Hamburg, L. Friederichsen & Co., 1895; 
 pages 245-298: — Dr. Johannes Petersen: "Die Reisen des 
 "■Jason' und der ' Hertha ' in das Antarktische Meer 1893/94" etc. 
 
 Norske G. S. Aarbog : 5., 1893-94, pages 11 5-1 31 : — Larsen, 
 Kapt. C. A. : " Nogle optegnelser af sael og hvalfanger 'Jasons ' 
 reise i Sydishavet 1893 og 1894." 
 
 Geographical Journal, London, 1894, Vol. IV., pages 333- 
 344 : ' ' The Voyage of the Jason to the Antarctic Regions. ' ' 
 
 Dr. A. Pctertnaiui s Mitleilungen, etc., Gotha, 40 Band, 1894, 
 pages 139-141 : — A. Schuck: "Das neu entdeckte Land im 
 Antarktischen Gebiet."
 
 200 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 formed of sand and cement which lay upon pillars 
 of the same kind. We collected in several places 
 some fifty of them ; they had the appearance of 
 having been made by the hand of man." These 
 discoveries are noteworthy, for they seem to be the 
 only thing of the kind so far noticed in Antarctica. 
 
 From Cape Seymour, the " Jason " first sailed 
 east, then returned and went south along the east- 
 ern coast of West Antarctica. Larsen christened 
 this coast "King Oscar II. Land" and Foyn Land.^ 
 His down track was near 60° and 61° east longi- 
 tude, and his most southern point, 68° 10' south lati- 
 tude, was reached on December 6th, 1893. 
 
 On his return north, Larsen landed on December 
 nth, on Christensen island, where there was a small, 
 active volcano, in 65° 5' south latitude, 58° 40' west 
 longitude. From here he saw five small islands lying 
 about northwest, on one of which was an active 
 volcano. In a north or northwestern direction he 
 could not see any land west of Cape Foster, although 
 the later christened Danco Land must be not far 
 distant to the west. Larsen's observation is note- 
 worthy as being directly the opposite of the usual 
 reports of appearances of land in the Antarctic. It 
 is possible that this open space is the southern 
 extremity of the bay or strait which was discovered 
 by Nat. B. Palmer and christened " Orleans Channel" 
 
 "" It is probable tliat this coast was sighted by Morrell. See 
 ante, pages 102, 105.
 
 LARSEN, EVENSEN, PEDERSEN. 20I 
 
 by D'Urville : it may also communicate with the 
 strait reported by DaUmann. This bay does not 
 appear to have received a name as yet, and it would 
 seem only just to call it " Larsen Bay." 
 
 Captain Evensen, "*'^ a Norwegian sealer, in Novem- 
 ber 1893, cruised in the " Hertha " along the west 
 coast of West Antarctica. He passed Adelaide Is- 
 land and the Biscoe Islands, which were almost free 
 from ice, and sighted Alexander Land, which was 
 surrounded by pack ice. He reached 69° 10' south 
 latitude, 76° 1 2' west longitude ; the absence of ice 
 at this early period of the southern summer being 
 the noteworthy feature of his voyage. 
 
 Captain Morten Pedersen, with the " Castor," was 
 in company with Evensen for part of this journey, 
 and went at least as far as 64° 23' south latitude, 
 53° 20' west longitude. 
 
 In 1894-1S95, the Norwegian steam whaler "Ant- 
 arctic " made a cruise to East Antarctica.**- It started 
 
 "' Mittheilungcn dcr Gcograpkiscken GcscUschaft in Hamburg, 
 i8()i-()2 ; Heft II., Hamburg, L. Friederichsen & Co., 1895 ; 
 pages 245-298: — Dr. Johannes Petersen : " Die Reisen des 'Jason ' 
 und der ' Hertha' in das Antarktische Meer 1893/94 " etc. 
 
 *»Bull, H. J. : The Cruise of the ''Antarctic'' to the South 
 Polar Rcgiotis ; Edward Arnold, London and New York, 
 1896. 
 
 Geographical Jo7imal, London, 1895, Vol. V., pages 583- 
 589: — Borchgrevink, C. Egeberg : "The 'Antarctic's' Voyage 
 to the Antarctic."
 
 202 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 from Melbourne on SeiDtember 20th, 1894. On No- 
 vember 6th, they saw such an immense ice island 
 that it was mistaken for land and called Svend Foyn 
 Island. After some cruising, the "Antarctic" reached, 
 on December 14th, the Balleny Islands from the 
 northeast ; then, after much trouble with the ice, on 
 January i6th. Cape Adare ; and on January i8th. 
 Possession Island, on which several members of the 
 expedition landed. On January 22d the "Antarctic" 
 was southeast of Coulman Island, in 74° south lati- 
 tude. On January 23d, the expedition was back at 
 Cape Adare, where a landing was effected, the first 
 on Victoria Land. Some crytogamic vegetation was 
 found on Possession Island and also at Cape Adare, 
 and a small number of whales, supposed to be right 
 whales, and many blue whales were seen during the 
 cruise. 
 
 Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, of the Belgian 
 Navy, in 1898- 1899, led an important expedition to 
 the Antarctic.^'" The " Belgica " left Staaten Island 
 
 Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Austral- 
 asia, Victorian Branch, Vol. XII. -XIII., 1896, pages 73-100: — 
 Kristensen, Captain Leonard: "Journal of the Right-Whaling 
 Cruise of the Norwegian Steamship 'Antarctic ' in Southern Seas." 
 
 »°»Cook, Frederick A., M. D. : Through the First Antarctic 
 Night, New York, Doubleday <Sc McClure Co., 1900. Appen- 
 dix No. VI. of this book: "The possibilities of Antarctic E.k- 
 ploration," touches on the possible political rights of nations in 
 Anl.irctica : the views expressed in this essay arc undouiiudly 
 correct.
 
 KRISTENSEN, GERLACHE. 203 
 
 on January 13th, 1S98, sighted the South Shetlands 
 a week later, then crossed Bransfield Strait, and on 
 the afternoon of January 23d was off the coast of 
 Palmer Archipelago. Here the expedition entered 
 the supposed Hughes Bay, which proved to be the 
 mouth of the strait discovered by Nathaniel B. 
 Palmer in 1821, and which compares in size with 
 the Strait of Magalhaes. It was called Belgica 
 Strait. On the east is a land which was named 
 
 Socicte Royale Beige de Gcographie, Bulletin; Vingt-qua- 
 triSme Ann^e, 1900, No. i. This contains : — 
 
 I. " Expedition antarctique beige." 
 
 II. Lecointe, G. : " Aper9U des travaux scientifiques de 1' Ex- 
 pedition Beige." 
 
 III. Lecointe, G. : " L' hydrographie dans le d6troit de 'la 
 Belgica ' et les observations astronomiques et magn6tiques dans 
 la zone australe." 
 
 IV. Arctowski, H. : " Gcographie physique de la region visitCe 
 par r expedition de ' la Belgica.' " 
 
 V. Racovitza, E.G.: "La vie des animaux et des plantes dans 
 1' Antarctique." 
 
 Bulletin de la SociHi Royale de Giograpkie d' Afivers, 1900, 
 Tome XXIV., pages 25-51 : — Lecointe, Georges : "Expedition 
 Antarctique Beige." 
 
 Sociite Royale Beige de Giograpkie, Bulletin, Vingt-quatri^me 
 Annee, 1900, pages 365-531 : — Gerlache, A. de : " Notes sur les 
 expeditions * * * aux rCgions circumpolaires voisines du 
 meridien du Cap Horn" and " Relation sommaire du voyage de 
 la Belgica." 
 
 The Geographical Journal, Vol. XVII., 1901, pages 150- 
 180: — Arctowski, Henrik : " Exploration of Antarctic Lands." 
 
 The Geographical Journal, Vol. XVIII., 1901, pages 354- 
 394: — Arctowski, Henryk : "The Antarctic voyage of the 
 ' Belgica' during the years 1897, 1898, and 1899."
 
 204 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 " Terre de Danco," after a Belgian officer of the 
 expedition, who died on June 5th, 1898. On the 
 west is an archipelago, and the action of the 
 Belgians does them credit, for recognizing how 
 much honor is due to Palmer as a discoverer in 
 this portion of the Antarctic, they christened this 
 archipelago, " Archipel de Palmer," and so marked 
 it on their charts.^** 
 J Over a hundred islands were discovered in Ger- 
 
 lache Strait, on both sides of which are many peaks, 
 and great ice and snow masses. Many names were 
 bestowed, among which may be mentioned Licige, 
 Gand, Braband, Anvers, and Wiencke Islands. The 
 officers made several landings and many discov- 
 eries, and instead of raising flags to take posses- 
 sion of newly-discovered lands, they decided that the 
 first chart of a new country was as good a deed to 
 the title of land, as the formality of pinning a bit 
 of bunting to a temporary post and drinking to the 
 health of a royal ruler. Mr. Arctowski^ found an 
 
 "" Lieutenant de Gerlache, in his papers in the Socitti Royalc 
 Beige de Geographic, Bulletin, 1901, has applied the n;ime of 
 " Gerlaclie -Strait" to " Belgica Strait," " Gcrritz Archipel- 
 ago" to the islands west of the strait, and " Palmer Land" or 
 "Trinity Land" to the northern coast of the mainland. "Ger- 
 lache .Strait," it seems to me, sluiuld be adopted. " Gerritz 
 Arcliii>elago " will have to be given up, and "Palmer Archi- 
 pelago" retained, this including "Trinity Island." 
 
 ""' Mr. Henryk Arctowski has publLshed a number of scientific 
 papers about the Antarctic. Among lliini may be cited :
 
 GERLACHE. 205 
 
 insect here, which is probably the first one reported 
 from Antarctica ; it was ahiiost microscopic in its 
 dimensions. In about three weeks' time, the " Bel- 
 gica " sailed without serious difficulty more than 
 three hundred kilometers southwesterly through 
 Gerlache Strait. To the east the shore line of 
 Danco Land was unbroken : there were many deep 
 indentations, but no passage into the Atlantic. A 
 continuous wall of ice, from fifteen to thirty meters 
 high, fronted the coast everywhere. Danco Land is 
 from six hundred to twelve hundred meters hieh, 
 with mountains farther inland, perhaps eighteen 
 hundred meters in altitude. Every valley and every 
 surface which was not perpendicular was buried 
 under a sheet of ice. The " Belgica " was unable 
 
 Expedition Aiitarctiquc Beige: " R^sultats du voyage du 
 S. Y. Belgica; Meteorologie," Anvers, J. E. Buschmann, 1901. 
 
 Sur les Aurores Auslralcs ct Boreales, Bruxelles, P. Weis- 
 senbruch, 1901. 
 
 Cielct Tcrre, 20^""-' ann6e : ' ' R^sultat pr^liminaire des observa- 
 tions m^t^orologiques," etc. 
 
 Notice preliminaire sur les sediments marins, etc., Bruxelles, 
 Hayez, 1901. 
 
 Sur les icebergs tabulaires des regions antarctiques : Les 
 calottes glaciaires des regions antarctiques : Notice sur les 
 aurores australes observees pendant I' hivernage de r expedition 
 antarctique beige : Sur les periodes de I'aurore australe : Sur 
 rancienne extension des glaciers dans la regio7i des terres 
 decouvertes par I' expedition antarctique beige, etc. : Paris, 
 Gauthier-VilLirs. 
 
 Arctowski, Henryk and Thoulet, J. : Expedition A?itarctiquc 
 Beige: "Rcbultats du Voyage du S. Y. Belgica; Oc<lanographie, " 
 Anvers, J. E. Buschinann, 1901.
 
 206 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 to follow the coast far enough south to determine 
 whether Danco Land is continuous with Graham Land. 
 On February 13th the "Belgica" was fairly through 
 Gerlache Strait, and for the next few days sailed south- 
 west through an icy ocean, obtaining glimpses of the 
 distant coast of Graham Land. On February i6th, 
 1898, the expedition passed Alexander Land or Is- 
 lands, after which they did not sight land. 
 
 De Gerlache now tried to force his way south and 
 west, and succeeded to a certain extent in doing 
 so ; but as a result the ship was frozen in and con- 
 sequently wintered in the pack, from which it was 
 finally liberated in March 1899. The men suffered 
 severely from the absence of sunlight and the lack 
 of fresh food. They were at last driven to eat pen- 
 guins, whose flesh Dr. Cook describes as appearing 
 to be made up of an equal quantity of mammal, fish 
 and fowl, and as tasting like a piece of beef, an 
 odoriferous codfish, and a canvas back duck, roasted 
 in a pot, with blood and cod-liver oil for sauce. The 
 furthest southern point, 71° 36' south latitude, 87° 
 33' west longitude, was reached on May 31st, 1898. 
 Nothing was seen of Peter I. Island, and the course 
 of the ship together with the easy movement of 
 the ice pack, led Dr. Cook to infer that probably 
 there is no land very near Captain Cook's nor Lieu- 
 tenant Walker's furthest points. 
 
 Perhaps the most important discovery of the Bel- 
 gian expedition is that of a continental tableland
 
 GERLACHE. 207 
 
 or plateau situated between 75° and 103° west longi- 
 tude and 70° to 71° 36' south latitude. The depth 
 of tliis continental plateau, from two hundred to 
 five hundred meters, with an abrupt fall to fifteen 
 hundred meters towards the north, shows that this 
 region also has undergone the depressive move- 
 ment, which was noticed in the lands of Gerlache 
 Strait. The continental plateau rises gently towards 
 the south and lowers in its eastern portion towards 
 the north to connect with the continental plateau 
 of West Antarctica. It must connect in like manner 
 fifty degrees farther towards the west with the 
 continental plateau of East Antarctica. This would 
 tend to show that there is a continuous or unin- 
 terrupted continental mass across the south polar 
 regions, and the discovery made by the " Belgica" 
 gives a serious support to the hypothesis of an 
 antarctic continent. The terreous nature of the 
 sediments of the continental plateau and neigh- 
 boring regions, which contain, besides a grayish 
 slime, a strong proportion of sand, gravel, and a 
 number of pebbles of rounded form, are in de- 
 cided support of this hypothesis. The meteoro- 
 logical observations also show that there must be 
 a great antarctic ice-cap. The minimum tempera- 
 ture, — 43°, was observed in September ; the maxi- 
 mum, + 2°, in February. The month of July, with 
 an average of — 22.5°, was the coldest of the year ; 
 the month of February, with an average of — 1°,
 
 208 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 was the warmest. The mean temperature of the 
 year was — 9.6°, an extraordinarily low figure for the 
 latitudes reached. This low temperature can only be 
 explained by the absence of land towards the north, 
 and the presence of an antarctic continent entirely 
 covered with ice to the south. The hypothesis is 
 based upon a fact which was observed by the ex- 
 pedition. Every time the wind blew from the north 
 the temperature rose, even in midwinter, to 0°, but 
 did not ascend higher. As soon as the wind 
 shifted and blew from the south, the thermometer 
 descended abruptly, even in the middle of summer, 
 to a low temperature. 
 
 The " Belgica " expedition brought back perhaps 
 more scientific data about the Antarctic than any 
 other expedition so far, and the captain and mem- 
 bers deserve high praise for their labors. 
 
 Professor Chun'"* and Captain Krech, in 1898- 
 
 1899, led the German deep-sea expedition in the 
 
 '"'Chun, Carl : /I us den Tiefen des Weltmeeres ; Jena, Gustav 
 Fischer, 1900. A good book ; beautifully illustrated. 
 
 Zcilschrift dcr GcscUschaft fur Erdkundc zu Rerlin ; Rand 
 XXXIV., Jahrgang 1899, Berlin, W. H. Kiihl, 1899, pages 
 75-192 : " Die Deutsche Tiefsee-Expedition : — A : by Professor 
 I )r. Chun : — B : by the Oceanographer, Dr. Gerhard Schott : — C : 
 by the Navigating officer, Walter Sachse ' ' : (Senkenbcrgsche Bib. 
 Frankfurt A. M.). 
 
 The Geos^raphical Journal, London: Vol. XII., 1898, pages 
 494-496 ; Vol. XIII., 1899, pages 297, 298 ; 640-650 ; Vol. XV., 
 
 1900, pages 518-528.
 
 KRECH. 209 
 
 "Valdivia." Starting from Cape Town on November 
 13, 1898, Chun steered south, and sailed close past 
 the supposed Thompson Island without seeing it, 
 then across the site of Liverpool Island, then across 
 the site of Lindsay Island, and then he found an 
 island a little further west, answering Bouvet's de- 
 scription, only that it was smaller. Bouvet Island 
 was located — finally, let us hope — in 54° 26' south 
 latitude, 3° 24' east longitude. Lindsay and Liverpool 
 Islands are probably identical with Bouvet I.sland, and 
 Thompson Island is perhaps non-existent. Bouvet 
 Island is volcanic, covered with one vast glacier, and 
 no trees were seen through the telescope. 
 
 The " Valdivia " then proceeded east and south. 
 The edge of the pack was followed from 8° east 
 longitude to 58° east longitude ; the most southerly 
 point reached was 64° 15' south latitude, 54° 20' east 
 longitude, when the "Valdivia" was one hundred and 
 two nautical miles from Enderby Land. At this 
 point the enormous icebergs and the strong ice 
 blink to the south proved proximity to land, and it 
 is questionable whether some of the high ice peaks 
 in the far distance did not belong to it. The 
 " Valdivia" came north to Kerguelen Island at the 
 end of December and then left the Antarctic. 
 
 The scientific results of the voyage are import- 
 ant. The icebergs seen between Bouvet Island and 
 40° east longitude were weather-beaten and carved 
 into grotesque forms ; suggesting that they had
 
 2IO ANTARCTICA. 
 
 already made a long voyage and, therefore, that no 
 land exists between o° and 40° east longitude, except 
 perhaps in high polar latitudes. Between 40° and 
 62° east longitude, where the icebergs increased, 
 tabular icebergs were found, and the farther east 
 the shija went, the more such tabular bergs did it 
 find. Some of them were to all appearance just 
 broken off the land and showed no clefts. Some 
 rocks, which had dropped from the melting icebergs, 
 were collected in trawls : gneiss, granite, schist and 
 red sandstone, but no volcanic rocks, showing that 
 Enderby Land is not of volcanic origin. This is 
 surprising on account of the soundings made by 
 the " Valdivia." At Bouvet Island the soundings 
 were 3080 meters, and going towards Enderby 
 Land they were all over 4000 meters, many were 
 over 5000 meters, and the deepest was 5733 meters. 
 Between Enderby Land and Kerguelen Island the 
 depth was not so great ; starting with 4647 meters 
 north of Enderby Land, a little further it was 4919 
 meters, the ocean shallowing to 2015 meters near 
 Kerguelen Island. This shows that at least between 
 0° and 50° east longitude and south of 55° south lat- 
 itude, there is a fairly regular and deep depression, 
 with no suggestion of a plateau. 
 
 Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink ^"^ led an expedition to 
 
 *" The Gcoirraphical Jo7i7~iial, London, Vol. XVI., pages 381- 
 41.1 : — I'orchgrcvink, C. E. : " TI10 ' .Snullicin Cross' e-\pedition 
 to tlic Antarctic."
 
 KRI'X'II, i;oRCHGKKVINK. 211 
 
 East Antarctica in 1898-1900. He struck tlu- ice in 
 51° 56' south latitude, 153° 53' east longitude, then 
 finding the ice conditions unfavorable — which he 
 thinks they always are in this locality — he went east 
 and sighted the Balleny Islands on January 14th, 1899. 
 He had trouble with the ice, and was forced north- 
 ward and eastward. Finally the " Southern Cross " 
 ran into open water and reached Cape Adare on 
 February 17th. 
 
 At Cape Adare, Mr. Borchgrevink and the 
 members of his party landed and the " Southern 
 Cross " returned north. The expedition spent the 
 winter at Cape Adare in Camp Ridley, making 
 short journeys in the neighborhood and also scien- 
 
 Borchgrevink, C. E. : First on the Aiitarctic Continent, Lon- 
 don, George Newnes, 1901. Mr. Borchgrevink has allowed 
 an error to be made in the title of one of the charts of his 
 book. It Is called "Track of Sy ' Southern Cross' over Wilkes 
 Land ! by W. Colbeck, Sub-Lieut. R. N. R." The southward 
 track of the "Southern Cross" is marked as between 161° and 
 162° east longitude, down to 66° south latitude, by 162° and a few 
 minutes east longitude. The "Southern Cross" was at this 
 point at least three degrees distant from the most easterly point of 
 Wilkes Land proper and it then sailed eastward. The ' ' Southern 
 Cross," therefore, never approached Wilkes Land at any time 
 and the title of the chart is consequently incorrect. The title of 
 the book, however. First on the Antarctic Co7itinent, is an 
 acknowledgment that Victoria Land is a portion of the Ant- 
 arctic Continent discovered and named by Charles Wilkes. 
 
 Bernacchi, Louis, F. R. G. S. : To The South Polar Rc^io7is, 
 London, Hurst and Blackett, 1901. The " South Polar Chart" 
 in this book is the same as the one published by Stanford in ac- 
 cordance with Sir C. R. Markham's extraordmary suggestion.
 
 2 I 2 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 tific observations. Most of the rocks of the surround- 
 ing country are of volcanic origin, and represent 
 basaltic lava flows which have taken place during 
 late geological epochs. Six different kinds of lichen 
 were found, including the ordinary reindeer moss : 
 specimens were obtained as high as 900 meters. 
 In the lichen three distinct t^'pes of insect were 
 found : apparently the second discovery of the kind 
 in Antarctica. In Robertson Bay there is also an 
 abundance of fish, and about five different kinds 
 were discovered. August was the coldest month, 
 the mean temperature being — 25.2° C. Many tre- 
 mendous gales were experienced, the wind some- 
 times exceeding ninety miles an hour and proving 
 a serious check to sledge expeditions: these gales 
 always came from the same direction', east-southeast. 
 The " Southern Cross " returned to Cape Adare 
 on January' 28th, 1900. The expedition then went 
 south, along the coast of Victoria Land. They 
 made a landing in Southern Cross I'irth at the 
 foot of Mount Melbourne, and another at the 
 foot of Mount Terror. From Mount Erebus a 
 smoke cloud was occasionally shot up into the air. 
 'l"he "Southern Cross" then followed the ice barrier 
 eastward until on February 17th it reached 78° 34' 
 south latitude, 164° 10' west longitude, where a break 
 was discovered in the barrier. Mr. Borchgrevink 
 landed with Lieutenant Colbeck and the Finn Savio, 
 and proceeded southward, reaching 78° 50' south
 
 SCOTT, DRYGALSKI, NORDENSKJOLD. 213 
 
 latitude, the furthest south yet reached. The 
 " Southern Cross " then returned north. 
 
 Durino- die year 1901, three expeditions, an Eng- 
 hsh, a German, and a Swedish, started for the Ant- 
 arctic. A Scotch expedition, under Dr. W. S. Bruce, 
 and an Enghsh reUef vessel, the " Morning," are pre- 
 paring to sail in 1902. 
 
 The English expedition sailed in the " Discover)' " 
 under the command of Commander Robert F. Scott, 
 R. N., and arrived at Lyttleton, New Zealand, on 
 November 28. On the way, the " Discovery " ran 
 down to 63° 5' south latitude, 141° east longitude, 
 at which point pack ice was encountered and any 
 attempt to penetrate farther was abandoned. The 
 "Discovery" is thus the first ship to approach Wilkes 
 Land since 1840. The expedition is to proceed to 
 South Victoria Land, also examine the great ice 
 barrier, and it may or may not, according to circum- 
 stances, winter in the Antarctic. The " Discovery " 
 is expected to return in 1903. 
 
 The German expedition in the "Gauss," sailed 
 under the command of Dr. Erich von Drygalski. 
 It is to proceed to Kerguelen Island, where a mag- 
 netic and meteorological station is to be established. 
 The journey to the south is then to be continued, 
 the principal field of exploration being the Indo 
 Atlantic side of the south polar region. Should 
 land be discovered which can be reached, a tempo-
 
 2 14 ANTARCTICA. 
 
 rary station is to be erected. It is intended the 
 expedition shall return in 1903 or 1904. 
 
 The Swedish expedition under Dr. Otto Norden- 
 skjold sailed in the "Antarctic" for the South Shet- 
 lands and King Oscar Land. An attempt will be 
 made to ascertain whether West Antarctica is part 
 of a continent or whether it consists of islands in 
 the southern part. A winter station may be estab- 
 lished somewhere on the east coast, and the ship 
 return to the Falklands for the southern winter. 
 The "Antarctic" is expected home in 1902 or 1903. 
 
 Let us wish these brave explorers all success.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGR. 
 
 Abu Rilian Biriinonsis 21 
 
 Adams, William 40, 42 
 
 Aclare, Cape 172, 175, 202, 211, 212 
 
 Adelaide Island 120, 201 
 
 Ad^lie Land 130, 131, 132, 133 
 
 Admiralty Range 172 
 
 Adventure Islets 137 
 
 Agelet, Le Paute d' 66, 67 
 
 Albertus Magnus 20 
 
 Alden, Lieutenant 145, 147 
 
 Alexander Land 83, 84, no, 201, 206 
 
 Ann, Cape 119 
 
 Amerigo Vespucci n, 25-30, 163 
 
 Ancient Mariner, The 6, 58 
 
 Antarctic, Early guesses about the 16-25 
 
 Antarctic, Limits of the 11, 12 
 
 Antarctic, The, The term 11, 12 
 
 "Antarctic," The 201, 202, 214 
 
 Antarctic Continent, Discovery of, announced . . 157, 158, 159 
 
 160, 161 
 Antarctic Continent, Naming of .... 12, 151, 152, 161, 162 
 Antarctic Continent, Earliest suggestions of an . . . 61, 80, 91 
 Antarctic Continent, The .... 149, 155, 156, 161, 176, 211 
 
 " Annawan," The 92 
 
 Antarctic lands first sighted . . 25, 44, 51, 63, 75, 78, 82, 84 
 86, 89, 90, 96, 99, 100, no, 117, 119, 122, 125, 126 
 129, 130, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149 
 150. 153. 154. 155, 156, 162, 171, 172, 179, 180, 182 
 
 Antarctic records. Inaccuracy of 9 
 
 Antarctica, circumnavigated 71, 82, 118 
 
 Antarctica, Landings in 79, 80, 134, 172, 193, 200 
 
 204, 211, 212 
 Antarctica, Former extension of i4> 15 
 
 (215)
 
 2l6 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Antarctica, Size and limits of ii, 12, 14 
 
 Antarctica 11, 12, 14, 207 
 
 Antarctica, The term 11,12 
 
 Aiitarctica, a history of Antarctic discovery g 
 
 Anvers Island 95, 204 
 
 Aratus 18 
 
 Arctowski, Mr. Henryk ... 10, 85, 95, 187, 193, 204, 205 
 
 Aristotle 17 
 
 Asiatic Jou7-7iaI, The 1 60 
 
 "Astrolabe," The ■ 127, 130 
 
 Atlases 164, 165 
 
 Attwaye, Captain 191 
 
 Atrevida, Spanish corvette 74 
 
 Aulick, Captain J. H 181 
 
 Aurora Islands 74, 79, 100, 107, no 
 
 Australia, Early sightings of 39 
 
 Avery, Captain 118 
 
 Bacon, Roger 21 
 
 Baeda Venerabilis 19 
 
 Baffin's Bay 163 
 
 Balbi, Mons 123 
 
 Balch, Thomas 21 
 
 Balleny Islands .... 124, 126, 142, 146, 171, 175, 178, 179 
 
 180, 182, 183, 202, 211 
 
 Balleny, John 124-127, 147, 170, 180, 181, 182 
 
 Barbinais, Le Gentil dc La 58 
 
 Barrow, John 45 
 
 Bchaim, Martin 25 
 
 Bchren.s, Mons. do 60, 61 
 
 Belgica Strait. (See Gerlache Strait.) 
 
 " Belgica," The 202-208 
 
 Bellamy. (See Balleny.) 
 
 licllingshausen. Captain F. G. von 82-85, ^7< 92 
 
 Benningen, G. van 41 
 
 Bcrghaus, Hcinrich 77 
 
 Hernacchi, Mr. L 177 
 
 Binstead, Lieutenant 122, 123
 
 INDEX. 217 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Binstead-Foxton Land 122, 123 
 
 Biscoe.John 107, 118-121 
 
 Biscoe Islands 201 
 
 Bismarck Strait i93. i94 
 
 " Blijde Bootschap," de 41,42,43 
 
 Blosseville, Lieutenant de 97 
 
 Bockholt, J. van 4^ 
 
 Bond, Captain Ralph 9°, 97 
 
 Borchgrcvink, Mr. C. Egeberg 70. 142, 210-213 
 
 Bouvct Island . 11, 12, 62, 63, 76, 100, 115, 185, i88> 209, 210 
 
 Bouvet, Des Loziers 61-64, 164 
 
 Brabant Island 95. 204 
 
 Branstield, Mr. Edward 79-8 1. 82 
 
 Bransfield Strait S' 
 
 Brisbane, Mr. Matthew "^ 
 
 Brosses, Charles de 45 
 
 Brouwer, Hendrick 54 
 
 Bruce, Dr. W. S 213 
 
 Brown, Captain James '^7 
 
 Bruggeman, Mr. J 10, 47 
 
 Buache, Monsieur ^9 
 
 Buccaneers 55 
 
 Budd Land. (Chart.) 
 
 Burney, Captain James 42, 45 
 
 Callahan, Dr '36 
 
 Candlemas Isles 71. ^3 
 
 Carr, Cape i34> i35. i49, I53. 186 
 
 Carr, Lieutenant Overton '52 
 
 Carrell, Miss '36 
 
 Case, Lieutenant A. Ludlow 152 
 
 Castiglio, Don Gabriel de 49. 5° 
 
 " Challenger," The 194-196 
 
 "Chanticleer," The 93. 94. "5 
 
 Charts . . 13, 82, 95, 96, 106, 114. i57. 168, 175, 176, 177 
 
 178, 179, 181, 182, 183, 194, 211 
 
 Christensen Island ^°° 
 
 Chun, Professor 208-210
 
 2l8 INDEX. 
 
 PAGR. 
 
 Circoncision, Cap de ki 62, 63, 76 
 
 Claess, Laurens 49, 50 
 
 Clarie, Cote 133, 134, 135, 186 
 
 Clothier's Bay 97 
 
 Cockburn Island 185 
 
 Colbeck, Lieutenant 211, 212 
 
 Coleridge 6 
 
 Color in Antarctica 198 
 
 Columbus, Christopher 163 
 
 Colvoccorresses, Lieutenant George M 149 
 
 Conolan, Dr. Peter 116 
 
 Cook, Dr. Frederick A 10, 84, 202, 206 
 
 Cook, Captain James 30, 68-72, 73, 206 
 
 Cordes, Simon de 41 
 
 Coronation Island 96 
 
 Cortambert, Mons 22 
 
 Coulman Island " 172, 202 
 
 Court martial 146 
 
 Cowley, Captain 56, 57 
 
 Cressalina, Ysola de 52, 53 
 
 Criticism of Ross by French editor 183 
 
 Crozet, Mons 66 
 
 Crozet Islands 66 
 
 Crozier, Captain 167 
 
 Crozier, Cape 172 
 
 Dallmann, Captain 192-194, 201 
 
 Dallmann Strait 193, 194 
 
 Dalrymple, Alexander 45, 68 
 
 Danco, Lieutenant 204 
 
 Danco Land 185, 194, 200, 204, 205, 206 
 
 Dante 20 
 
 Darwin, Charles 126 
 
 Davidson, Profe.ssor George 10, 15S 
 
 Davis, Commander J. I'- 102 
 
 Davis, Lieutenant 14S 
 
 Davis, Ca])tain Edward 57 
 
 Dc Ora Antarctica 11
 
 INDEX. 219 
 
 PACK. 
 
 Deception Island 86, 99, 116, 186 
 
 D6couverte, Cap de la I33 
 
 Dibble, Mr 140 
 
 Dickson, Mr. Walter 188 
 
 Dirc.xz, Jacob 47, 48, 49 
 
 Disappointment Bay 151 
 
 "Discovery," The 213 
 
 "Dochra," The i97 
 
 Dortiz, Don Domingo 65 
 
 Dougherty, Captain 185 
 
 Dougherty Island 76, 185 
 
 "Dove," The 95> 96, 97 
 
 Drake, Sir F 40 
 
 Drexel-Biddle, Mr. A. J 10 
 
 "Drumcraig," The 197 
 
 Drygalski, Dr. Erich von 213 
 
 Du ChaiUu, Paul B 164 
 
 Duclesmeur, Chevalier 66 
 
 Ducloz Guyot, S 3°, 64-66 
 
 Dumont d'Urville . . 45, 82, 103, 106, 113, 114, 127-135, i6i 
 
 162, 169, 171, 174, 177, 178, 183, 201 
 
 Dumoulin, Mons 129, 130 
 
 Dunbar, Captain F 85 
 
 Dundee whalers 198 
 
 Duperrey, Captain L. 1 29, 45 
 
 Duroch, Mons 132 
 
 D'Urville. (See Dumont-D'Urville.) 
 
 East Antarctica 13, 201, 207, 211 
 
 East Antartica, Need of name 12, 13 
 
 Eld, Passed Midshipman 143, 148 
 
 Eld Peak 143 
 
 Enciso, Martin Fernandez de 29 
 
 Enderby Land 119. 127, 18S, 189, 209, 210 
 
 Enderby, Messrs 114, 118, 121 
 
 Eratosthenes 17 
 
 Erebus, Mount 172, 212 
 
 "Erebus," The 170
 
 2 20 INDEX. 
 
 PACE. 
 
 Erebus and Terror Gulf 1 85 
 
 Errors in longitude 104, 105 
 
 Evening Post, The 9 
 
 Evensen, Captain 201 
 
 Falkland Islands 60 
 
 Fanning, Mr. Edmund 75, 76, 7^, 91, 105, 157 
 
 Fanning, William A 78, 79 
 
 Fanning' s Islands 79 
 
 Fauna of Antarctica 15 
 
 Faustino, Signer 105 
 
 Fellner, Professor 19 
 
 Fernandez, Juan 39, 71 
 
 Fildes, Robert 97 
 
 Findlay, Ale,x. G 97 
 
 Flora of Antarctica 15, 80, 185, 202 
 
 "Flying Fish," The 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 160 
 
 Forbes, Mr. Henry 14 
 
 Forster, Messrs 71 
 
 Fossil faunas and floras 15 
 
 Fossils in Antarctica 199, 200 
 
 Foster, Cape 129, 200 
 
 Foster, CajUain Henry 93, 1 15-1 17 
 
 Foxton, Mr 122 
 
 Foyn Land 200 
 
 Franklin Island 172 
 
 Franklin, Sir John 171 
 
 Frascr-Macdonald, Mr 104 
 
 Fricker, Dr 30, 46, 77, 103, 169 
 
 P'ricderichsen, Mr. L 45, 46, 194 
 
 Furneau.x, Cai)tain 69 
 
 Gallo, pilot 62, 63 
 
 Gand Island 95, 204 
 
 Garrison, Mr. F. Lynwood 9 
 
 "Gauss," The 213 
 
 Geminus 18 
 
 GCologie, Pointe 133
 
 INDEX. 221 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 George IV. Sea 113 
 
 Georgia, South, or Isle of. (See South Georgia.) 
 
 Gerlache, Lieutenant Adrien de 97, 202-208 
 
 Gerlache Strait . . 94, i2iS, 187, 193, 194, 203, 204, 205, 206 
 
 Gerritsz, Dirck 42, 43, 46, 47, 49, 51, 95 
 
 Gerrit-sz Land 46, 79, 95, 204 
 
 Gervaize, Mons 129 
 
 Gibbs, Sir George 180 
 
 Gonneville, Sieur de 62 
 
 Graham Land 92, 100, no, 121, 1S5, 206 
 
 Grant, Captain William 192 
 
 Graz, Mons 10, 96 
 
 Great Circle Sailing Principle 191 
 
 Gregory, Professor J. W 72, 170, 173 
 
 Guillaume de Conches 20 
 
 Habler, Dr. K 32 
 
 Haddington, Mount 185 
 
 Hall, Captain 93 
 
 Hamilton, Captain R. V 103 
 
 Hare, Mr. A. J. C 171 
 
 Harris, John 61 
 
 Harrisse, Mr. Henry 28 
 
 Haven, Acting-master Edward H. de 152 
 
 Hays, Mons 63 
 
 Heard, Captain J. J 189, 190 
 
 Heard Island 189, 190, 191, 192 
 
 Heilprin, Professor Angelo 103 
 
 Hermite, Admiral J. 1' 47 
 
 "Hero," The 85, 86, 87 
 
 Herrera, A. de 43i 44 
 
 Hersilia Cove 79 
 
 Hertoge, Theodoric 53 
 
 Hipparchus 17 
 
 Hoces, Francesco de 40 
 
 Hooker, Dr. Joseph 185 
 
 Hoorn, Cape 54 
 
 Hope, Mount 137
 
 222 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Hopper, Mr. J 76 
 
 Horsburgh, Mr. James 77 
 
 Hoseason, Captain 114 
 
 Hoseason Island 114 
 
 Hudson, Captain William L. . 137, 139, 140, 143, 146, 150, 151 
 
 Hughes Gulf 114, 203 
 
 Humboldt, Alexander von 30 
 
 Hurlbut, Mr. George C 10 
 
 Hutton, Captain 191 
 
 Icebergs, Depth of 116, 117 
 
 Ice Barrier . . 127, 12S, 141, 142, 143, 144, 146, 177, 195, 196 
 
 Ice Barrier, Great 175, 212 
 
 Icebergs, Formation of 61, 102, no, 119, 120, 131 
 
 Icebergs, Great 189, 192, 197, 202 
 
 Insects in Antarctica 205, 212 
 
 Instructions of Lieutenant Wilkes 1 39. 169 
 
 Jacquinot, Captain 127 
 
 "James Monroe," The 89, 96 
 
 Jansz, Barent 43 
 
 "Jason," The 199, 200 
 
 Johnson, Lieutenant 136 
 
 Johnson, Captain Robert 107, 108, 129 
 
 Joinvillc Island 94, 128, 129 
 
 Jomard, Mons 22 
 
 Jonge, J. K. J. de 46 
 
 Journal of the Fraiiklin Inslilute 9 
 
 Juttet, Mons 96 
 
 Keates, Captain 186 
 
 Kellock, Captain 121 
 
 Keltic, Dr. J. Scott 13 
 
 Kemp, Mr 123 
 
 Kem]) Land 123 
 
 Kendal, Lieutenant 115 
 
 Kerguelen Land, or Island . . . . 12, 67, 68, 73, 74, 100, 195 
 
 196, 209, 210, 213
 
 INDEX. 223 
 
 PAGK. 
 
 Kerguelen, Yves J. de 66-68, 164 
 
 Kieman, Mr. J. T 10 
 
 King Oscar II. Land 200 
 
 Knox Land. (Chart.) 
 
 Knox, Acting Master Samuel R 152 
 
 Konig Max Islands. (See Heard Island.) 
 
 Krates 17 
 
 Krech, Captain 208-210 
 
 Kristensen, Captain 202 
 
 La Barbinais, Le Gentil de 58 
 
 Lanessan, Admiral de 96 
 
 Larsen, Captain 199-201 
 
 Larsen Bay 194, 200, 201 
 
 Laurie, Mr 96, 97 
 
 Lazarew, Captain 82 
 
 Le Gentil, Mons 64 
 
 Lelewel, Joachim 21 
 
 Le Maire, Jaques 54 
 
 Le Maire Strait 54 
 
 Le Monnier, Mons 64 
 
 Lewthwaite Strait 96 
 
 Li^ge Island 94, 95, 204 
 
 Lindsay, Mr. J 76 
 
 Lindsay Island 209 
 
 Littlehales, Mr. G. W 10, 157 
 
 Liverpool Island 115, 209 
 
 Louis-Philippe Land 128, 129 
 
 Lowe, Herr 83 
 
 "Lyon," The, or "Leon" 64,65 
 
 Macquarie Island 141 
 
 Macrobius 18 
 
 Macy, Captain 75, 1S6 
 
 Magalhdes 42 
 
 Magalhaes, Strait of 31, 32, 33, 42 
 
 Mahu, Jaques 40, 42, 50 
 
 Major, Mr. R. H 18, 39
 
 224 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Manilius 19 
 
 Maps, Early 33-4°. 51-53 
 
 Marchand, Captain E 73 
 
 Marco Polo 163 
 
 Marion du Fresne 66 
 
 Marion Islands 66 
 
 Markham, Sir Clements R. . . . 13, 45, 46, 132, 174, 177, 17S 
 Maury, Lieutenant Matthew Fontaine . . . 186, 187, 190, 191 
 
 McCormick, Dr 170 
 
 McDonald, Captain 191 
 
 McDonald Island 191, 192 
 
 McNab, Mr 124 
 
 Medal of XV. Century 23 
 
 Melbourne, Mount 172, 212 
 
 Mensing, Ant 46 
 
 Mercators 35. 52, 54 
 
 Miles, Mr. Edward 10 
 
 Mill, Dr. Hugh Robert 80, 103 
 
 Moberly, Mount 121 
 
 Moltke Harbor 196 
 
 Monroe Bay 89 
 
 Montagu, Cape 71 
 
 Montdmont, Mons 83 
 
 Montravel, Mons. de 113 
 
 Moore, Lieutenant T. L 188, 189 
 
 Morrell, Captain Benjamin 100-107, 113, 200 
 
 Morris, Professor 39 
 
 Motley, John Lothrop 45 
 
 Murdoch, Mr. Burn 198 
 
 Murray, Mr. Hugh 123 
 
 Murray, Sir John 103, 161, 195, 196 
 
 Nares, Sir George 194-196 
 
 Nation, The 9 
 
 Nautical Magazine, The 15H 
 
 Neum.iyer, Dr. Georg 45, 191 
 
 New South Greenland 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108 
 
 Noort, Olivier van 43..^ 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 225 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Nordenskjold, A. E 32 
 
 Nordenskjold, Dr. Otto 214 
 
 Norris, Captain 114, 115 
 
 North, Mr. J. H 145 
 
 North Land. (Chart.) 
 
 O'Farrell, Mr. John 22 
 
 Orange Harbor 136, 137, 138 
 
 OrI6ans Channel 94, 129, 200 
 
 Orontius Finaeus 33 
 
 Ortelius 37, 51 
 
 "Pagoda," The 104, 188, 189 
 
 Palmer Archipelago, or Land . . 86, 88, 89, 90, gi, 94, 95, 99 
 
 114, 128, 129, 137, 157, 186, 187, 203, 204 
 
 Palmer Land, Naming of .... 88, 92, 93, 94, 95, 128, 204 
 
 Palmer, Captain Nathaniel B 85-95, 96, 97, 115, 128 
 
 200, 203, 204 
 
 Paltsits, Mr. V. H 10 
 
 Parry, Mount 172 
 
 Paulding, Hon. J. K 139 
 
 "Peacock," The . . 137, 138, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148 
 
 149, 150, 159 
 
 Pedersen, Captain 201 
 
 Pendleton, Captain Benjamin 85, 91, 98-100, 121 
 
 Pendleton Bay 99 
 
 Penguins 43. ^9. 132, 150, 154. 206 
 
 Peschel, Dr. Oscar 21, 158 
 
 Peschel, Dr. W. E 10 
 
 Peter L Lsland 83, 206 
 
 Petermann, Dr. A 103, 191, 193 
 
 Phillips, Mr. P. Lee 10, 97 
 
 Piner Bay 130, 134, 152 
 
 Pinkney, Lieutenant R. F 139, 163 
 
 Pomponius Mela 18 
 
 "Porpoise," The 133, 136, 139, 149, 151, 160, 179 
 
 Porpoise Bay. (Chart.) 
 
 Possession, Cape 115
 
 2 2 6 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Possession Island 172, 202 
 
 Powell, Captain Geor<,'e 9°. 94. 95-98> 128 
 
 Powell Islands 96, 98, 127, 128, 194 
 
 Ptolemies 23, 24, 28, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 52 
 
 Ptolemy 17 
 
 Puech, Admiral 96 
 
 Purchas, Samuel 45 
 
 Ouaritch, Mr. Bernard 26 
 
 Oueros, Pedro Fernandez de 53 
 
 Rainaud, Mons. Armand 62, 176 
 
 Rea, Lieutenant 121 
 
 Rees, Captain 191 
 
 Reiter, Dr. Hans 14. 158 
 
 Reynolds, Passed Midshipman 143, 148 
 
 Reynolds, Mr. John N 75> 92, 109, 136 
 
 Rejnolds Peak 143 
 
 Rhabanus Maurus 19 
 
 Rhodes, Captain 74 
 
 Richter, Dr. Arthur 10 
 
 Ridley, Camp 211 
 
 Ringgold, Lieutenant-commander . . 133, 139, 142, 144, 146 
 
 147, 149, 154, 171, 179 
 
 Ringgold Knoll 144. 182 
 
 Robertson Bay 212 
 
 Rol)in.son, Mr. Charles 9°. 97 
 
 Roch6, Antonio de la 3°) 55 
 
 Rocks on icebergs 126, 149, 155, 156, 188 
 
 Rogers, Woodc 57> 58 
 
 Roggeveen, Admiral Jacob 59-6i 
 
 Rosenthal, Mr. L 31 
 
 Rosnevet, Captain 67 
 
 Ross, Sir James Clark 70, 122, 167-185 
 
 Ross, ErrorsofSir J. C. . . 169, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 181 
 
 182, 183 
 
 Ross, Sir John 163 
 
 Ross Gulf. (Chart.)
 
 INDEX. 227 
 
 PAGli. 
 
 Ruge, Dr. Sophus 16, 32, 46, 50 
 
 Ruysch's Ptolemy 28 
 
 Sabine, Mount 172 
 
 Sabrina Land 126 
 
 Samuel, Mr. Bunford 10 
 
 San Sebastiano, Golfo de 52, 53 
 
 Sandwich Land 53, 71, loi 
 
 Santarem, Vicomte de 22 
 
 Sauvage, Mr. J. P. de 10 
 
 Savio, The Finn 212 
 
 Schmidt, Professor 20 
 
 Schoner, Johannes 31. 32, 33 
 
 Schouten 54 
 
 Schrader, Dr. K 196 
 
 Schuck, Captain A 45, 46, 104, 113 
 
 Scott, Commander Robert F 213 
 
 " Sea Gull," The 1-36, 137 
 
 Sealers, American P 108-110 
 
 Seals 79, 109, 116, 142, 192 
 
 Sebald de Wirt 41. 42 
 
 Seixas y Lovera 55 
 
 Seleukos, the Chaldaean 16 
 
 "Seraph," The 92 
 
 Seymour, Cape 129, 199, 200 
 
 Shag Rocks in 
 
 Sharp, Captain Bartholomew 55. 56 
 
 Sheffield, Captain James P 78, 79, 85 
 
 Shelvocke, Captain George 58, 59 
 
 Ships, Names of 97 
 
 Ships lost 97, 98, 122, 126 
 
 "Slaney, H. M. S." 79, 80, 81 
 
 Smiley, Captain William H 186, 187 
 
 Smith, Mr. G. Harnett 174 
 
 Smith, Mr. William 77. 78 
 
 Soderini, Pier 25, 28 
 
 Soundings 144, 148, 150, 210 
 
 South Georgia 12, 29, 30, 55, 65, 66, 71, 78, 82 
 
 85, 100, 196, 197
 
 228 INDEX. 
 
 PACE. 
 
 South Orkney Iskuids. (See Powell Islands.) 
 
 South Shetland 78, 80, Si, 84, 86, 95, 97, 98, 99 
 
 1 10, III, 121, 136, 194 
 
 South Polar Continent 173, 174 
 
 " Southern Cross," The 211, 212, 213 
 
 Southern Thule 71 
 
 Sparrmann, Dr. Andr6 69 
 
 Spry, Mr. W. J. J 176 
 
 Stanley, Henry M 164 
 
 Stevens, Henry 31 
 
 Strabo 18 
 
 Supan, Dr 14 
 
 Svend Foyn Island 202 
 
 Swain, Captain 75, 186 
 
 Swain's Island 75, 186 
 
 Sydney Herald, The 158-160, 182 
 
 Synn Bygd 22 
 
 Tasman, Abel 53, 163 
 
 Temperatures 207, 212 
 
 Termination Land 156, 195 
 
 Terra Australia Incognita 32-40, 51-53, 54, 71 
 
 Terror, Mount 172, 212 
 
 "Terror," The 170 
 
 Thompson Island 115, 209 
 
 Tierra del Fuego 40, 52, 53 
 
 Todd, Captain C. C 10, 157 
 
 Torres, Luis Vacz de 53 
 
 Tolten Land. (Chart.) 
 
 Tower Islantl 91 
 
 Towson, Mr 197 
 
 Traversey Lslands 82 
 
 Trinity Island, or Land 91. 95. 204 
 
 Tufts, Mr. P. II 10 
 
 Underwood, Lieutenant Jose[)h A 152 
 
 United States E.xploring E.xpcdition . . 135-166, 167, 168, 169
 
 INDEX. 229 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 " Valdivia," The 104, 208, 209, 210 
 
 Varnhagen, F. A. de 30, 32 
 
 Vespucci, Amerigo. (See Amerigo Vespucci.) 
 
 Victoria Land 173, 174, 202, 211, 212, 213 
 
 " Vincenncs." The . 139, 145, 14S, 149, 151, 152, 159, 160, 179 
 
 Vivien de Saint-Martin 17, 105 
 
 Volcanoes 86, 99, n6, 151, 172, 200, 212 
 
 Wafer, Lionel 57 
 
 Wahl, Dr. William II 9 
 
 Waldron, Purser 152 
 
 Walker, Captain John 90, 97 
 
 Walker, Lieutenant William M 137, 138, 206 
 
 Washington Strait 89 
 
 Watson, Mr 92 
 
 Watts, Mr. Harvey M 10 
 
 Webster, Dr 45. 9i. 93. 116, 117 
 
 Weddell, Captain James 110-113, 114, 157, 185 
 
 Weildell Sea 113 
 
 Werner, Dr 19, 20, 21 
 
 West Antarctica . . 13, 77, 84, 104, 105, 184, 185, 193, 194 
 
 198, 199, 201, 207, 214 
 
 West Antarctica, Need of name 12, 13, 104 
 
 Whales 202 
 
 Wharton, Captain W. J. L 185 
 
 Wichmann, Dr. Arthur 46, 50 
 
 Wichmann, Dr. H 193 
 
 Wiencke Island 204 
 
 Wieser, Dr. Franz R. von 17, 31, 32 
 
 Wihelmi, Mr. Karl 22 
 
 Wilkes, Lieutenant Charles . . 12, 72, 134, 135-166, 167, 168 
 
 169, 170, 171, 173, 175, 176, 177, 178 
 
 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 186, 195, 211 
 
 Wilkes L;md . . . 162, 164, 165, 166, 173, 174, 176, 177, 178 
 
 179, 183, 211, 213 
 
 Wilkie Collins 171 
 
 William, Mount 121 
 
 Williams, Captain E 85
 
 230 INDEX. 
 
 PACE. 
 
 Williamson, Gunner 147, 148 
 
 Winsur, Justin 23 
 
 Wintering in Antarctica 98, 206, 211, 212 
 
 Wood, Lieutenant 171 
 
 Yankee Harbor 86, 88 
 
 Young, Dr 79, 80, 81 
 
 "Zel6e," The 127, 130
 
 e-'-i.?\n*
 
 Mer idian oTg Grcenw irh 
 
 (30 ~ 
 
 c 
 
 CHART Of 
 
 &i' Kdmn SmJl Jinir/i , 
 
 r^/jyngU /30Z 6y Kdnw SinO BnlcK
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGELES 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below 
 
 NOV 18 1947 
 
 3EC8-t948 
 OCT 
 
 ■^N2 8reC0 
 )Uif% IRECD 
 
 APR 1 - 19S6 
 
 DEC «.*• 
 
 F.irni ly-n-lSm-T.'Sr) 
 
 UNIVERSITY of CALIFORNIA 
 
 AT
 
 Bl8a Balch - 
 
 Antarctica. 
 
 
 
 -^ 5 
 
 jL.{. 
 
 *=i8i? 
 
 J 
 
 ■*-^ 
 
 
 L 005 795 056 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 D 001066 915 8